Aarssen, L. W. 1992. Causes and consequences of variation in competitive ability in plant communities. J. Veg. Sci. 3:165-74
Aarssen, L. W. 1997. High productivity in grassland ecosystems: effected by species diversity or productive species? Oikos 80:183-4
Abbott, I. 1978. Factors determining the number of land bird species on islands around southwestern Australia. Oecol. 33:221-33
Abbott, I. 1983. The meaning of z in species/area regressions and the study of species turnover in island biogeography. Oikos 41:385-90
Abensperg-Traun, M., and D. Steven. 1995. The effects of pitfall trap diameter on ant species richness (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) and species composition of the catch in a semi-arid eucalypt woodland. Austral. J. Ecol. 20:282-7
Abrahamson, W. G., and C. R. Abrahamson. 1996. Effects of fire on long-unburned Florida uplands. J. Veg. Sci. 7:565-74
Abrahamson, W. G., and J. R. Abrahamson. 1996. Effects of a low-intensity winter fire on long-unburned Florida sand pine scrub. Nat. Areas J. 16:171-83
Abrams, P. A. 1995. monotonic or unimodal diversity-productivity gradients: what does competition theory predict? Ecology 76:2019-27
Abugov, R. 1982. Species diversity and the phasing of disturbance. Ecology 63:289-93
Acosta, A., S. D¡az, and M. Cabido. 1991. Patch structure in natural grasslands of Cordoba Mountains (Argenine) in relation to different rock substrates. Coenoses 6:21-7
Adams, D. E., R. C. Anderson, and S. L. Collins. 1982. Differential response of woody and herbaceous species to summer and winter burning in an Oklahoma grassland. Southw. Nat. 27:55-61
Adams, J. M., and F. I. Woodward. 1989. Patterns in tree species richness as a test of the glacial extinction hypothesis. Nature 339:699-701
Adis, J. 1990. Thirty million arthropod species - two many or too few? J. Trop. Ecol. 6:115-8
Adkison, G. P., and M. T. Jackson. 1996. Changes in ground-layer vegetation near trails in midwestern U.S. Forests. Nat. Areas J. 16:14-23
Adler, F. R., and J. Mosquera. 2000. Is space necessary? interference competition and limits to biodiversity. Ecology 81:3226-32
Adler, G. H., and R. Dudley. 1994. Butterfly biogeography and endemism on tropical Pacific islands. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 51:151-62
Adler, P. B., and J. M. Morales. 1999. Influence of environmental factors and sheep grazing on an Andean grassland. J. Range Manage. 52:471-81
Agnew, A. D. Q., and H. Gitay.  1990.  Resource pattern and community pattern in a dune slack grassland. Pages 191-199 in F. Krahulec, A. D. Q. Agnew, S. Angew and J. H. Willems, editors. Spatial processes in plant communities. Academia, Prague.
Aho, J. M., and A. O. Bush.  1993.  Community richness in parasites of some freshwater fishes from North America. Pages 185-193 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Aide, T. M., J. K. Zimmerman, M. Rosario, and H. Marcano. 1996. Forest recovery in abandoned cattle pastures along an elevational gradient in northeastern Puerto Rico. Biotropica 28:537-48
Ailstock, M. S., C. M. Norman, and P. J. Bushmann. 2001. Common reed Phragmites australis: control and effects upon biodiversity in freshwater nontidal wetlands. Restor. Ecol. 9:49-59
Aizen, M. A. 1989. Fit of logspecies-logarea regression lines to nonequilibrium archipelagos: a simulation approach. Ecol. Mod. 47:265-73
Aizen, M. A., and P. Feinsinger. 1994. Habitat fragmentation, native insect pollinators, and feral honey bees in Argentine "Chaco Serrano". Ecol. Appl. 4:378-92
Alard, D., and I. Poudevigne. 2000. Diversity patterns in grasslands along a landscape gradient in northwestern France. J. Veg. Sci. 11:287-94
Alatalo, R. V. 1981. Problems in the measurement of evenness in ecology. Oikos 37:199-204
Albertson, F. W. 1938. Prairie studies in West-Central Kansas. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 41:77-83
Alestor, A., E. Di Landro, H. May, and E. Ezcurra. 1998. Long-term species change in a Uruguayan grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 9:173-80
Ali Dawah, H., B. A. Hawkins, and M. F. Claridge. 1995. Structure of the parasitoid communities of grass-feeding chalcid wasps. J. Anim. Ecol. 64:108-720
Allan, J. D. 1975. The distributional ecology and diversity of benthic insects in Cement Creek, Colorado. Ecology 56:1040-53
Allan, J. D., and A. S. Flecker. 1993. Biodiversity conservation in running waters. BioSci. 43:32-43
Allen, E. B., and R. T. T. Forman. 1976. Plant species removals and oldfield community structure and stability. Ecology 57:1233-43
Allen, J. A. 1997. Reforestation of bottomland hardwoods and the issue of woody species diversity. Restor. Ecol. 5:125-34
Allen, J. R. M., and B. Huntley. 1999. Estimating past floristic diversity in montane regions from macrofossil assemblages. J. Biogeogr. 26:55-73
Allen, R. B., R. K. Peet, and W. L. Baker. 1991. Gradient analysis of latitudinal variation in Southern Rocky Mountain Forests. J. Biogeogr. 18:123-39
Allison, G. W. 1999. The implications of experimental design for biodiversity manipulations. Am. Nat. 153:26-45
Allison, S. K. 1992. The influence of rainfall variability on the species composition of a norhtern California salt marsh plant assemblage. Vegetatio 101:145-60
Al-Mufti, M. M., C. L. Sydes, S. B. Furness, J. P. Grime, and S. R. Band. 1977. A quantitative analysis of shoot phenology and dominance in herbaceous vegetation. J. Ecol. 65:759-91
Alonso, D., and R. V. Sol‚. 2000. The DivGame Simulator: a stochastic cellular automata model of rainforest dynamics. Ecol. Mod. 133:131-41
Alpert, P., E. Bone, and C. Holzapfel. 2000. Invasiveness, invasibility and the role of environmental stress in the spread of non-native plants. Perspectives in Plant Ecology, Evolution and Systematics 3:52-66
Altaba, C. R. 1996. Counting species names. Nature 380:488
Altieri, M. A., D. K. Letourneau, and J. R. Davis. 1983. Developing sustainable agroecosystems. BioSci. 33:45-9
Amerson, A. B., Jr. 1975. Species richness on the nondisturbed northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Ecology 56:435-44
Anand, M., and L. Orl¢ci. 1996. Complexity in plant communities: the notation and quantification. J. Theor. Biol. 179:179-86
Andersen, A. N. 1992. Regulation of "momentary" diversity by dominant species in exceptionally rich ant communities of the Australian seasonal tropics. Am. Nat. 140:401-20
Andersen, A. N. 1993. Ants as indicators of restoration success at a uranium mine in tropical Australia. Restor. Ecol. 1:156-210
Andersen, A. N. 1995. Measuring more of biodiversity: genus richness as a surrogate for species richness in Australian ant faunas. Biol. Cons. 73:39-43
Anderson, A. B., and W. W. Brown. 1980. On the number of tree species in Amazonian forests. Biotropica 12:235-7
Anderson, D. J., and B. Vondracek. 1999. Insects as indicators of land use in three ecoregions in the prairie pothole region. Wetlands 19:648-64
Anderson, J. E. 1992. Reply to G"tmark. Cons. Bio. 6:459-60
Anderson, R. C., and J. E. Schwegman. 1991. Twenty years of vegetational change on a Southern Illinois Barren. Nat. Areas J. 11:100-7
Anderson, R. S., and J. S. Ashe. 2000. Leaf litter inhabiting beetles as surrogates for establishing priorities for conservation of selected tropical montane cloud forests in Honduras, Central America (Coleoptera; Staphylinidae, Curculionidae). Biodivers. Conserv. 9:617-53
Anderson, S. 1994. Area and endemism. Quart. Rev. Biol. 69:451-71
Anderson, S., and L. F. Marcus. 1993. Effect of quadrat size on measurement of species density. J. Biogeogr. 20:421-8
Angel, M. V. 1993. Biodiversity of the pelagic ocean. Cons. Bio. 7:760-72
Angel, M. V.  1994.  Spatial distribution of marine organisms: patterns and processes. Pages 59-109 in P. J. Edwards, R. M. May and N. R. Webb, editors. Large-scale ecology and conservation biology. Blackwell Scientific Publications, London.
Angermeier, P. L., and I. J. Schlosser. 1989. Species-area relationships for stream fishes. Ecology 70:1450-62
Angermeier, P. L., and M. R. Winston. 1998. Local vs. regional influences on local diversity in stream fish communities of Virginia. Ecology 79:911-27
Angermeier, P. L., and M. R. Winston. 1999. Characterizing fish community diversity across Virginia landscapes: prerequisite for conservation. Ecol. Appl. 9:335-49
Angradi, T. R. 1997. Hydrologic context and macroinvertebrate community response to floods in an Appalachian Headwater Stream. Am. Midl. Nat. 138:371-86
Aplet, G. H., R. F. Hughes, and P. M. Vitousek. 1998. Ecosystem development on Hawaiian lava flows: biomass and species composition. J. Veg. Sci. 9:17-26
Archambault, P., and E. Bourget. 1996. Scales of coastal heterogeneity and benthic intertidal species richness, diversity and abundance. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 136:111-21
Arita, H. T. 1997. The non-volant mammal fauna of Mexico: species richness in a megadiverse country. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:787-95
Arita, H., F. Figueroa, A. Frisch, P. Rodr¡guez, and K. Santos-Del-Prado. 1997. Geographical range size and the conservation of Mexican mammals. Cons. Bio. 11:92-100
Armesto, J. J., and S. T. A. Pickett. 1985. Experiments on disturbance in old-field plant communities: impact on species richness and abundance. Ecology 66:230-40
Armesto, J. J., S. T. A. Pickett, and M. J. McDonnell.  1991.  Spatial heterogeneity during succession: a cyclic model of invasion and exclusion. Pages 256-269 in J. Kolasa and S. T. A. Pickett, editors. Ecological Studies, 86: Ecological Heterogeneity. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Arnold, B. C., and R. J. Beaver. 1988. Estimation of the number of classes in a population. Biom. J. 30:413-24
Arnold, G. W., and J. R. Weeldenburg. 1990. Factors determining the number and species of birds in road verges in the wheatbelt of Western Australia. Biol. Cons. 53:295-315
Arnold, S. J. 1972. Species densities of predators and their prey. Am. Nat. 106:220-36
Aronson, J., C. Floret, C. Le Floc'h, C. Ovalle, and R. Pontanier. 1993. Restoration and rehabilitation of degraded ecosystems in arid and semiarid lands. I. A view from the south. Restor. Ecol. 1:8-17
Arrhenius, O. 1923. Statistical investigation in the constitution of plant associations. Ecology 4:68-73
Arthur, M. A., R. D. Paratley, and B. A. Blankenship. 1998. Single and repeated fires affect survival and regeneration of woody and herbaceous species in an oak-pine forest. Journal of the Torrey Botanical Society 125:225-36
�s, S. 1999. Invasion of matrix species in small habitat patches. Cons. Ecol. [online] 3:1
Aspinall, R. 1988. Use of species-area relationships for analysis of biological atlas data. Area 20:347-51
Asquith, A., J. D. Lattin, and A. R. Moldenke. 1990. Arthropods: the invisible diversity. Northwest Environmental Journal 6:404-5
Auclair, A. N., and F. G. Goff. 1971. Diversity relations of upland forests in the western Great Lakes area. Am. Nat. 205:499-528
Auerbach, M. J., and S. D. Hendrix. 1980. Insect-fern interactions: macrolepidopteran utilization and species-area association. Ecol. Ent. 5:99-104
Auerbach, M., and A. Shmida. 1987. Spatial scale and the determinants of plant species richness. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 2:238-42
Augsburger, C. K. 1983. Seed dispersal of the tropical tree, Platypodium elegans, and the escape of its seedlings from fungal pathogens. J. Ecol. 71:759-71
Austin, M. P. 1987. Models for the analysis of species' response to environmental gradients. Vegetatio 69:35-45
Austin, M. P. 1999a. The potential contribution of vegetation ecology to biodiversity research. Ecography 22:465-84
Austin, M. P. 1999b. A silent clash of paradigms: some inconsistencies in community ecology. Oikos 86:170-8
Austin, M. P., and P. Greig-Smith. 1968. The appliciation of quantitative methods to vegetation survey. II. Some methodological problems of data from rain forest. J. Ecol. 56:483-503
Austin, M. P., J. G. Pausas, and A. O. Nicholls. 1996. Patterns of tree species richness in relation to environment in southeastern New South Wales, Australia. Austral. J. Ecol. 21:154-64
Azovsky, A. I. 1996. The effect of spatial scale on congener coexistence: can molluscs and polychaetes reconcile beetles to ciliates? Oikos 77:117-26
Azovsky, A. I. 2000. Concept of scale in marine ecology: linking the words or the worlds? Web Ecology 1:28-34
Baar, J. 1996. The ectomycorrhizal flora of primary and secondary stands of Pinus sylvestris in relation to soil conditions and ectomycorrhizal succession. J. Veg. Sci. 7:497-504
Babbar, L. I., and J. J. Ewel. 1989. Descomposicion del follaje en diversos ecosistemas sucesionales tropicales. Biotropica 21:20-9
Bach, C. E. 1980. Effects of plant diversity and time of colonization of an herbivore-plant interaction. Oecol. 44:319-26
Back, C. E. 2001. Long-term effects of insect herbivory and sand accretion on plant succession on sand dunes. Ecology 82:1401-16
Back‚us, I. 1993. Ecotone versus ecocline: vegetation zonation and dynamics around a small reservoir in Tanzania. J. Biogeogr. 20:209-18
Baker, J. B. 1994. Proceedings of the symposium on ecosystem management research in the Ouachita Mountains: pretreatment conditions and preliminary findings. United States Department of Agriculture Forest Service General Technical Report SO-112:1-259
Baker, W. L. 1990. Species richness of Colorado riparian vegetation. J. Veg. Sci. 1:119-24
Baker, W. L. 1992. Effects of settlement and fire suppression on landscape structure. Ecology 73:1879-87
Bakker, J. P., E. S. Bakker, E. Ros‚n, G. L. Verweij, and R. M. Bekker. 1996. Soil seed bank composition along a gradient from dry alvar grassland to Juniperus shrubland. J. Veg. Sci. 7:165-76
Bakker, J. P., J. van Andel, and E. van der Maarel. 1998. Plant species diversity and restoration ecology - Introduction. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:5-8
B ldi, A. 1999. Biodiversity in Hungary: advantages and limitations of taxonomically complete faunal inventories. Nat. Areas J. 19:73-8
Balling, S. S., and V. H. Resh. 1991. Seasonal patterns in a San Francisco Bay, California, salt marsh arthropod community. Pan-Pacif. Entomol. 67:138-44
Balmer, O., and A. Erhardt. 2000. Consequences of succession on extensively grazed grasslands for central European butterfly communities: rethinking conservation practices. Cons. Bio. 14:746-57
Balmford, A., and A. Long. 1995. Across-country analyses of biodiversity congruence and current conservation effort in the tropics. Cons. Bio. 9:1539-47
Balmford, A., M. J. B. Green, and M. G. Murray. 1996a. Using higher-taxon richness as a surrogate for species richness: I. regional tests. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 263:1267-74
Balmford, A., A. H. M. Jayasuriya, and M. J. B. Green. 1996b. Using higher-taxon richness as a surrogate for species richness: II. Local applications. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 263:1571-5
Baltan s, A. 1992. On the use of some methods for the estimation of species richness. Oikos 65:484-92
Bamber, R. N., S. D. Batten, and N. D. Bridgwater. 1993. Design criteria for the creation of brackish lagoons. Biodivers. Conserv. 2:127-37
Baquero, R. A., and J. L. Teller¡a. 2001. Species richness, rarity and endemicity of European mammals: a biogeographical approach. Biodivers. Conserv. 10:29-44
Barbaro, L., T. Dutoit, and P. Cozic. 1910. 119-135. Biodivers. Conserv. 10:119-35
Barbault, R. 1995. Biodiversity dynamics: from population and community ecology approaches to a landscape ecology point of view. Landscape Urban Plan. 31:89-98
Barden, L. S. 1979. Tree replacement in small canopy gaps of a Tsuga canadensis forest in the southern Appalachians, Tennessee. Oecol. 44:141-2
Barden, L. S. 1980. Tree replacement in a cove hardwood forest of the southern Appalachians. Oikos 35:16-9
Barik, S. K., H. N. Pandey, R. S. Tripathi, and P. Rao. 1992. Microenvironmental variability and species diversity in treefall gaps in a sub-tropical broadleaved forest. Vegetatio 103:31-40
Barker, D. E., D. J. Marcogliese, and D. K. Cone. 1996. On the distribution and abundance of eel parasites in Nova Scotia: local versus regional patterns. Journal of Parasitology 82:697-701
Barla, M. J. 1991. Species composition, richness and diversity of fish assemblages in different habitats of a pampean lake (Argentina). Ann. Limnol. 27:163-73
Barnes, P. W. 1983. Distribution, production, and diversity of c3 and c4 dominated communities in a mixed prairie. Can. J. Bot. 61:741-51
Barnes, W. J. 1991. Tree populations on the islands of the lower Chippewa River in Wisconsin. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 118:424-31
Barraclough, T. G., A. P. Vogler, and P. H. Harvey. 1998. Revealing the factors that promote speciation. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. Ser. B. 353:241-9
Bartha, S.  1990.  Spatial processes in developing plant communities: pattern formation detected using information theory. Pages 31-47 in F. Krahulec, A. D. Q. Agnew, S. Agnew and H. J. Willems, editors. Spatial processes in plant communities. Academia, Prague.
Bartha, S., S. L. Collins, S. M. Glenn, and M. Kert‚sz. 1995a. Fine-scale spatial organization of tallgrass prairie vegetation along a topographic gradient. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 30:169-84
Bartha, S., T. Cz r n, and B. Oborny. 1995b. Spatial constraints masking community assembly rules: a simulation study. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 30:471-82
Bartha, S., T. Cz r n, and I. Scheuring. 1997. Spatiotemporal scales of non-equilibrium community dynamics: a methodological challenge. N. Z. J. Ecol. 21:199-206
Basinger, M. A., J. S. Huston, R. J. Gates, and P. A. Robertson. 1997. Vascular flora of Horseshoe Lake Conservation Area, Alexander County, Illinois. Castanea 62:82-99
Basset, A. 1995. Body size-related coexistence: an approach through allometric constraints on home-range use. Ecology 76:1027-35
Basset, Y. 1991. The taxonomic composition of the arthropod fauna associated with an Australian rainforest tree. Aust. J. Zool. 39:171-90
Basset, Y. 1996. Local communities of arboreal herbivores in Papua New Guinea: predictors of insect variables. Ecology 77:1906-19
Basset, Y., and R. L. Kitching. 1991. Species number, species abundance and body length of arboreal arthropods associated with an Australian rainforest tree. Ecol. Ent. 16:391-402
Basset, Y., V. Novotny, S. E. Miller, and N. D. Springate. 1998. Asessing the impact of forest disturbance on tropical invertebrates: some comments. J. Appl. Ecol. 35:461-6
Battaglia, L. L., J. R. Keough, and D. W. Pritchett. 1995. Early secondary succession in a southeastern U.S. alluvial floodplain. J. Veg. Sci. 6:769-76
Baur, B., L. Fr"berg, and A. Baur. 1995. Species diversity and grazing damage in a calcicolous lichen community on top of stone walls in (tm)land, Sweden. Ann. Bot. Fen. 32:239-50
Bawa, K. S., and R. Seidler. 1998. Natural forest management and conservation of biodiversity in tropical forests. Cons. Bio. 12:46-55
Baz, A., and A. Garcia-Boyero. 1996. The SLOSS dilemma: a butterfly case study. Biodivers. Conserv. 5:493-502
Bazzaz, F. A. 1975. Plant species diversity in old-field successional ecosystems in southern Illinois. Ecology 56:484-8
Beatty, S. W. 1991. Colonization dynamics in a mosaic landscape: the buried seed pool. J. Biogeogr. 18:553-63
Beccaloni, G. W., and K. J. Gaston. 1994. Predicting the species richness of neotropical forest butterflies: ithomiinae (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) as indicators. Biol. Cons. 71:77-86
Beck, M. W. 1998. Comparison of hte measurement and effects of habitat structure on gastropods in rocky intertidal and mangrove habitats. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 169:165-78
Beck, M. W. 2000. Separating the elements of habitat structure: independent effects of habitat complexity and structural components on rocky intertidal gastropods. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 249:29-49
Beckage, B., and I. J. Stout. 2000. Effects of repeated burning on species richness in a Florida pine savanna: a test of the intermediate disturbance hypothesis. J. Veg. Sci. 11:113-22
Beckon, W. N. 1993. The effect of insularity on the diversity of land birds in the Fiji islands: implication for refuge design. Oecol. 94:318-29
Bedford, B. L., M. R. Walbridge, and A. Aldous. 1999. Patterns in nutrient availability and plant diversity of temperate North American wetlands. Ecology 80:2151-69
Beecher, H. A., E. R. Dott, and R. F. Fernau. 1988. Fish species richness and stream order in Washington State streams. Envir. Biol. Fish. 22:193-209
Begon, M., J. L. Harper, and C. R. Townsend.  1990.  Ecology: Individuals, Populations, and Communities, 2nd Edition. Blackwell Scientific, Boston.
Belcher, J. W., and P. A. Keddy.  1992.  Protecting alvar vegetation: will the sum of the parts equal the whole? Pages 327-331 in J. H. M. Willison, S. Bondrup-Nielsen, C. Drysdale, T. B. Herman, N. W. P. Munro and T. L. Pollock, editors. Science and the management of protected areas. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Belcher, J. W., and S. D. Wilson. 1989. Leafy spurge and the species composition of a mixed-grass prairie. J. Range Manage. 1989:172-5
Belcher, J. W., P. A. Keddy, and P. M. Catling. 1992. Alvar vegetation in Canada: a multivariate description at two scales. Can. J. Bot. 70:1279-91
Bell, G. 2000. The distribution of abundance in neutral communities. Am. Nat. 155:606-17
Bell, G., and A. Burt. 1991. The comparative biology of parasite species diversity: internal helminths of freshwater fish. J. Anim. Ecol. 60:1047-63
Bellingham, P. J., G. H. Stewart, and R. B. Allen. 1999. Tree species richness and turnover throughout New Zealand forests. J. Veg. Sci. 10:825-32
Belshaw, R., and B. Bolton. 1993. The effect of forest disturbance on the leaf litter ant fauna in Ghana. Biodivers. Conserv. 2:656-66
Belsky, A. J. 1992. Effects of grazing, competition, disturbance and fire on species composition and diversity in grassland communities. J. Veg. Sci. 3:187-200
Bengtsson, J. 1989. Interspecific competition increases local extinction rate in a metapopulation system. Nature 340:713-5
Bengtsson, J., T. Fagerstr"m, and H. Rydin. 1994. Competition and coexistence in plant communities. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 9:246-50
Bennett, J. P. 1996. Similarities and life cycle distributions of floras of 22 national parks in the midwestern United States. Nat. Areas J. 16:303-9
Bennett, J. P., and C. M. Wetmore. 1999. Covariance of lichen and vascular plant floras. Rhodora 101:277-97
Bennetts, R. E., G. C. White, F. G. Hawksworth, and S. E. Severs. 1996. The influence of dwarf mistletoe on bird communities in Colorado ponderosa pine forests. Ecol. Appl. 6:899-909
Benton, M. J. 1987. Progress and competition in macroevolution. Biol. Rev. 62:305-8
Benzing, D. H.  1983.  Vascular epiphytes, a survey with special reference to their interactions with other organisms. Pages 498 in S. L. Sutton, T. C. Whitmore and A. C. Chadwick, editors. Tropical Rain Forest: Ecology and Management. Blackwell Scientific, Oxford.
Berendse, F. 1999. Implications of increased litter production for plant biodiversity. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 14:4-5
Berg, �., and M. Tjernberg. 1996. Common and rare Swedish vertebrates - distribution and habitat preferences. Biodivers. Conserv. 5:101-28
Berger, A. L., and K. J. Puettmann. 2000. Overstory composition and stand structure influence herbaceous plant diversity in the mixed aspen forest of northern Minnesota. Am. Midl. Nat. 143:111-25
Bergman, D. J., and S. J. Chaplin. 1992. Correlates of species composition of grasshopper (Orthoptera: acrididae) communities on Ozark cedar glades. Southw. Nat. 37:362-71
Bestelmeyer, B. T., and R. L. Schooley. 1999. The ants of the southern Sonoran desert: community structure and the role of trees. Biodivers. Conserv. 8:643-57
Bestelmeyer, B. T., and J. A. Weins. 1996. The effects of land use on the structure of ground-foraging ant communities in the Argentine Chaco. Ecol. Appl. 6:1225-40
Bethke, R. W. 1993. Geographical patterns of persistence in duck guilds. Oecol. 93:102-8
Bierregaard, R. O., T. E. Lovejoy, V. Kapos, A. Augusto dos Santos, and R. W. Hutchings. 1992. The biological dynamics of tropical rainforest fragments. BioSci. 42:859-66
Biondini, M. E., A. A. Steuter, and C. E. Grygiel. 1989. Seasonal fire effects on the diversity patterns, spatial distribution and community structure of forbs in the Northern Mixed Prairie, USA. Vegetatio 85:21-31
Birks, H. J. B. 1996. Statistical approaches to interpreting diversity patterns in the Norwegian mountain flora. Ecography 19:332-40
Birks, H. J. B., and J. M. Line. 1992. The use of rarefaction analysis for estimating palynological richness from Quaternary pollen-analytical dta. Holocene 2:1-10
Birks, H. J. B., and J. M. Line. 1993. Glacial refugia of European trees - a matter of chance? Dissertationes Botanicae 196:283-91
Bisevac, L., and J. D. Majer. 1999. Comparative study of ant communities of rehabilitated mineral sand mines and heathland, western Australia. Restor. Ecol. 7:117-26
Blackburn, T. M., and K. J. Gaston. 1996. Spatial patterns in the species richness of birds in the New World. Ecography 19:369-76
Blackburn, T. M., P. H. Harvey, and M. D. Pagel. 1990. Species number, population density and body size relationships in natural communities. J. Anim. Ecol. 59:335-45
Blair, R. B. 1996. Land use and avian species diversity along an urban gradient. Ecol. Appl. 6:506-12
Blair, R. B. 1999. Birds and butterflies along an urban gradient: surrogate taxa for assessing biodiversity? Ecol. Appl. 9:164-71
Blair, R. B., and A. E. Launer. 1997. Butterfly diversity and human land use: species assemblages along an urban gradient. Biol. Cons. 80:113-25
Blake, J. G. 1989. Birds of primary forest undergrowth in Western San Blas, Panama. J. Field. Ornithol. 60:178-89
Blake, J. G., and J. R. Karr. 1987. Breeding birds of isolated woodlots: area and habitat relationships. Ecology 68:1724-34
Blanche, K. R., and M. Westoby. 1995. Gall-forming insect diversity is linked to soil fertility via host plant taxon. Ecology 76:2334-7
Blanche, K. R., A. N. Andersen, and J. A. Ludwig. 2001. Rainfall-contingent detection of fire impacts: responses of beetles to experimental fire regimes. Ecol. Appl. 11:86-96
Bliss, L. C., and R. M. Linn. 1991. Bryophyte communities associated with old field succession in the North Carolina Piedmont. Bryologist 58:120-31
Bobbink, R. 1991. Effects of nutrient enrichment in Dutch grasslands. J. Appl. Ecol. 28:28-41
Bobbink, R., and J. H. Willems. 1987. Increasing dominance of Brachypodium pinnatum (L.) Beauv. in chalk grasslands: a threat to a species-rich ecosystem. Biol. Cons. 56:1-21
Bobbink, R., and J. H. Willems. 1993. Restoration management of abandoned chalk grassland in the Netherlands. Biodivers. Conserv. 2:616-26
Bobbink, R., M. Hornung, and J. G. M. Roelofs. 1998. The effects of air-borne nitrogen pollutants on species diversity in natural and semi-natural European vegetation. J. Ecol. 86:717-38
Boecklen, W. J., and N. J. Gotelli. 1984. Island biogeographic theory and conservation practice: species-area or specious-area relationships? Biol. Cons. 29:63-80
B"hning-Gaese, K. 1997. Determinants of avian species richness at different spatial scales. J. Biogeogr. 24:49-60
B"hning-Gaese, K., and H.-G. Bauer. 1996. Changes in species abundance, distribution, and diversity in a central European bird community. Cons. Bio. 10:175-87
Boeken, B., and M. Shachak. 1994. Desert plant communities in human-made patches -- implications for management. Ecol. Appl. 4:702-16
Boeye, D., D. Palinckx, and R. F. Verheyen. 1991. The marshy heatland of 's Gravendel (Belgium): topographic gradients in relation to the vegetation, with special reference to Littorellion communities. Biol. Cons. 57:25-39
Boeye, D., B. Verhagen, V. Van Haesebroeck, and R. F. Verheyen. 1997. Nutrient limitation in species-rich lowland fens. J. Veg. Sci. 8:415-24
Boj¢rquez-Tapia, L. A., I. Azuara, E. Ezcurra, and O. Flores-Villela. 1995. Identifying conservation priorities in Mexico through geographic information systems and modelling. Ecol. Appl. 5:215-31
Bolger, D. T., A. C. Alberts, and M. E. Soul‚. 1991. Occurrence patterns of bird species in habitat fragments: sampling, extinction, and nested species subsets. Am. Nat. 137:155-66
Bolger, D. T., A. V. Suarez, K. R. Crooks, S. A. Morrison, and T. J. Case. 2000. Arthropods in urban habitat fragments in southern California: area, age, and edge effects. Ecol. Appl. 10:1230-48
Bollinger, E. K., S. J. Harper, and G. W. Barrett. 1991. Effects of seasonal drought on old-field plant communities. Am. Midl. Nat. 125:114-25
Bond, W.  1983.  Alpha diversity of southern cape fynbos. Pages 337-356 in F. J. Kruger, D. T. Mitchell and J. U. M. Jarvis, editors. Mediterranean-Type Ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Borcard, D., and W. Matthey. 1995. Effect of a controlled trampling of Sphagnum mosses on their Oribatid mite assemblages (Acari, Oribatei). Pedobiol. 39:219-30
Bordenave, B. G., J.-J. de Granville, and M. Hoff.  1998.  Measurement of species richness of vascular plants in a neotropical rain forest in French Guiana. Pages 411-425 in F. Dallmeier and J. A. Comiskey, editors. Forest biodiversity in North, Central and South America, and the Caribbean. UNESCO, Paris. (N)
Borgeg†rd, S.-O. 1990. Vegetation development in abandoned gravel pits: effects of surrounding vegetation, substrate and regionality. J. Veg. Sci. 1:675-82
Bornette, G., and C. Amoros. 1996. Disturbance regimes and vegetation dynamics: role of floods in riverine wetlands. J. Veg. Sci. 7:615-22
Borowitzka, M. A., R. C. Lethbridge, and L. Charlton. 1990. Species richness, spatial distribution and colonisation pattern of algal and invertebrate epiphytes on the seagrass Amphibolis griffithii. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 64:281-91
Bouchard, A., S. Hay, Y. Bergeron, and A. Leduc. 1987. Phytogeographical and life-form analysis of the vascular flora of Gros Morne National Park, Newfoundland, Canada. J. Biogeogr. 14:343-58
Boucher, G., and P. J. D. Lambshead. 1995. Ecological biodiversity of marine nematodes in samples from temperate, tropical, and deep-sea regions. Cons. Bio. 9:1594-604
Boudreau, M. A., and C. C. Mundt. 1994. Mechanisms of alteration in bean rust development due to intercropping, in computer-simulated epidemics. Ecol. Appl. 4:729-40
Boulinier, T., J. D. Nichols, J. R. Sauer, J. E. Hines, and K. H. Pollock. 1998. Estimating species richness: the importance of heterogeneity in species detectability. Ecology 79:1018-28
Boulinier, T., J. D. Nichols, J. E. Hines, J. R. Sauer, C. H. Flather, and K. H. Pollock. 2001. Forest fragmentation and bird community dynamics: inference at regional scales. Ecology 82:1159-69
Boulton, A. J., and P. S. Lake. 1992. The macroinvertebrate assemblages in pools and riffles in two intermittent streams (Werribee and Lerderderg Rivers, southern central Victoria). Occas. Pap. Mus. Vict 5:55-71
Boutin, C., and B. Jobin. 1998. Intenstity of agricultural practices and effects on adjacent habitats. Ecol. Appl. 8:544-57
Bowers, M. A., and L. C. Harris. 1994. A large-scale metapopulation model of interspecific competition and environmental change. Ecol. Mod. 72:251-73
Bowles, M. L., and J. L. McBride. 1998. Vegetation composition, structure, and chronological change in a decadent midwestern North American savanna remnant. Nat. Areas J. 18:14-27
Braakhekke, W. G.  1980.  On coexistence: a causal approach to diversity and stability in grassland vegetation. Ph.D. Thesis. Wageningen University, The Netherlands.
Braakhekke, W. G., and D. A. P. Hooftman. 1999. The resource balance hypothesis of plant species diversity in a grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 10:187-200
Bradstock, R. A., M. G. Tozer, and D. A. Keith. 1997. Effects of high frequency fire on floristic composition and abundance in a fire-prone heathland near Sydney. Austral. J. Bot. 45:641-55
Branquart, �., R. D. Kime, M. Dufrˆne, and J. Tavernier. 1995. Macroarthropod-habitat relationships in oak forests in South Belgium. 1. Environments and communities. Pedobiol. 39:243-63
Bratton, S. P. 1975. A comparison of the beta diversity functions of the overstory and herbaceous understory of a deciduous forest. Bull. Torrey Bot. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 102:55-60
Bratton, S. P. 1976. The response of understory herbs to soil depth gradients in high and low diversity communities. Bull. Torrey Bot. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 103:165-72
Brewer, A., and M. Williamson. 1994. A new relationship for rarefaction. Biodivers. Conserv. 3:373-9
Brewer, J. S. 1998. Paterns of plant species richness in a wet slash-pine (Pinus elliottii) savanna. J. Torr. Bot. Club 125:216-24
Brewer, J. S., J. M. Levine, and M. D. Bertness. 1997. Effects of biomass removal and elevation on species richness in a New England salt marsh. Oikos 80:333-41
Briggs, J. C. 1994. Species diversity - Land and sea compared. Systematic Biology 43:130-5
Briggs, J. C. 1996. Tropical diversity and conservation. Cons. Bio. 10:713-8
Brockway, D. G. 1998. Forest plant diversity at local and landscape scales in the Cascade Mountains of southwestern Washington. For. Ecol. Manage. 109:323-41
Brodhead, E.  1983.  The assessment of faunal diversity and guild size in tropical forests with particular reference to the Psocoptera. Pages 107-119 in S. L. Sutton, T. C. Whitmore and A. C. Chadwick, editors. Tropical Rain Forest: Ecology and Management. Blacwell Scientific, Oxford.
Brokaw, N. V. L.  1985.  Treefalls, regrowth, and community structure in tropical forests. Pages 53-69 in S. T. A. Pickett and P. S. White, editors. Natural disturbance and patch dynamics. Academic Press, Toronto.
Brokaw, N. V. L. 1987. Gap-phase regeneration of three pioneer tree species in a tropical forest. J. Ecol. 75:9-19
Brooks, D. R., and D. A. McLennan.  1993.  Historical ecology: examining phylogenetic components of community evolution. Pages 267-280 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Brooks, S. S., and A. J. Boulton. 1991. Recolonization dynamics of benthic macroinvertebrates after artificial and natural disturbances in an Australian temporary stream. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 42:295-308
Brothers, T. S. 1993. Fragmentation and edge effects in central Indiana old-growth forests. Nat. Areas J. 13:268-75
Brothers, T. S., and A. Spingarn. 1992. Forest fragmentation and alien plant invasion of central Indiana old-growth forests. Cons. Bio. 6:91-100
Brown, B. J., and J. J. Ewel. 1987. Herbivory in complex and simple tropical successional ecosystems. Ecology 68:108-16
Brown, B. J., and J. J. Ewel. 1988. Responses to defoliation of species-rich and monospecific tropical plant communities. Oecol. 75:12-9
Brown, D. 1992. Estimating the composition of a forest seed bank: a comparison of the seed extraction and seedling emergence methods. Can. J. Bot. 70:1603-12
Brown, D. G. 1994. Beetle folivory increases resource availability and alters plant invasion in monocultures of goldenrod. Ecology 75:1673-83
Brown, J. H. 1973. Species diversity of seed-eating desert rodents in sand dune habitats. Ecology 54:775-87
Brown, J. H. 1981. Two decades of homage to Santa Rosalia: toward a general theory of diversity. Amer. Zool. 21:877-88
Brown, J. H.  1988.  Species diversity. Pages 57-89 in A. A. Myers and P. S. Giller, editors. Analytical Biogeography. Chapman and Hall, New York.
Brown, J. H., and A. Kodric-Brown. 1977. Turnover rates in insular biogeography: effect of immigration on extinction. Ecology 58:445-9
Brown, J. H., and M. V. Lomolino.  1998.  Biogeography, 2nd Edition. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Massachusetts.
Brown, J. H., and M. V. Lomolino. 2000. Concluding remarks: historical perspective and the future of island biogeography theory. Global Ecology and Biogeography 9:87-92
Brown, J. H., and P. F. Nicoletto. 1991. Spatial scaling of species composition: body masses of North American land mammals. Am. Nat. 138:1478-512
Brown, J. H., S. K. Morgan Ernest, J. M. Parody, and J. P. Haskell. 2001. Regulation of diversity: maintenance of species richness in changing environments. Oecol. 126:321-32
Brown, K. S., and G. G. Brown.  1992.  Habitat alteration and species loss in Brazilian forests. Pages 119-142 in T. C. Whitmore and J. A. Sayer, editors. Tropical deforestation and species extinction. Chapman and Hall, London.
Brown, M., and J. J. Dinsmore. 1991. Area-dependent changes in bird densities in Iowa marshes. J. Iowa. Acad. Sci. 98:124-6
Brown, M. W., and W. V. Welker. 1992. Development of the Phytophagous arthropod community on apple as affected by orchard management. Environ. Ent. 21:485-92
Brown, S., and A. E. Lugo. 1994. Rehabilitation of tropical lands: a key to sustaining development. Restor. Ecol. 2:97-111
Brunet, J., U. Falkengren-Grerup, �. R�hling, and G. Tyler. 1997. Regional differences in floristic change in south Swedish oak forests as related to soil chemistry and land use. J. Veg. Sci. 8:329-36
Brush, G. S., and W. B. Hilgartner. 2001. Paleoecology of submerged macrophytes in the upper Chesapeake Bay. Ecol. Mon. 70:645-67
Bruun, H. H. 2000. Patterns of species richness in dry grassland patches in an agricultural landscape. Ecography 23:641-50
Bunge, J.  1993.  Bibliography on extrapolation methods for species richness.
Bunge, J., and M. Fitzpatrick. 1993. Estimating the number of species: a review. J. Am. Stat. Assoc. 88:364-73
Burbidge, A. A., M. R. Williams, and I. Abbott. 1997. Mammals of Australian islands: factors influencing species richness. J. Biogeogr. 24:703-15
Burel, F. 1992. Effect of landscape structure and dynamics on species diversity in hedgerow networks. Landscape Ecol. 6:161-74
Burgess, R. L., and D. M. Sharpe, editors.  1981.  Ecological Studies, 41: Forest Island Dynamics in Man-Dominated Landscapes. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Burkey, T. V. 1994. Tropical tree species diversity: a test of the Janzen-Connell model. Oecol. 97:533-40
Burkey, T. V. 1995. Extinction rates in archipelagoes: implications for populations in fragmented habitats. Cons. Bio. 9:527-41
Burlando, B. 1990. The fractal dimension of taxonomic systems. J. Theor. Biol. 146:99-114
Burnett, M. R., P. V. August, J. H. J. Brown, and K. T. Killingbeck. 1998. The influence of geomorphological heterogeneity on biodiversity I. A patch-scale perspective. Cons. Bio. 12:363-70
Burnham, K. P., and W. S. Overton. 1979. Robust estimation of population size when capture probabilities vary among animals. Ecology 60:927-36
Burns, B. R. 1995. Environmental correlates of species richness at Waipoua Forest Sanctuary, New Zealand. N. Z. J. Ecol. 19:153-62
Burslem, D., and T. C. Whitmore. 1999. Species diversity, susceptibility to disturbance and tree population dynamics in tropical rain forest. J. Veg. Sci. 10:767-76
Burton, P. J., L. R. Robertson, L. R. Iverson, and P. G. Risser.  1988.  Use of resource partitioning and disturbance regimes in the design and management of restored prairies. Pages 46-88 in E. B. Allen, editor. AAAS Selected Symposium, 109: The reconstruction of disturbed arid lands. Westview Press, Boulder, CO.
Bury, R. B., P. S. Corn, and K. B. Aubry.  1991.  Regional patterns of terrestrial amphibian communities in Oregon and Washington. Pages 341-350 in L. F. Ruggiero, K. B. Aubry, A. B. Carey and M. H. Huff, editors. General Technical Report, PNW-GTR-285: Wildlife and vegetation of unmanaged Douglas-fir forests. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station.
Bush, E. O., J. M. Aho, and C. R. Kennedy. 1990. Ecological versus phylogenetic determinants of helminth parasite community richness. Evol. Ecol. 4:1-20
Bush, M. B. 1994. Amazonian speciation: a necessarily complex model. J. Biogeogr. 21:5-17
Bush, M. B., and R. J. Whittaker. 1991. Krakatau: colonization patterns and hierarchies. J. Biogeogr. 18:341-56
Busing, R. T. 1998. Composition, structure and diversity of cove forest stands in the Great Smoky Mountains: a patch dynamcis perspective. J. Veg. Sci. 9:881-91
Busing, R. T., and E. E. C. Clebsch. 1983. Species composition and species richness in first-year old fields: responses to season of soil disturbance. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 110:304-10
Buys, M. H., J. S. Maritz, C. Boucher, and J. J. A. Van Der Walt. 1994. A model for species-area relationships in plant communities. J. Veg. Sci. 5:63-6
Buzas, M. A., and S. J. Culver. 1991. Species diversity and dispersal of benthic foraminifera. BioSci. 41:483-9
Buzas, M. A., and S. J. Culver. 1994. Species pool and dynamics of marine paleocommunities. Science 264:1329-441
Buzas, M., C. F. Koch, S. J. Culver, and N. F. Sohl. 1982. On the distribution of species occurrence. Paleobiology 8:143-50
Cadle, J. E., and H. W. Greene.  1993.  Phylogenetic patterns, biogeography, and the ecological structure of neotropical snake assemblages. Pages 281-293 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Cain, S. A. 1938. The species-area curve. Am. Midl. Nat. 19:573-81
Cairns, J. J., M. L. Dahlberg, L. D. Kenneth, N. Smith, and W. T. Waller. 1969. The relationship of fresh-water protozoan communities to the MacArthur-Wilson Equilibrium Model. Am. Nat. 103:439-54
Cairns, J., Jr., and J. R. Pratt.  1986.  Developing a Sampling Strategy. Pages 168-186 in B. G. Isom, editor. American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM STP 894: Rationale for sampling and interpretation of ecological data in the assessment of freshwater ecosystems. American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia.
Cairns, J., Jr., and E. P. Smith. 1989. Randomizing data and the sequential comparison index. Res. J. Water Poll. Cont. Fed. 61:1733-8
Caley, M. J. 1997. Local endemism and the relationship between local and regional diversity. Oikos 79:612-5
Caley, M. J., and D. Schluter. 1997. The relationship between local and regional diversity. Ecology 78:70-80
Caley, M. J., and D. Schluter. 1998. The relationship between local and regional diversity: reply. Ecology 79:1827-9
Callaway, R. M., and C. S. Sabraw. 1994. Effects of variable precipitation on the structure and diversity of a California salt marsh community. J. Veg. Sci. 5:433-8
Cam, E., J. D. Nichols, J. E. Hines, and J. R. Sauer. 2000a. Inferences about nested subsets structure when not all species are detected. Oikos 91:428-34
Cam, E., J. D. Nichols, J. R. Sauer, J. E. Hines, and C. H. Flather. 2000b. Relative species richness and community completeness: birds and urbanization in the mid-Atlantic states. Ecol. Appl. 10:1196-210
Cameron, D. S., D. J. Leopold, and D. J. Raynal. 1997. Effect of landscape position on plant diversity and richness on electric transmission rights-of-way in New York State. Can. J. Bot. 75:242-51
Campbell, C. J., and W. Green. 1968. Perpetual succession of stream-channel vegetation in a semiarid region. J. Ariz. Acad. Sci. 5:86-98
Campbell, D. G.  1994.  Scale and patterns of community structure in Amazonian Forests. Pages 179-197 in P. J. Edwards, R. M. May and N. R. Webb, editors. Large-scale ecology and conservation biology. Blackwell Scientific Publications, London.
Candy, S. G. 1997. Poisson vs normal-errors regression in Mac Nally (1996). Austral. J. Ecol. 22:233-5
Cantero, J. J., M. P"rtel, and M. Zobel. 1999. Is species richness dependent on the neighboring stands? An analysis of the community patterns in mountain grasslands of central Argentina. Oikos 87:346-54
Cao, Y., W. P. Williams, and A. W. Bark. 1997. Effects of sample size (replicate number) on similarity measures in river benthic Aufwuchs community analysis. Water Environment Research 69:107-14
Capone, T. A., and J. A. Kushlan. 1991. Fish community structure in dry-season stream pools. Ecology 72:983-92
de Caprariis, P. 1984. Estimating species diversity: comparison of two algorithms. J. Math. Geol. 16:237-48
de Caprariis, P., R. H. Lindemann, and C. M. Collins. 1976. A method for determining optimum sample size in species diversity studies. J. Math. Geol. 8:575-81
de Caprariis, P., R. Lindemann, and R. Haimes. 1981. A relationship between sample size and accuracy of species richness predictions. J. Math. Geol. 13:351-5
Carcaillet, C., and J.-J. Brun. 2000. Changes in landscape structure in the northwestern Alps over the last 7000 years: lessons from soil charcoal. J. Veg. Sci. 11:705-14
Cardillo, M., D. W. Macdonald, and S. P. Rushton. 1999. Predicting mammal species richness and distributions: testing the effectiveness of satellite-derived land cover data. Landscape Ecol. 14:423-35
Cardinale, B. J., K. Nelson, and M. A. Palmer. 2000. Linking species diversity to the functioning of ecosystems: on the importance of environmental context. Oikos 91:175-83
Carlton, C. E., and H. W. Robison. 1998. Diversity of litter-dwelling beetles in the Ouachita Highlands of Arkansas, USA. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:1589-605
Carney, R. S. 1997. Basing conservation policies for the deep-sea floor on current-diversity concepts: a consideration of rarity. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:1463-85
Caro, T. M., and G. O'Doherty. 1999. On the use of surrogate species in conservation biology. Cons. Bio. 13:805-14
Caroll, S. S., and D. L. Pearson. 1998. The effects of scale and sample size on the accuracy of spatial predictions of tiger beetle (Cicindelidae) species richness. Ecography 21:401-14
Carreira, J. A., F. Sanchez-Vazquez, and F. X. Niell. 1992. Short-term and small-scale patterns of post-fire regeneration in a semi-arid dolomitic basin of southern Spain. Acta Oecol. 13:241-53
Carroll, S. S. 1998. Modelling abiotic indicators when obtaining spatial predictions of species richness. Environmental and Ecological Statistics 5:257-76
Carroll, S. S., and D. L. Pearson. 1998a. The effects of scale and sample size on the accuracy of spatial predictions of tiger beetle (Cicindelidae) species richness. Ecography 21:401-14
Carroll, S. S., and D. L. Pearson. 1998b. Spatial modelling of butterfly species richness using tiger beetles (Cicindelidae) as a bioindicator taxon. Ecol. Appl. 8:531-43
Carson, W. P., and G. W. Barrett. 1988. Succession in old-field plant communities: effects of contrasting types of nutrient enrichment. Ecology 69:984-94
Carson, W. P., and C. J. Peterson. 1990. The role of litter in an old-field community: impact of litter quantity in different seasons on plant species richness and abundance. Oecol. 85:8-13
Carson, W. P., and S. T. A. Pickett. 1990. Role of resources and disturbance in the organization of an old-field plant community. Ecology 71:226-38
Carson, W. P., and R. B. Root. 2000. Herbivory and plant species coexistence: community regulation by an outbreaking phytophagous insect. Ecol. Mon. 70:73-99
Cary, G. J., and D. A. Morison. 1995. Effects of fire frequency on plant species composition of sandstone communities in the Sydney region: combinations of inter-fire intervals. Austral. J. Ecol. 20:418-26
Case, T. J. 1975. Species numbers, density compensation, and the colonization ability of lizards on islands in the Gulf of California. Ecology 56:3-18
Case, T. J. 1991. Invasion resistance, species build-up and community collapse in metapopulation models with interspecies competition. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 42:239-66
Case, T. J., and D. T. Bolger. 1991. The role of introduced species in shaping the distribution and abundance of island reptiles. Evol. Ecol. 5:272-90
Castellanos, H. G.  1998.  Floristic composition and structure, tree diversity, and the relationship beteen floristic distribution and soil factors in el Caura Forest Reserve, southern Venezuela. Pages 507-533 in F. Dallmeier and J. A. Comiskey, editors. Forest biodiversity in North, Central and South America, and the Caribbean. UNESCO, Paris.
Caswell, H., and J. E. Cohen.  1991.  Communities in patchy environments: a model of disturbance, competition, and heterogeneity. Pages 97-122 in J. Kolasa and S. T. A. Pickett, editors. Ecological Studies, 86: Ecological Heterogeneity. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Caswell, H., and J. E. Cohen.  1993.  Local and regional regulation of species-area relations: a patch-occupancy model. Pages 99-107 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Ceballos, G., and J. H. Brown. 1995. Global patterns of mammalian diversity, endemism, and endangerment. Cons. Bio. 9:559-68
Ceballos, G., and A. Garc¡a. 1995. Conserving neotropical biodiversity: the role of dry forests in western Mexico. Cons. Bio. 9:1349-56
Ceballos, G., P. Rodr¡guez, and R. A. Medell¡n. 1998. Assessing conservation priorities in megadiverse Mexico: mammalian diveristy, endemicity, and endangerment. Ecol. Appl. 8:8-17
Cecchi, L. B., and F. Cinelli. 1992. Canopy removal experiments in Cystoceira-dominated rockpools from the western coast of the Mediterranean (Ligurian Sea). J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 155:69-83
Chambers, B. Q., and M. J. Samways. 1998. Grasshopper resonse to a 40-year experimental burning and mowing regime, with recommendations for invertebrate conservation management. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:985-1012
Chambers, J. C. 1993. Seed and vegetation dynamics in an alpine herb field: effects of disturbance type. Can. J. Bot. 71:471-85
Chambers, J. C., R. W. Brown, and B. D. Williams. 1994. An evaluation of reclamation success on Idaho's phosphate mines. Restor. Ecol. 2:4-16
Chaneton, E. J., and J. M. Facelli. 1991. Disturbance effects on plant community diversity: spatial scales and dominance hierarchies. Vegetatio 93:143-55
Chao, A. 1987. Estimating the population size for capture-recapture data with unequal catchability. Biometrics 43:783-91
Chao, A., and S.-M. Lee. 1992. Estimating the number of classes via sample coverage. J. Am. Stat. Assoc. 87:210-7
Chapin III, F. S., O. E. Sala, I. C. Burke, J. P. Grime, D. U. Hooper, W. K. Lauenroth, A. Lombard, H. A. Mooney, A. R. Mosier, S. Naeem, S. W. Pacala, J. Roy, W. L. Steffen, and D. Tilman. 1998. Ecosystem consequences of changing biodiversity. BioSci. 48:45-52
Chapleau, F., C. S. Findlay, and E. Szenasy. 1997. Impact of piscivorous fish introducitons on fish species richness of small lakes in Gatineau park, Qu‚bec. �coscience 4:259-68
Chapman, C. A., and L. J. Chapman. 1995. Survival without dispersers: seedling recruitment under parents. Cons. Bio. 9:675-8
Chapman, C. A., and L. J. Chapman. 1999. Forest restoration in abandoned agricultural land: a case study from east Africa. Cons. Bio. 13:1301-11
Chapman, R., and A. Younger. 1995. The establishment and maintenance of a species-rich grassland on a reclaimed opencast coal site. Restor. Ecol. 3:39-50
Chase, M. K., W. B. Kristan III, A. J. Lynam, M. V. Price, and J. T. Rotenberry. 2000. Single species as indicators of species richness and composition in California coastal sage scrub birds and small mammals. Cons. Bio. 14:474-87
Chazdon, R. L., and F. G. Coe. 1999. Ethnobotany of woody species in second-growth, old-growth, and selectively logged forests of northeastern Costa Rica. Cons. Bio. 13:1312-22
Chesson, P. 2000. Mechanisms of maintenance of species diversity. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 31:343-66
Chesson, P., and N. Huntly. 1997. The roles of harsh and fluctuating conditions in the dynamics of ecological communities. Am. Nat. 150:519-53
Chesson, P., and M. Pantastico-Caldas. 1994. The forest architecture hypothesis for diversity maintenance. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 9:79-80
Chester, E. W., S. M. Noel, J. M. Baskin, C. C. Baskin, and M. L. McReynolds. 1995. A phytosociological analysis of an old-growth upland wet woods on the Pennyroyal Plain, Southcentral Kentucky, USA. Nat. Areas J. 15:297-307
Chew, F. S., and S. P. Courtney. 1991. Plant apparency and evolutionary escape from insect herbivory. Am. Nat. 138:729-50
Chiarucci, A. 1996. Species diversity in plant communities on ultramafic soils in relation to pine afforestation. J. Veg. Sci. 7:57-62
Chiarucci, A., S. Maccherini, I. Bonini, and V. De Dominicis. 1998a. Effects of nutrient addition on species diversity and ground cover of "serpentine" vegetation. Plant Biosystems 132:143-50
Chiarucci, A., B. H. Robinson, I. Bonini, D. Petit, R. R. Brooks, and V. De Dominicis. 1998b. Vegetation of Tuscan ultramafic soils in relation to edaphic and physical factors. Folia Geobot. 33:113-31
Chiarucci, A., J. B. Wilson, B. J. Anderson, and V. De Dominicis. 1999. Cover versus biomas as an estimate of species abundance: does it make a difference to the conclusions? J. Veg. Sci. 10:35-42
Chiarucci, A., V. De Dominicis, and J. B. Wilson. 2001. Structure and floristic diversity in permanent monitoring plots in forest ecosystems of Tuscany. For. Ecol. Manage. 141:201-10
Chittibabu, C. V., and N. Parthasarathy. 2000. Attenuated tree species diversity in human-impacted tropical evergreen forest sites at Kolli hills, Eastern Ghats, India. Biodivers. Conserv. 9:1493-519
Chorus, I., and G. Schlag. 1993. Importance of intermediate disturbances for the species composition and diversity of phytoplankton in two very different Berlin lakes. Hydrobiol. 249:67-92
Chown, S. L., and K. J. Gaston. 2000. Areas, cradles and museums: the latitudinal gradient in species richness. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 15:311-5
Chown, S. L., K. J. Gaston, and P. H. Williams. 1998. Global patterns in species richness of pelagic seabids: the Procellariiformes. Ecography 21:342-50
Christensen, N. L., and R. K. Peet. 1984. Convergence during secondary forest succession. J. Ecol. 72:25-36
Christian, J. M., and S. D. Wilson. 1999. Long-term ecosystem impacts of an introduced grass in the northern great plains. Ecology 80:2397-407
Clark, D. B., D. A. Clark, and J. M. Read. 1998. Edaphic variation and the mesoscale distribution of tree species in a neotropical rain forest. J. Ecol. 86:101-12
Clark, D. B., M. W. Palmer, and D. A. Clark. 1999. Edaphic factors and the landscape-scale distributions of tropical rain forest trees. Ecology 80:2662-75
Clark, J. S. 1991. Disturbance and tree life history on the shifting mosaic landscape. Ecology 72:1102-18
Clarke, K. R. 1990. Comparisons of dominance curves. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 138:143-57
Clarke, K. R., and R. M. Warwick. 1999. The taxonomic distinctness measure of biodiversity: weighting of step lengths between hierarchical levels. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 184:21-9
Clay, K. 1995. Correlates of pathogen species richness in the grass family. Can. J. Bot. 73:s42-9
Clayton, M. K., and E. W. Frees. 1987. Nonparametric estimation of the probability of discovering a new species. J. Am. Stat. Assoc. 82:305-11
Clench, H. 1979. How to make regional lists of butterflies: some thoughts. J. Lepid. Soc. 33:216-31
Closs, G. P., and P. S. Lake. 1994. Spatial and temporal variation in the structure of an intermittent-stream food web. Ecol. Mon. 64:1-21
Coddington, J. A., C. E. Griswold, D. Silva D vila, D. Pe¤aranda, and S. F. Larcher.  1991.  Designing and testing sampling protocols to estimate biodiversity in tropical ecosystems. Pages 44-60 in E. C. Dudley, editor. The unity of evolutionary biology: Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of Systematic and Evolutionary Biology. Dioscorides Press, Portland, Oregon.
Coddington, J. A., L. H. Young, and F. A. Coyle. 1996. Estimating spider species richness in a southern Appalachian cove hardwood forest. J. Arachnol. 24:111-28
Cody, M. L. 1991. Niche theory and plant growth form. Vegetatio 97:39-55
Cody, M. L.  1993.  Bird diversity components within and between habitats in Australia. Pages 147-158 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Cohen, J. E. 1968. Alternate derivations of a species-abundance relation. Am. Nat. 102:165-72
Cohen, J. E. 1990. A stochastic theory of community food webs. VI. Heterogeneous alternatives to the cascade model. Theor. Popul. Biol. 37:55-90
Cohen, J. E., and C. M. Newman. 1985. A stochastic theory of community food webs I. Models and aggregated data. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 224:421-48
Cohen, J. E., and C. M. Newman. 1991. Community area and food chain length: theoretical predictions. Am. Nat. 138:1524-54
Cohen, J. E., and Z. J. Palka. 1990. A stochastic theory of community food webs. V. Intervality and triangulation in the trophic-niche overlap graph. Am. Nat. 135:435-63
Cohen, J. E., C. M. Newman, and F. Briand. 1985. A stochastic theory of community food webs II. Individual webs. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 224:449-61
Cohen, J. E., F. Briand, and C. M. Newman. 1986. A stochastic theory of community food webs III. predicted and observed lengths of food chains. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 228:317-53
Cohen, J. E., R. A. Beaver, S. H. Cousins, D. L. DeAngelis, L. Goldwasser, K. L. Heong, R. D. Holt, A. J. Kohn, J. H. Lawton, N. Martinez, R. O'Malley, L. M. Page, B. C. Patten, S. L. Pimm, G. A. Polis, M. Rejm nek, T. W. Schoener, K. Schoenly, W. G. Sprules, J. M. Teal, R. E. Ulanowicz, P. H. Warren, H. M. Wilbur, and P. Yodzis. 1993. Improving food webs. Ecology 74:252-8
Cole, K. L. 1985. Past rates of change, species richness, and a model of vegetational inertia in the Grand Canyon, Arizona. Am. Nat. 125:289-303
Cole, K. L. 1986. In defense of inertia. Am. Nat. 127:727-8
Coleman, B. D. 1981. On random placement and species-area relations. Math. Biosci. 54:191-215
Coleman, B. D., M. A. Mares, M. R. Willig, and Y.-H. Hsieh. 1982. Randomness, area, and species richness. Ecology 63:1121-33
Coleman, N., A. S. H. Gason, and G. C. B. Poore. 1997. High species richness in the shallow marine waters of south-east Australia. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 154:17-26
Colinvaux, P. 1987. Amazon diversity in light of the paleoecological record. Quat. Sci. Rev. 6:93-114
Collinge, S. K. 2000. Effects of grassland fragmentation on insect species colonization, and movement patterns. Ecology 81:2211-26
Collins, B. S., and S. T. A. Pickett. 1987. Influence of canopy opening on the environment and herb layer in a northern hardwood forest. Vegetatio 70:3-10
Collins, S. L. 1987. Interaction of disturbances in tallgrass prairie: a field experiment. Ecology 68:1243-50
Collins, S. L. 1989. Experimental analysis of patch dynamics and community heterogeneity in tallgrass prairie. Vegetatio 85:57-66
Collins, S. L. 1990. Patterns of community structure during succession in tallgrass prairie. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 117:397-408

Collins, S. L. 1992. Fire frequency and community heterogeneity in tallgrass prairie vegetation. Ecology 73:2001-6
Collins, S. L. 2000. Disturbance frequency and community stability in native tallgrass prairie. Am. Nat. 155:311-25
Collins, S. L., and S. M. Glenn.  1988.  Disturbance and community structure in North American prairies. Pages 131-143 in H. J. During, M. J. A. Werger and J. H. Willems, editors. Diversity and Pattern in Plant Communities. Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Collins, S. L., and S. M. Glenn. 1991. Importance of spatial and temporal dynamics in species regional abundance and distribution. Ecology 72:654-64
Collins, S. L., J. A. Bradford, and P. L. Sims. 1987. Succession and fluctuation in Artemisia dominated grassland. Vegetatio 73:89-99
Collins, S. L., G. S. Mitchell, and S. C. Klahr. 1989. Vegetation-environment relationships in a rock outcrop community in southern Oklahoma. Am. Midl. Nat. 122:339-48
Collins, S. L., S. M. Glenn, and D. J. Gibson. 1995. Experimental analysis of intermediate disturbance and inital floristic composition: decoupling cause and effect. Ecology 76:486-92
Collins, S. L., A. K. Knapp, J. M. Briggs, J. M. Blair, and E. M. Steinauer. 1998. Modulation of diversity by grazing and mowing in native tallgrass prairie. Science 280:745-7
Colwell, M. A., and S. L. Dodd. 1995. Waterbird communities and habitat relationships in coastal pastures of northern California. Cons. Bio. 9:827-34
Colwell, R. K. 1973. Competition and coexistence in a simple tropical community. Am. Nat. 107:737-60
Colwell, R. K. 1992. Making sense of ecological complexity: a personal and conceptual retrospective. Biotropica 24:226-32
Colwell, R. K., and J. A. Coddington. 1994. Estimating the extent of terrestrial biodiversity through extrapolation. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. Ser. B. 345:101-18
Comins, H. N., and I. R. Noble. 1985. Dispersal, variability and transient niches: species coexistence in a uniformly variable environment. Am. Nat. 126:706-23
Condit, R., S. P. Hubbell, and R. B. Foster. 1992. Recruitment near conspecific adults and the maintenance of tree and shrub diversity in a neotropical forest. Am. Nat. 140:261-86
Condit, R., S. P. Hubbell, J. V. Lafrankie, R. Sukumar, N. Manokaran, R. B. Foster, and P. S. Ashton. 1996. Species-area and species-individual relationships for tropical trees: a comparison of three 50-ha plots. J. Ecol. 84:549-62
Condit, R., R. B. Foster, S. P. Hubbell, R. Sukumar, E. G. Leigh, N. Manokaran, S. Loo de Lao, J. F. LaFrankie, and P. S. Ashton.  1998.  Assessing forest diversity on small plots: calibration using species-individual curves from 50-ha plots. Pages 247-268 in F. Dallmeier and J. A. Comiskey, editors. Forest Biodiversity Research, Monitoring and Modeling. Conceptual Background and Old World Case Studies. Volume 20. Unesco, Paris.
Connell, J. H.  1971.  On the role of natural enemies in preventing competitive exclusion in some marine animals and in rain forest trees. Pages 298-312 in P. J. den Boer and G. R. Gradwll, editors. Dynamics of Populations. Centre for Agricultural Publication and Documentation, Wageningen, The Netherlands.
Connell, J. H. 1978. Diversity in tropical rain forests and coral reefs. Science 199:1302-9
Connell, J. H. 1979. Tropical rain forests and coral reefs as open non-equilibrium systems. Symp. Brit. Ecol. Soc. 20:141-63
Connell, J. H. 1980. Diversity and the coevolution of competitors, or the ghost of competition past. Oikos 35:131-8
Connell, J. H.  1987.  Maintenance of species diversity in biotic communities. Pages 201-218 in S. Kawano, J. H. Connell and T. Hidaka, editors. Evolution and coadaptation in biotic communities. University of Tokyo Press, Tokyo.
Connell, J. H., and M. J. Keough.  1985.  Disturbance and patch dynamics of subtidal marine animals on hard substrata. Pages 125-151 in S. T. A. Pickett and P. S. White, editors. Natural disturbance and patch dynamics. Academic Press, Toronto.
Connell, J. H., and M. D. Lowman. 1989. Low-diversity tropical rain forests: some possible mechanisms for their existence. Am. Nat. 134:88-119
Connell, J. H., and E. Orias. 1964. The ecological regulation of species diversity. Am. Nat. 98:399-414
Conner, E. F., and E. D. McCoy. 1979. The statistics and biology of the species-area curve. Am. Nat. 113:791-833
Connor, E. F., and E. D. McCoy. 1979. The statistics and biology of the species-area relationship. Am. Nat. 113:791-833
Conroy, M. J., and B. R. Noon. 1996. Mapping of species richness for conservation of biological diversity: conceptual and methodological issues. Ecol. Appl. 6:763-73
Constantino, R. 1992. Abundance and diversity of termites (Insecta: Isoptera) in two sites of primary rain forest in Brazilian Amazonia. Biotropica 24:420-30
Cook, L. M., and C. S. Graham. 1996. Evenness and species number in some moth populations. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 58:75-84
Cook, R. R. 1995. The relationship between nested subsets, habitat subdivision, and species diversity. Oecol. 101:204-10
Cooper, A. 1997. Plant species coexistence in cliff habitats. J. Biogeogr. 24:483-94
Corbit, M., P. L. Marks, and S. Gardescu. 1999. Hedgrows as habitat corridors for forest herbs in central New York, USA. J. Ecol. 87:220-32
Corey, D. T., and I. J. Stout. 1992. Centipede and millipede (Chilopoda and Diplopoda) faunas in sandhill communities of Florida. Am. Midl. Nat. 127:60-5
Corn, P. S., and R. B. Bury. 1989. Logging in Western Oregon: responses of headwater habitats and stream amphibians. For. Ecol. Manage. 29:39-57
Corn, P. S., and R. B. Bury.  1991.  Small mammal communities in the Oregon Coast range. Pages 241-254 in L. F. Ruggiero, K. B. Aubry, A. B. Carey and M. H. Huff, editors. General Technical Report, PNW-GTR-285: Wildlife and vegetation of unmanaged Douglas-fir forests. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station.
Cornelius, C., H. Cofr‚, and P. A. Marquet. 2000. Effects of habitat fragmentation on bird species in a relict temperate forest in semiarid Chile. Cons. Bio. 14:534-43
Cornell, H. V. 1985. Local and regional richness of cynipine gall wasps on California oaks. Ecology 66:1247-60
Cornell, H. V. 1986. Oak species attributes and host size influence cynipine wasp species richness. Ecology 67:1582-92
Cornell, H. V.  1993.  Unsaturated patterns in species assemblages: the role of regional processes in setting local species richness. Pages 243-252 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Cornell, H. V., and B. A. Hawkins. 1993. Accumulation of native parasitoid species on introduced herbivores: a comparison of hosts as natives and hosts as invaders. Am. Nat. 141:847-65
Cornell, H. V., and J. H. Lawton. 1992. Species interactions, local and regional processes, and limits to the richness of ecological communities: a theoretical perspective. J. Anim. Ecol. 61:1-12
Costello, D. A., I. D. Lunt, and J. E. Williams. 2000. Effects of invasion by the indigenous shrub Acacia sophorae on plant composition of coastal grasslands in south-eastern Australia. Biol. Cons. 96:113-21
Cousins, S.  1980.  On some relationships between energy and diversity models of ecosystems. Pages 1051-1055 in Proceedings of the 17th Ornithological Congress. Deutsche Ornithologen Gesellshaft, Berlin.
Cousins, S. H. 1989. Species richness and the energy theory. Nature 340:350-1
Cousins, S. H. 1991. Species diversity measurement: choosing the right index. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 6:190-2
Covarrubias, R., and M. Elgueta. 1991. Relacion especies-area de artropodos en cimas de Monta¤as. Acta Ent. Chilena 16:151-60
Cowling, R. M. 1990. Diversity components in a species-rich area of the Cape Floristic Region. J. Veg. Sci. 1:699-710
Cowling, R. M., and W. J. Bond. 1991. How small can reserves be?  An empirical approach in Cape Fynbos, South Africa. Biol. Cons. 58:243-56
Cowling, R. M., P. W. Rundel, P. G. Desmet, and K. J. Esler. 1998. Extraordinarily high regional-scale plant diversity in southern African arid lands: subcontinental and global comparisons. Diversity and Distributions 4:27-36
Cox, J. E., and D. W. Larson. 1993a. Environmental relations of the bryophytic and vascular components of a talus slope plant community. J. Veg. Sci. 4:553-60
Cox, J. E., and D. W. Larson. 1993b. Spatial heterogeneity of vegetation and environmental factors on talus slopes of the Niagara Escarpment. Can. J. Bot. 71:323-32
Cracraft, J.  1992.  Explaining patterns of biological diversity: integrating causation at different spatial and temporal scales. Pages 59-76 in N. Eldredge, editor. Systematics, ecology, and the biodiverstiy crisis. Columbia University Press, New York.
Cracraft, J. 1994. Species diveristy, biogeography, and the evolution of biotas. Amer. Zool. 34:33-47
Craig, R. J., and K. G. Beal. 1992. The influence of habitat variables on marsh bird communities of the Connecticut River Estuary. Wilson Bull. 104:295-311
Crawley, M. J.  1986.  The structure of plant communities. Pages 1-50 in M. J. Crawley, editor. Plant Ecology. Blackwell, Oxford. (N)
Crawley, M. J., and J. E. Harral. 2001. Scale dependence in plant biodiversity. Science 291:864-8
Cresswell, J. E., V. M. Vidal-Martinez, and N. J. Chrichton. 1995. The investigation of saturation in the species richness of communites: some comments on methodology. Oikos 72:301-4
Critchley, C. N. R., and S. M. C. Poulton. 1998. A method to optomize precision and scale in grassland monitoring. J. Veg. Sci. 9:837-46
Crockett, D. 1995. Perennial polyculture as an assembled plant community. The Land Report 52:29-32
Crooks, K. R., and M. E. Soul‚. 1999. Mesopredator release and avifaunal extinctions in a fragmented system. Nature 400:563-6
Crowley, P. H., and D. M. Johnson. 1992. Variability and stability of a dragonfly assemblage. Oecol. 90:260-9
Csuti, B., and J. M. Scott. 1991. Mapping wildlife diversity for gap analysis. West. Wildlands fall:13-8
Csuti, B., S. Polasky, P. H. Williams, R. L. Pressey, J. D. Camm, M. Kershaw, A. R. Kiester, B. Downs, R. Hamilton, M. Muso, and K. Sahr. 1997. A comparison of reserve selection algorithms using data on terrestrial vertebrates in Oregon. Biol. Cons. 80:83-97
Cueto, V. R., and J. L. de Casenave. 1999. Determinants of bird species richness: role of climate and vegetation structure at a regional scale. J. Biogeogr. 26:487-92
Culberson, W. L. 1955. The corticolous communities of lichens and bryophytes in the upland forests of northern Wisconsin. Ecol. Mon. 25:215-31
Cullen, W. R., and C. P. Wheater. 1993. The flora and invertebrate fauna of a relocated grassland at Thrislington Plantation, County Durham, England. Restor. Ecol. 1:130-7
Culver, D. C., and D. W. Fong. 1994. Small scale and large scale biogeography of subterranean crustacean faunas of the Virginias. Hydrobiol. 287:3-9
Culver, D., and J. Holsinger. 1992. How many species of troglobites are there? National Speleological Society Bulletin 54:79-80
Culver, D. C., L. L. Master, M. C. Christman, and H. H. I. I. I. Hobbs. 2000. Obligate cave fauna of the 48 contiguous United States. Cons. Bio. 14:386-401
Curnutt, J., J. Lockwood, H.-K. Lu, P. Nott, and G. Russell. 1994a. Hotspots and species diversity. Nature 367:326-7
Curnutt, J., J. Lockwood, H.-K. Luh, P. Nott, and G. Russell. 1994b. Hotspots and species diversity. Nature 367:326-7
Currie, D. J. 1991. Energy and large-scale patterns of animal- and plant- species richness. Am. Nat. 137:27-49
Currie, D. J., and V. Paquin. 1987. Large-scale biogeographical patterns of species richness of trees. Nature 329:326-7
Cushman, J. H., J. H. Lawton, and B. F. J. Manly. 1993. Latitudinal patterns in European ant assemblages: variation in species richness and body size. Oecol. 95:30-7
Cusson, M., and E. Bourget. 1997. Influence of topographic heterogeneity and spatial scales on the structure of the neighbouring intertidal endobenthic macrofaunal community. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 150:181-93
Cutler, A. 1991. Nested faunas and extinction in fragmented habitats. Cons. Bio. 5:496-505
Dahl, B., and H. Blanck. 1996. Pollution-induced community tolerance (PICT) in periphyton communities established under tri-n-butyltin (TBT) stress in marine microcosms. Aquat. Toxicol. 34:305-25
Daily, G. C., P. R. Ehrlich, and G. A. S nchez-Azofeifa. 2001. Countryside biogeography: use of human-dominated habitats by the avifauna of southern Costa Rica. Ecol. Appl. 11:1-13
Dale, M. B., and P. Hogeweg. 1998. On the dynamics of diversity. Coenoses 13:3-15
Dale, M. R. T. 1986. Overlap and spacing of species' ranges on an environmental gradient. Oikos 47:303-8
Dale, V. H. 1991. Revegetation of Mount St. Helens debris avalanche 10 years posteruptive. Nat. Geogr. Res. Expl. 7:328-41
Dale, V. H. 1993. Exotic seeds reduce biodiversity on the Mount St. Helens Debris Avalanche. Northwest Environmental Journal 8:185-7
Dallmeier, F., and J. A. Cominskey, editors.  1998.  Forest Biodiversity Research, Monitoring and Modeling: Conceptual Background and Old World Case Studies. Volume 20. UNESCO, Paris.
Dallmeier, F., and J. A. Comiskey, editors.  1998.  Man and the biosphere, 21: Forest biodiversity in North, Central, and South America, and the Caribbean: research and monitoring. UNESCO, Paris.
Dalrymple, G. H., F. S. Bernardino, T. M. Steiner, and R. J. Nodell. 1991. Patterns of species diversity of snake community assemblages, with data on two everglades snake assemblages. Copeia 1991:517-21
Dalrymple, N. K., G. H. Dalrymple, and K. A. Fanning. 1993. Vegetation of restored rock-plowed wetlands of the east everglades. Restor. Ecol. 1:220-5
Danell, K., P. Lundbert, and P. Niemela. 1996. Species richness in mammalian herbivores: patterns in the boreal zone. Ecography 19:404-9
Daniels, R. J. R., N. V. Joshi, and M. Gadgil. 1990. Changes in the bird fauna of Uttara Kannada, India, in relation to changes in land use over the past century. Biol. Cons. 52:37-48
Daniels, R. J. R., M. Hegde, N. V. Joshi, and M. Gadgil. 1991. Assigning conservation value: a case study from india. Cons. Bio. 5:464-75
Daniels, R. J. R., N. V. Joshi, and M. Gadgil. 1992. On the relationship between bird and woody plant species diversity in the Uttara Kannada district of south India. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 89:5311-5
D'Antonio, C. M. 1993. Mechanisms controlling invasion of coastal plant communities by the alien succulent Carpobrotus edulis. Ecology 74:83-95
Davidowitz, G., and M. L. Rosenzweig. 1998. The latitudinal gradient of species diversity among North American grasshoppers (Acrididae) within a single habitat: a test of the spatial heterogeneity hypothesis. J. Biogeogr. 25:553-60
Davidson, D. W. 1977. Species diversity and community organization in desert seed-eating ants. Ecology 58:711-24

Davis, B. N. K., K. H. Lakhani, and M. C. Brown. 1993. Experiments on the effects of fertilizer and rabbit grazing treatments upon the vegetation of a limestone quarry floor. J. Appl. Ecol. 30:615-28
Davis, M. A., D. W. Peterson, P. B. Reich, M. Crozier, T. Query, E. Mitchell, J. Huntington, and P. Bazakas. 2000. Restoring savanna using fire: impact on the breeding bird community. Restor. Ecol. 8:30-40
Davison, C., and K. Kindscher. 1999. Tools for diversity: fire, grazing and mowing on tallgrass prairies. Ecol. Rest. 17:136-43
Davison, S. E., and R. T. T. Forman. 1982. Herb and shrub dynamics in a mature oak forest: a thirty-year study. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 109:64-73
Day, R. T., P. A. Keddy, and J. McNeill. 1988. Fertility and disturbance gradients: a summary model for riverine marsh vegetation. Ecology 69:1044-54
De Benedictis, P. A. 1973. On the correlations between certain diversity indices. Am. Nat. 107:295-302
Debinski, D. M., and P. F. Brussard. 1994. Using biodiversity data to assess species-habitat relationships in Glacier National Park, Montana. Ecol. Appl. 4:833-43
Debinski, D. M., and R. D. Holt. 2000. A survey and overview of habitat fragmentation experiments. Cons. Bio. 14:342-55
Debinski, D. M., C. Ray, and E. H. Saveraid. 2001. Species diversity and the scale of the landscape mosaic: do scales of movement and patch size affect diversity? Biol. Cons. 98:179-90
De Blasio, F. V. 1998. Diversity variation in isolated environments: species-area effects from a stochastic model. Ecol. Mod. 111:93-8
Debussche, M., J. Escarr‚, J. Lepart, C. Houssard, and S. Lavorel. 1996. Changes in Mediterranean plant succession: old-fields revisited. J. Veg. Sci. 7:519-26
D‚camps, H., and E. Tabacchi.  1994.  Species richness in vegetation along river margins. Pages 1-20 in P. S. Giller, A. G. Hildrew and D. G. Rafaelli, editors. Aquatic Ecology: Scale, Pattern, and Process. Blackwell, London.
de Caprariis, P., and R. H. Lindemann. 1978. Species richness in patchy environments. Math. Geol. 10:73-90
Decocq, G. 2000. The 'masking effect' of silviculture on substrate-induced plant diversity in oak-hornbeam forests from northern France. Biodivers. Conserv. 9:1467-91
DeFerrari, C. M., and R. J. Naiman. 1994. A multi-scale assessment of the occurrence of exotic plants on the Olympic Peninsula, Washington. J. Veg. Sci. 5:247-58
De Grandpr‚, L., and Y. Bergeron. 1997. Diversity and stability of understorey communities following disturbance in the southern boreal forest. J. Ecol. 85:777-84
De Grandpr‚, L., D. Gagnon, and Y. Bergeron. 1993. Changes in the understory of Canadian southern boreal forest after fire. J. Veg. Sci. 4:803-10
De Grandpr‚, L., J. Morisette, and S. Gauthier. 2000. Long-term post-fire changes in the northeastern boreal forest of Quebec. J. Veg. Sci. 11:791-2000
Deharveng, L. 1996. Soil collembola diversity, endemism, and reforestation: a case study in the Pyrenees (France). Cons. Bio. 10:74-84
Deharveng, L., and S. Lek. 1995. High diversity and community permeability: the riparian Collembola (Insecta) of a Pyrenean massif. Hydrobiol. 312:59-74
de Jong, J. 1995. Habitat use and species richness of bats in a patchy landscape. Acta Theriologica 40:237-48
Delarze, R., D. Caldelari, and P. Hainard. 1992. Effects of fire on forest dynamics in southern Switzerland. J. Veg. Sci. 3:55-60
De Leo, G. A., and I. Ferrari. 1993. Disturbance and diversity in a river zooplankton community: a neutral model analysis. Coenoses 8:121-9
Delgado, J. D., and J. N£¤ez. 1997. Organizaci¢n de Microcomunidades de Poliquetos Epibiontes: la Estructura del Alga como Determinante. Rev. Acad. Canar. Cienc. 9:97-106
del Moral, R. 1999. Plant succession on pumice at Mount St. Helens, Washington. Am. Midl. Nat. 141:101-14
del Moral, R., and D. M. Wood. 1993. Early primary succession on the volcano Mount St. Helens. J. Veg. Sci. 4:223-34
del Moral, R., J. H. Titus, and A. M. Cook. 1995. Early primary succession on Mount St. Helens, Washington, USA. J. Veg. Sci. 6:107-20
DeMars, B. G., and J. R. Runkle. 1992. Groundlayer vegetation ordination and site-factor analysis of the Wright State University Woods (Greene County, Ohio). Ohio J. Sci. 92:98-106
Dennis, B., P. L. Munholland, and J. M. Scott. 1991. Estimation of growth and extinction parameters for endangered species. Ecol. Mon. 61:115-44
Dennis, G. D., and T. J. Bright. 1988. Reef fish assemblages on hard banks in the northwestern gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mar. Sci. 43:280-307
Dennis, R. L. H., T. H. Shreeve, and W. R. Williams. 1995. Taxonomic differentiation in species richness gradients among European butterflies (Papilionoidea, Hesperioidea): contribution of macroevolutionary dynamics. Ecography 18:27-40
Denslow, J. S. 1980. Patterns of plant species diversity during succession under different disturbance regimes. Oecol. 46:18-21
Denslow, J. S.  1985.  Disturbance-mediated coexistence of species. Pages 307-323 in S. T. A. Pickett and P. S. White, editors. Natural disturbance and patch dynamics. Academic Press, Toronto.
Denslow, J. S. 1995. Disturbance and diversity in tropical rain forests; the density effect. Ecol. Appl. 5:962-8
De Oliveira, A. A., and D. C. Daly. 1999. Geographic distributions of tree species occurring in the region of Manaus, Brazil: implications for regional diversity and conservation. Biodivers. Conserv. 8:1245-59
DeSante, D. F. 1990. The role of recruitment in the dynamics of a Sierran subalpine bird community. Am. Nat. 136:429-45
Deshaye, J., and P. Morisset. 1988. Floristic richness, area, and habitat diversity in a hemiarctic archipelago. J. Biogeogr. 15:747-57
Dettki, H., and P. A. Esseen. 1998. Epiphytic macrolichens in managed and natural forest landscapes: A comparison at two spatial scales. Ecography 21:613-24
Devries, P. J., D. Murray, and R. Lande. 1997. Species diversity in vertical, horizontal and temporal dimensions of a fruit-feeding butterfly community in an Ecuadorian rainforest. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 62:343-64
De Wolf, G. P. 1964. On the size of floras. Taxon 13:149-53
Dexter, D. M. 1992. Sandy beach community structure: the role of exposure and latitude. J. Biogeogr. 19:59-66
Dhillion, S. S., M. A. McGinley, C. F. Friese, and J. C. Zak. 1994. Construction of sand shinnery oak communities of the Llano Estacado: animal disturbances, plant community structure, and restoration. Restor. Ecol. 2:51-60
Dial, R. J. 1995. Species-area curves and Koopowitz et al.'s simulation of stochastic extinctions. Cons. Bio. 9:960-1
Diamond, J. 1988. Factors controlling species diversity: overview and synthesis. Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 75:117-29
Diamond, J. M., and E. Mayr. 1976. The species-area relation for birds of the Solomon Archipelago. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 73:262-6
D¡az, S., and A. Acosta. 1989. Floristic and diversity changes in the phanerophytic vegetation of Copacabana watershed (Central Argentina) as a response to disturbance. Coenoses 4:107-11
D¡az, S., A. Acosta, and M. Cabido. 1994. Community structure in montane grasslands of central Argentina in relation to land use. J. Veg. Sci. 5:483-8
Dibble, A. C., J. C. Brissette, and M. L. J. Hunter. 1999. Putting community data to work: some understory plants indicate red spruce regeneration habitat. For. Ecol. Manage. 114:275-91
di Castri, F., J. R. Vernhes, and T. Youn‚s. 1992. The network approach for understanding biodiversity. Biol. Intern. 25:3-9
Dickerson, J. E., Jr., and J. V. Robinson. 1985. Microcosms as islands: a test of the Macarthur-Wilson equilibrium theory. Ecology 66:966-80
Dickman, C. R. 1987. Habitat fragmentation and vertebrate species richness in an urban environment. J. Appl. Ecol. 24:337-51
Dickman, M. 1968. Some indices of diversity. Ecology 49:1191-3
Diehl, S. 1992. Fish predation and benthic community structure: the role of omnivory and habitat complexity. Ecology 73:1646-61
Diemer, M., J. Joshi, C. K"rner, B. Schmid, and E. Spehn. 1997. An experimental protocol to assess the effects of plant diversity on ecosystem functioning utilized in a European research network. Bulletin of the Geobotanical Institute ETH 63:95-107
Dinerstein, E., and E. D. Wikramanayake. 1993. Beyond "hotspots": how to prioritize investments to conserve biodiversity in the indo-pacific region. Cons. Bio. 7:53-65
Dlugosch, K., and R. del Moral. 1999. Vegetational heterogeneity along elevational gradients. Northw. Sci. 73:12-8
Doak, D. F., and L. S. Mills. 1994. A useful role for theory in conservation. Ecology 75:615-26
Doak, D. F., D. Bigger, E. K. Harding, M. A. Marvier, R. E. O'Malley, and D. Thomson. 1998. The statistical inevitibility of stability-diversity relationships in community ecology. Am. Nat. 151:264-76
Dobkin, D. S., A. C. Rich, and W. H. Pyle. 1998. Habitat and avifaunal recovery from livestock grazing in a riparian meadow system of the Northwestern Great Basin. Cons. Bio. 12:209-21
Dobyns, J. R. 1997. Effects of sampling intensity on the collection of spider (Araneae) species and the estimation of species richness. Environ. Ent. 26:150-62
Dobzhansky, T. 1950. Evolution in the Tropics. Am. Sci. 38:209-21
Dodd, C. K. 1992. Biological diversity of a temporary pond herpetofauna in north Florida sandhills. Biodivers. Conserv. 1:125-42
Dodds, W. K., and G. M. Henebry. 1996. The effect of density dependence on community structure. Ecol. Mod. 93:33-42
Dodson, A. P., and S. W. Pacala. 1992. The parasites of Anolis lizards the northern Lesser Antilles II. The structure of the parasite community. Oecol. 92:118-25
Dodson, A. P., S. V. Pacala, J. D. Roughgarden, E. R. Carper, and E. A. Harris. 1992. The parasites of Anolis lizards in the northern Lesser Antilles I. Patterns of distribution and abundance. Oecol. 91:110-7
Dollar, K. E., S. G. Palladry, and H. G. Garrett. 1992. Composition and environment of floodplain forests of northern Missouri. Can. J. For. Res. 22:1343-50
Dooley, K.  1983.  Description and dynamics of some western Oak forests in Oklahoma. PhD Thesis. University of Oklahoma.
Douglas, M., and P. S. Lake. 1994. Species richness of stream stones: an investigation of the mechanisms generating the species-area relationship. Oikos 69:387-96
Downes, B. J., P. S. Lake, E. S. G. Schreiber, and A. Glaister. 1998. Habitat structure and regulation of local species diversity in a stony, upland stream. Ecol. Mon. 68:237-57
Drake, D. R., W. A. Whistler, T. J. Motley, and C. T. Imada. 1996. Rain forest vegetation of 'Eua Island, Kingdom of Tonga. N. Z. J. Bot. 34:65-77
Drapeau, P., A. Leduc, J.-F. Giroux, J.-P. L. Savard, Y. Bergeron, and W. L. Vickery. 2000. Landscape-scale disturbances and changes in bird communities of boreal mixed-wood forests. Ecol. Mon. 70:423-44
Drayton, B., and R. B. Primack. 1996. Plant species lost in an isolated conservation area in metropolitan Boston from 1894 to 1993. Cons. Bio. 10:30-9
Drinkwater, L. E., D. K. Letourneau, F. Workneh, A. H. C. van Bruggen, and C. Shennan. 1995. Fundamental differences between conventional and organic tomato agroecosystems in California. Ecol. Appl. 5:1098-112
Dubbert, M., T. Tscharntke, and S. Vidal. 1998. Stem-boring insects of fragmented Calamagrostis habitats: herbivore-parasitoid community structure and the unpredictability of grass shoot abundance. Ecol. Ent. 23:271-80
Duda, J., T. Herben, and I. Novotny. 1985. Strategies in bryofloristic research: a simulation study using real data. Abstr. Bot. 9(Suppl. 2):19-31
Dudgeon, D., and I. K. K. Chan. 1992. An experimental study of the influence of periphytic algae on invertebrate abundance in a Hong Kong stream. Freshwater Biology 27:53-63
Dudley, J. P. 1992. Rejoinder to Rohlf and O'Connell: Biodiversity as a regulatory criterion. Cons. Bio. 6:587-9
Duelli, P., and M. K. Obrist. 1998. In search of the best correlates for local organismal biodiversity in cultivated areas. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:297-309
Duivenvoorden, J. F. 1994. Vascular plant species counts in the rain forests of the middle Caquet  area, Colombian Amazonia. Biodivers. Conserv. 3:685-715
Duivenvoorden, J. F., and J. M. Lips.  1998.  Mesoscale patterns of tree species diversity in Colombian Amazonia. Pages 535-549 in F. Dallmeier and J. A. Comiskey, editors. Forest biodiversity in North, Central and South America, and the Caribbean. UNESCO, Paris.
Dukes, J. S. 2001. Biodiversity and invasibility in grassland microcosms. Oecol. 126:563-8
Duncan, R. P., H. L. Buckley, S. C. Urlich, G. H. Stewart, and J. Geritzlehner. 1998. Small-scale species richness in forest canopy gaps: the role of niche limitation versus the size of the species pool. J. Veg. Sci. 9:455-60
Dunn, C. P., and C. Loehle. 1988. Species-Area parameter estimation: testing the null model of lack of relationship. J. Biogeogr. 15:721-8
Dupr‚, C. 2000. How to determine a regional species pool: a study in two Swedish regions. Oikos 89:128-36
Dutoit, T., and D. Alard. 1995. M‚canisme d'une succession v‚g‚tale secondaire en pelouse calcicole: une approche historique. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Sciences de la Vie 318:897-907
Dutoit, T., P. Roche, and D. Alard. 1999. Influence of anthropic perturbations on the composition and botanical diversity of calcicolous meadows in the Seine valley (Haute- Normandie, France). Can. J. Bot. 77:377-88
Dye, K. L., II, D. N. Ueckert, and S. G. Whisenant. 1995. Redberry juniper-herbaceous understory interactions. J. Range Manage. 48:100-7
Dzwonko, Z. 1993. Relations between the floristic composition of isolated young woods and their proximity to ancient woodlands. J. Veg. Sci. 4:693-8
Dzwonko, Z., and J. Korna'. 1994. Patterns of species richness and distribution of pteridophytes in Rwanda (Central Africa): a numerical approach. J. Biogeogr. 21:491-501
Dzwonko, Z., and S. Loster. 1989. Distribution of vascular plant species in small woodlands on the western Carpathian foothills. Oikos 56:77-86
Dzwonko, Z., and S. Loster. 1990. Vegetation differentiation and secondary succession on a limestone hill in southern Poland. J. Veg. Sci. 1:615-22
Dzwonko, Z., and S. Loster. 1997. Effects of dominant trees and anthropogenic disturbances on species richness and floristic composition of secondary communities in southern Poland. J. Appl. Ecol. 34:861-70
Dzwonko, Z., and S. Loster. 1998. Dynamics of species richness and composition in a limestone grassland restored after tree cutting. J. Veg. Sci. 9:387-94
Ebenh"h, W. 1992. Temporal organization in a multi-species model. Theor. Popul. Biol. 42:152-71
Ebenh"h, W. 1993. Coexistence of similar species in models with periodic environments. Ecol. Mod. 68:227-47
Ebert, T. A., and M. L. Balko. 1987. Temporary pools as islands in space and in time: the biota of vernal pools in San Diego, Southern California, USA. Arch. Hydrobiol. 110:101-23
Edenius, L., and J. Elmberg. 1996. Landscape level effects of modern forestry on bird communities in North Swedish boreal forests. Landscape Ecol. 11:325-38
Edstrada, A., R. Coates-Estrada, and D. Meritt Jr. 1993. Bat species richness and abundance in tropical rain forest fragments and in agricultural habitats at Los Tuxtlas, Mexico. Ecography 16:309-18

Edwards, R. L. 1997. A useful procedure for estimating the species richness of spiders. J. Arachnol. 25:99-105
Eek, L., and K. Zobel. 1997. Effects of additional illumination and fertilization on seasonal changes in fine-scale grassland community structure. J. Veg. Sci. 8:225-34
Efron, B., and R. Thisted. 1976. Estimating the number of unseen species: How many words did Shakespeare know? Biometrika 63:35-41
Egerton-Warburton, L. M., and E. B. Allen. 2000. Shifts in arbuscular mycorrhizal communities along an anthropogenic nitrogen deposition gradient. Ecol. Appl. 10:484-96
Eggler, W. A. 1941. Primary succession of volcanic deposits in southern Idaho. Ecol. Mon. 3:277-98
Eggleton, P., P. H. Williams, and K. J. Gaston. 1994. Explaining global termite diversity: productivity or history? Biodivers. Conserv. 3:318-30
Ehrenfeld, J. G., and J. P. Schneider. 1991. Chamaecyparis thyoides wetlands and suburbanization: effects on hydrology, water quality and plant community composition. J. Appl. Ecol. 28:467-90
Ehrl‚n, J., and J. M. van Groenendael. 1998. The trade-off between dispersability and longevity - an important aspect of plant species diversity. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:29-36
Einarsson, A., and P. Milberg. 1999. Species richness and distribution in relation to light in wooded meadows and pastures in southern Sweden. Ann. Bot. Fen. 36:99-107
Ejrn's, R., and H. H. Bruun. 1995. Prediction of grassland quality for environmental management. J. Env. Manage. 41:171-83
Ejrnaes, R., and H. H. Bruun. 2000. Gradient analysis of dry grassland vegetation in Denmark. J. Veg. Sci. 11:573-84
Ekbohm, G., and H. Rydin. 1990. On estimating the species-area relationship: commenting Loehle. Oikos 57:145-6
Ekschmitt, K., and B. S. Griffiths. 1998. Soil biodiversity and its implications for ecosystem functioning in a heterogeneous and variable environment. Applied Soil Ecology 10:201-15
Elber, F., and F. Schanz. 1990. Algae, other than diatoms, affecting the density, species richness and diversity of diatom communities in rivers. Arch. Hydrobiol. 119:1-14
El-Demerdash, M. A. 1996. The vegetation of the Farasan Islands, Red Sea, Saudi Arabia. J. Veg. Sci. 7:81-8
Elkins, N. 1989. Species richness and the energy theory. Nature 340:350
Elliot, K. J., and D. Hewitt. 1997. Forest species diversity in upper-elevation hardwood forests in the Southern Applachian Mountains. Castanea 62:32-42
Elliot, K. J., L. R. Boring, and W. T. Swank. 1998. Changes in vegetation structure and diversity after grass-to-forest succession in a Southern Appalachian watershed. Am. Midl. Nat. 140:219-32
Ellis, L. M. 1995. Bird use of saltcedar and cottonwood vegetation in the middle Rio Grande Valley of New Mexico, USA. J. Arid Envir. 30:339-49
Ellis, L. M., D. S. Crawford, and M. C. Molles. 1997. Rodent communities in native and exotic riparian vegetation in the middle Rio Grande Valley of Central New Mexico. Southw. Nat. 42:13-9
Elmberg, J., P. Nummi, H. P"ys", and K. Sj"berg. 1993. Factors affecting species number and density of dabbling duck guilds in north Europe. Ecography 16:251-60
Elmberg, J., K. Sj"berg, P. Nummi, and H. P"ys". 1994. Patterns of lake acidity and waterfowl communities. Hydrobiol. 279/280:201-6
Engen, S.  1978.  Stochastic abundance models. Chapman and Hall, London, England.
Engle, D. M., M. W. Palmer, J. S. Crockett, R. L. Mitchell, and R. Stevens. 2000. Influence of Late Season Fire on Early Successional Vegetation of an Oklahoma Prairie. J. Veg. Sci. 11:135-44
Englund, G., B.-G. Jonsson, and B. Malmqvist. 1997. Effects of flow regulation on bryophytes in north Swedish rivers. Biol. Cons. 79:79-86
Enright, N. J., B. P. Miller, and A. Crawford. 1994. Environmental correlates of vegetation patterns and species richness in the northern Grampians, Victoria. Austral. J. Ecol. 19:159-68
Eom, A. H., D. C. Hartnett, G. W. T. Wilson, and D. A. H. Figge. 1999. The effect of fire, mowing and fertilizer amendment on arbuscular mycorrhizas in tallgrass prairie. Am. Midl. Nat. 142:55-70
Epp, G. A., and L. W. Aarssen. 1989. Predicting vegetation patterns from attributes of plant growth in grassland species. Can. J. Bot. 67:2953-9
Eriksson, O. 1993. The species-pool hypothesis and plant community diversity. Oikos 68:371-4
Eriksson, O. 1996. Regional dynamics of plants: a review of evidence for remnant, source-sink and metapopulations. Oikos 77:248-58
Eriksson, O., and B. Bremer. 1991. Fruit characteristics, life forms, and species richness in the plant family Rubiaceae. Am. Nat. 138:751-61
Erman, N. A., and D. C. Erman. 1995. Spring permanence, trichoptera species richness, and the role of drought. Journal of the Kansas Entomological Society 68:50-64
Erwin, T. L. 1991. How many species are there?: revisited. Cons. Bio. 5:330-3
Erwin, T. R. 1982. Tropical forests: their richness in coleoptera and other arthropod species. Coleopt. Bull. Bulletin, 36:74-5
Estabrook, G. F. 1991. The size of nature reserves and the number of long lived plant species they contain. Coenoses 6:39-45
Estrada, A., R. Coates-Estrada, and D. Meritt. 1993a. Bat species richness and abundance in tropical rain forest fragments and in agriculture habitats at Los Tuxtlas, Mexico. Ecography 16:309-18
Estrada, A., R. Coates-Estrada, D. Meritt Jr., S. Montiel, and D. Curiel. 1993b. Patterns of frugivore species richness and abundance in forest islands and in agricultural habitats at Los Tuxtlas, Mexico. Vegetatio 107/108:245-57
Estrada, A., P. Cammarano, and R. Coates-Estrada. 2000. Bird species richness in vegetation fences and in strips of residual rain forest vegetation at Los Tuxtlas, Mexico. Biodivers. Conserv. 9:1399-416
Evans, E. W. 1984. Fire as a natural disturbance to grasshopper assemblages of tallgrass prairie. Oikos 43:9-16
Evans, F. C., P. J. Clark, and R. H. Brand. 1955. Estimation of the number of species present on a given area. Ecology 36:342-3
Everson, D. A., and D. H. Boucher. 1998. Tree species-richness and topographic complexity along the riparian edge of the Potomac River. For. Ecol. Manage. 109:305-14
Faber-Langendoen, D., and A. H. Gentry. 1991. The structure and diversity of rain forests at Bajo Calima, Choc¢ Region, Western Columbia. Biotropica 23:2-11
Fagan, W. F., and P. M. Kareiva. 1997. Using compiled species lists to make biodiversity comparisons among regions: a test case using Oregon butterflies. Biol. Cons. 80:249-59
Fagerstr"m, T. 1988. Lotteries in communities of sessile organisms. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 3:303-6
Fairfax, R. J., and R. J. Fensham. 2000. The effect of exotic pasture development on floristic diversity in central Queensland, Australia. Biol. Cons. 94:11-21
Fairweather, P. G. 1992. Letter to the Editor. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. 73:211-2
Faith, D. P., and P. A. Walker. 1996. How do indicator groups provide information about the relative biodiversity of different sets of areas? on hotspots, complementarity, and pattern-based approaches. Biodiversity Letters 3:18-25
Falinska, K. 1999. Seed bank dynamics in abandoned meadows during a 20-year period in the Bialowieza National Park. J. Ecol. 87:461-75
Falkner, M. B., and T. J. Stohlgren. 1997. Evaluating the contribution of small national park areas to regional biodiversity. Nat. Areas J. 17:324-30
Farley, G. H., L. M. Ellis, J. N. Stuart, and N. J. Scott Jr. 1994. Avian species richness in different-aged stands of riparian forest along the Middle Rio Grande, New Mexico. Cons. Bio. 8:1098-108
Farley, M. B., and D. L. Dilcher. 1986. Correlation between miospores and depositional environments of the Dakota fromation (mid-Cretaceous) of north-central Kansas and adjacent Nebraska, USA. Palynol. 10:117-33
Farnsworth, E. J., and A. M. Ellison. 1996. Scale-dependent spatial and temporal variability in biogeography of mangrove root epibiont communities. Ecol. Mon. 66:45-66
Farrell, B. D., and C. Mitter.  1993.  Phylogenetic determinants of insect/plant community diversity. Pages 253-266 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Farrell, B. D., D. E. Dussourd, and C. Mitter. 1991. Escalation of plant defense: do latex and resin canals spur plant diversification? Am. Nat. 128:881-900
Farrell, B. D., C. Mitter, and D. J. Futuyma. 1992. Diversification at the insect-plant interface. BioSci. 42:34-42
Felland, C. M., and H. N. Pitre. 1991. Diversity and density of foliage-inhabiting arthropods in irrigated and dryland soybean in Mississippi. Environ. Ent. 20:498-506
Fenchel, T., G. F. Esteban, and B. J. Finlay. 1997. Local versus global diversity of microorganisms: cryptic diversity of ciliated protozoa. Oikos 80:220-5
Fenner, M.  1985.  Seed Ecology. Chapman and Hall, London.
Fern ndez-Juricic, E. 2000. Avifaunal use of wooded streets in an urban landscape. Cons. Bio. 14:513-21
Fern ndez-Palacios, J. M., and C. Andersson. 1993. Species composition and within archipelago co-occurrence patterns in the Canary Islands. Ecography 16:31-6
Ferreira, L. V., and G. T. Prance. 1998. Structure and species richness of low-diversity floodplain forest on the Rio Tapaj¢s, Eastern Amazonia, Brazil. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:585-96
Ferreira, L. V., and G. T. Prance. 1999. Ecosystem recovery in terra firme forests after cutting and burning: a comparison on species richness, floristic composition and forest structure in the Jau National Park, Amazonia. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 130:97-110
Ferreira, L. V., and T. J. Stohlgren. 1999. Effects of river level fluctuation on plant species richness, diversity, and distribution in a floodplain forest in Central Amazonia. Oecol. 120:582-7
Findlay, C. S., and J. Bourdages. 2000. Response time of wetland biodiversity to road construction on adjacent lands. Cons. Bio. 14:86-94
Findlay, C. S., and J. Houlahan. 1997. Anthropogenic correlates of species richness in southeastern Ontario wetlands. Cons. Bio. 11:1000-9
Findlay, C. S., and L. G. Zheng. 1999. Estimating ecosystem risks using cross-validated multiple regression and cross-validated holographic neural networks. Ecol. Mod. 119:57-72
Findley, J. S., and M. T. Findley. 1989. Circumtropical patterns in butterflyfish communities. Envir. Biol. Fish. 25:33-46
Findley, J. S., and M. T. Findley. 2001. Global, regional, and local patterns in species richness and abundance of butterflyfishes. Ecol. Mon. 71:69-91
Fine, P. V. A. 2001. An evaluation of the geographic area hypothesis using the latitudinal gradient in North American tree diversity. Evol. Ecol. Res. 3:413-28
Fischer, A. G. 1960. Latitudinal variations in organic diversity. Evol. 14:64-81
Fischer, A. 1992. Long term vegetation development in Bavarian Mountain Forest ecosystems following natural destruction. Vegetatio 103:93-104
Fischer, C. D. 1984. Texas birds: diversity and preservation. Texas Agricultural Experiment Station MP-1557:26-40
Fisher, B. L. 1999. Improving inventory efficiency: a case study of leaf-litter ant diveristy in Madagascar. Ecol. Appl. 9:714-31
Fisher, R. A., A. S. Corbet, and C. B. Williams. 1943. The relationship between the number of species and the number of individuals in a random sample of an animal population. J. Anim. Ecol. 12:42-58
Fjelds†, J., D. Ehrlich, E. Lambin, and E. Prins. 1997. Are biodiversty 'hotspots' correlated with current ecoclimatic stability? A pilot study using the NOAA-AVHRR remote sensing data. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:401-22
Flather, C. H. 1996. Fitting species-accumulation functions and assessing regional land use impacts on avian diversity. J. Biogeogr. 23:155-68
Flather, C. H., K. R. Wilson, D. J. Dean, and W. C. McComb. 1997. Identifying gaps in conservation networks: of indicators and uncertainty in geographic-based analyses. Ecol. Appl. 7:531-42
Fleishman, E., G. T. Austin, and A. D. Weiss. 1998. An empirical test of Rapoport's Rule: elevational gradients in montane butterfly communities. Ecology 79:2482-93
Fleishman, E., J. P. Fay, and D. D. Murphy. 2000. Upsides and downsides: contrasting topographic gradients in species richness and associated scenarios for climate change. J. Biogeogr. 27:1209-19
Fleming, T. H., R. Breitwisch, and G. H. Whitesides. 1987. Patterns of tropical vertebrate frugivore diversity. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 18:91-109
Foissner, W. 1997. Global soil ciliate (Protozoa, ciliophora) diversity: a probability-based approach using large sample collections from Africa, Australia and Antarctica. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:1627-38
Foote, M. 1992. Paleozoic record of morphological diversity in blastozoan echinoderms. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 89:7325-9
Ford, M. A., and J. B. Grace. 1998. The interactive effects of fire and herbivory on a coastal marsh in Louisiana. Wetlands 18:1-8
Ford, W. M., R. H. Odom, P. E. Hale, and B. R. Chapman. 2000. Stand-age, stand characteristics, and landform effects on understory herbaceous communities in southern Appalachian cove-forests. Biodivers. Conserv. 93:237-46
Forgeard, F. 1990. Development, growth and species richness on Brittany heathlands after fire. Acta Oecol. 11:191-213
Forman, R. T. T., and B. A. Elfstrom. 1975. Forest structure comparison of Hutcheson Memorial Forest and eight old woods on the New Jersey piedmont. William L. Hutch. Mem. Bull. 3:44-51
Forman, R. T. T., and D. C. Hahn. 1980. Spatial Patterns of trees in a Caribbean semievergreen forest. Ecology 61:1267-74
Forman, R. T. T., A. E. Galli, and C. E. Leck. 1976. Forest size and avian diversity in New Jersey woodlots with some land use implications. Oecol. 26:1-8
Fortin, M. F., S. Payette, and K. Marineau. 1999. Spatial vegetation diversity index along a postfire successional gradient in the northern boreal forest. �coscience 6:204-13
Foster, B. L., and K. L. Gross. 1998. Species richness in a successional grassland: effects of nitrogen enrichment and plant litter. Ecology 79:2593-602
Foster, B. L., and K. L. Gross. 1999. Temporal and spatial patterns of woody plant establishment in Michigan old fields. Am. Midl. Nat. 142:229-43
Fowler, A. C., R. L. Knight, T. L. George, and L. C. McEwen. 1991. Effects of avian predation on grasshopper populations in north dakota grasslands. Ecology 72:1775-81
Fowler, N. 1981. Competition and coexistence in a North Carolina grassland II. The effects of the experimental removal of species. J. Ecol. 69:843-54
France, R. 1992. The North American Latitudinal gradient in species richness and geographical range of freshwater crayfish and amphipods. Am. Nat. 139:342-54
Franceschi, E. A., and J. P. Lewis. 1991. Early stages in the Paran  River tall grassland recover after an extraordinary flood. Coenoses 6:47-52
Francis, A. P., and D. J. Currie. 1998. Global patterns of tree species richness in moist forests: another look. Oikos 81:598-602
Francis, C. M., M. J. W. Austen, J. M. Bowles, and W. B. Draper. 2000. Assessing floristic quality in southern Ontario woodlands. Nat. Areas J. 20:66-77
Frank, D. A., and S. J. McNaughton. 1991. Stability increases with diversity in plant communities: empirical evidence from the 1988 Yellowstone drought. Oikos 62:360-2
Franklin, J., D. D. Drake, L. A. Bolick, D. S. Smith, and T. J. Motley. 1999. Rain forest composition and patterns of secondary succession in the Vava'u Island group, Tonga. J. Veg. Sci. 10:51-64
Franklin, S. B., P. A. Robertson, J. S. Fralish, and S. M. Ketler. 1993. Overstory vegetation and successional trends of Land Between the Lakes, USA. J. Veg. Sci. 4:509-20
Franks, N. R., and W. H. Bossert.  1983.  The influence of swarm raiding army ants on the patchiness and diversity of a tropical leaf litter ant community. Pages 151-163 in S. L. Sutton, T. C. Whitmore and A. C. Chadwick, editors. Tropical Rain Forest: Ecology and Management. Blackwell Scientific, Oxford.
Fraser, M. W., and T. M. Crowe. 1990. Effects of alien woody plant invasion on the birds of Mountain Fynbos in the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve. S. Afr. J. Zool. 25:97-108
Fraser, R. H. 1998. Vertebrate species richness at the mesoscale: relative roles of energy and heterogeneity. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 7:215-20
Freitag, S., A. S. Van Jaarsveld, and H. C. Biggs. 1997. Ranking priority biodiversity areas: an iterative conservation value-based approach. Biol. Cons. 82:263-72
Friend, G. R., and K. M. Cellier. 1990. Wetland herpetofauna of Kakadu National Park, Australia: seasonal richness trends, habitat preferences and the effects of feral ungulates. J. Trop. Ecol. 6:131-52
Friesen, L. E., P. F. J. Eagles, and R. J. Mackay. 1995. Effects of residential development on forest-dwelling neotropical migrant songbirds. Cons. Bio. 9:1408-14
Fritz, K. M., W. K. Dodds, and J. Pontius. 1999. The effects of bison crossings on the macroinvertebrate community in a tallgrass prairie stream. Am. Midl. Nat. 141:253-65
Frontier, S. 1985. Diversity and structure in aquatic ecosystems. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 23:253-312
Frontier, S.  1987.  Applications of fractal theory to ecology. Pages 335-378 in P. Legendre and L. Legendre, editors. Developments in Numerical Ecology. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Frost, I., and H. Rydin. 2000. Spatial pattern and size distribution of the animal-dispersed tree Quercus robur in two spruce-dominated forests. �coscience 7:38-44
Fry, G. L. A.  1991.  Conservation in agricultural systems. Pages 415-443 in I. F. Spellerberg, F. B. Goldsmith and M. G. Morris, editors. The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Fujisaka, S., G. Escobar, and E. Veneklaas. 1998. Plant community diversity relative to human land uses in an Amazon forest colony. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:41-57
Fujiwara, K., A. Miyawaki, M. A. Alias, H. O. B. Ismawi, O. Bojo, and K. Ohno. 1995. Tropical rainforests in Kuching and Bintulu Area in Malaysia and experimental results of their restoration. Bulletin of the Institute of Environmental Science and Technology, Yokohama National University 21:37-58
Fukamachi, K., S. Iida, and T. Nakashizuka. 1996. Landscape patterns and plant species diversity of forest reserves in the Kanto region, Japan. Vegetatio 124:107-14
Fuller, R. J., and M. S. Warren.  1991.  Conservation management in ancient and modern woodlands: responses of fauna to edges and rotations. Pages 445-471 in I. F. Spellerberg, F. B. Goldsmith and M. G. Morris, editors. The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Fuller, R. M., G. B. Groom, S. Mugisha, P. Ipulet, D. Pomeroy, A. Katende, R. Bailey, and R. Ogutu Ohwayo. 1998. The integration of field survey and remote sensing for biodiversity assessment: a case study in the tropical forests and wetlands of Sango Bay, Uganda. Biol. Cons. 86:379-91
Fussey, G. D. 1995. Biodiversity and species discovery curves: a teaching simulation. J. Biol. Edu. 29:41-5
Gage, J. D., and R. M. May. 1993. A dip into the deep seas. Nature 365:609-10
Galeano, G., S. Su rez, and H. Balslev. 1998. Vascular plant species count in a wet forest in the Choc¢ area on the Pacific coast of Colombia. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:1563-75
Ganzhorn, J. U., S. Malcomber, O. Andrianantoanina, and S. M. Goodman. 1997. Habitat characteristics and lemur species richness in Madagascar. Biotropica 29:331-43
Garcia, A., G. Carlos, and F. F. Bermudez. 1992. Vegetation, soil and management relations in meadow communities of the Vadeon Valley, Cordillera Cantabrica, Spain. Coenoses 7:55-60
Garc¡a, L. V., T. Mara¤¢n, A. Moreno, and L. Clemente. 1993. Above-ground biomass and species richness in a Mediterranean salt marsh. J. Veg. Sci. 4:417-24
Gardner, S. M., M. R. Cabido, G. R. Valladares, and S. Diaz. 1995. The influence of habitat structure on arthropod diversity in Argentine semi-arid Chaco forest. J. Veg. Sci. 6:349-56
Gascon, C., T. E. Lovejoy, R. O. Bierregaard Jr, J. R. Malcolm, P. C. Stouffer, H. L. Vasconceles, W. F. Laurance, B. Zimmerman, M. Tocher, and S. Borges. 1999. Matrix habitat and species richness in tropical forest remnants. Biol. Cons. 91:223-9
Gaston, K. J. 1991a. Estimates of the near-imponderable: a reply to Erwin. Cons. Bio. 5:564-6
Gaston, K. J. 1991b. The magnitude of global insect species richness. Cons. Bio. 5:283-96
Gaston, K. J. 1992. Regional numbers of insect and plant species. Funct. Ecol. 6:243-7
Gaston, K. J. 1994. Biodiversity - measurement. Prog. Phys. Geogr. 18:565-74
Gaston, K. J.  1996.  Biodiversity: a biology of numbers and difference. Blackwell, London.
Gaston, K. J. 2000. Global patterns in biodiversity. Nature 405:220-7
Gaston, K. J., and T. M. Blackburn. 1997. How many birds are there? Biodivers. Conserv. 6:615-25
Gaston, K. J., and E. Hudson. 1994. Regional patterns of diversity and estimates of global insect species richness. Biodivers. Conserv. 3:493-500
Gehlbach, F. R. 1984. Species diversity and natural area conservation: an introduction. Texas Agricultural Experiment Station MP-1557:1-12
Gentil, F., and J.-C. Dauvin. 1988. Is it possible to estimate the total species number of a macrobenthic community? Application to several soft-bottom communities from the English Channel. Vie Milieu 38:207-12
Gentry, A. H.  1986.  Endemism in tropical vs. temperate plant communities. Pages 153-181 in M. W. Soul‚, editor. Conservation Biology: the Science of Scarcity and Diversity. Sinauer, Sunderland,Massachusetts.
Gentry, A. H. 1988. Changes in plant community diversity and floristic composition on environmental and geographical gradients. Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 75:1-34
Gentry, A. H. 1992. Tropical forest biodiversity: distributional patterns and their conservational significance. Oikos 63:19-28
Gentry, A. H., and C. H. Dodson. 1987a. Contribution of nontrees to species richness of a tropical rain forest. Biotropica 19:149-56
Gentry, A. H., and C. H. Dodson. 1987b. Diversity and biogeography of neotropical vascular epiphytes. Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 74:205-33
George, T. L., A. C. Fowler, R. L. Knight, and L. C. McEwen. 1992. Impacts of a severe drought on grassland birds in Western North Dakota. Ecol. Appl. 2:275-84
Gerhardt, K., and H. Hytteborn. 1992. Natural dynamics and regeneration methods in tropical dry forests - an introduction. J. Veg. Sci. 3:361-4
Getz, L. L., and J. E. Hofmann. 1999. Diversity and stability of small mammals in tallgrass prairie habitat in central Illinois, USA. Oikos 85:356-63
Giavelli, G., A. Bodini, and O. Rossi. 1990. An extension of the complexity concept derived from the analysis of colonisation processes in small island environments. Coenoses 5:1-5
Gibson, C. C., and A. R. Watkinson. 1992. The role of the hemiparasitic annual Rhinanthus minor in determining grassland community structure. Oecol. 89:62-8
Gibson, C. W. D., and V. K. Brown. 1991. The effects of grazing on local colonization and extinction during early succession. J. Veg. Sci. 2:291-300
Gibson, D. J. 1992. Vegetation-environment relationships in a southern mixed hardwood forest. Castanea 57:174-89
Gibson, D. J., S. L. Collins, and R. E. Good. 1988. Ecosystem fragmentation of oak-pine forest in the New Jersey Pinelands (USA). For. Ecol. Manage. 25:105-22
Gibson, D. J., T. R. Seastedt, and J. M. Briggs. 1993. Management practices in tallgrass prairie: large- and small-scale experimental effects on species composition. J. Appl. Ecol. 30:247-55
Gibson, N. G., and J. B. Kirkpatrick. 1989. Effects of the cessation of grazing on the grasslands and grassy woodlands of the Central Plateau, Tasmania. Austral. J. Bot. 37:55-63
Gigon, A.  1987.  A Hierarchic approach in causal ecosystem analysis: the calcifuge-calcicole problem in alpine grasslands. Pages 228-244 in E.-D. Schulze and H. Zw"lfer, editors. Ecological Studies: Potentials and limitations of ecosystem analysis. Volume 61. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Gigon, A. 1997. Fluktuationen des Deckungsgrades und die Koexistenz von Pflanzenarten in Trespen-Halbtrockenrasen (Mesobromion). Phytocoenologia 27:275-87
Gigon, A., and A. Leutert. 1996. The dynamic keyhole-key model of coexistence to explain the diversity of plants in limestone and other grasslands. J. Veg. Sci. 1996:29-40
Gilbert, D. W., D. R. Anderson, J. K. Ringelman, and M. R. Szymczak. 1996. Response of nesting ducks to habitat and management on the Monte Vista National Wildlife Refuge, Colorado. Wildl. Monogr. 60:1-44
Gilinsky, N. L., and R. K. Bambach. 1986. The evolutionary bootstrap: a new approach to the study of taxonomic diversity. Paleobiology 12:251-68
Giller, P. S.  1984.  Community Structure and the Niche. Chapman and Hall, London.
Giller, P. S., and B. M. Doube. 1994. Spatial and temporal co-occurrence of competitors in Southern African dung beetle communities. J. Anim. Ecol. 63:629-43
Gillespie, T. W., K. E. Nicholson, and J. Mccrary. 2001. Patterns of vertebrate species richness and conservation in Nicaragua. Nat. Areas J. 21:159-67
Gillet, F., B. Murisier, A. Buttler, J.-D. Gallandat, and J.-M. Gobat. 1999. Influence of tree cover on the diversity of herbaceous communities in subalpine wooded pastures. Appl. Veg. Sci. 2:47-54
Gilliam, F. S., N. L. Turrill, and M. B. Adams. 1995. Herbaceous-layer and overstory species in clear-cut and mature central Appalachian hardwood forests. Ecol. Appl. 5:947-55
Gilpin, M. E., and J. M. Diamond. 1980. Subdivision of nature reserves and the maintenance of species diversity. Nature 285:567-8
Gilpin, M. E., and J. M. Diamond.  1984.  Are species co-occurrences on islands non-random, and are null hypotheses useful in community ecology? Pages 297-315 in D. R. Strong, D. Simberloff, L. G. Abele and A. B. Thistle, editors. Ecological Communities: Conceptual Issues and the Evidence. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ.
Gimaret-Carpentier, C., R. P‚lissier, J.-P. Pascal, and F. Houlier. 1998. Sampling strategies for the assessment of tree species diversity. J. Veg. Sci. 9:161-72y
Gioia, P., and J. P. Pigott. 2000. Biodiversity assessment: a case study in predicting richness from the potential distributions of plant species in the forests of south-western Australia. J. Biogeogr. 27:1065-78
Giovannetti, M., and V. Gianinazzipearson. 1994. Biodiversity in arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi. Mycol. Res. 98:705-15
Gitay, H., S. H. Roxburgh, and J. B. Wilson. 1991. Species-area relations in a New Zealand tussock grassland, with implications for nature reserve design and for community structure. J. Veg. Sci. 2:113-8
Given, D. 1990. Conserving botanical diversity on a global scale. Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 77:48-62
Glaser, P. H. 1992. Raised bogs in eastern North America - regional controls for species richness and floristic assemblages. J. Ecol. 80:535-54
Glazier, D. S. 1987. Energetics and taxonomic patterns of species diversity. Syst. Zool. 36:62-71
Gleason, H. A. 1922. On the relation between species and area. Ecology 3:158-62
Gleason, H. A. 1925. Species and area. Ecology 6:66-74
Glenn, S. M. 1990. Regional analysis of mammal distributions among Canadian parks: implications for park planning. Can. J. Zool. 68:2457-64
Glenn, S. M., and S. L. Collins. 1992. Effects of scale and disturbance on rates of immigration and extinction of species in prairies. Oikos 63:273-80
Glenn, S. M., and S. L. Collins. 1993. Experimental analysis of patch dynamics in tallgrass prairie plant communities. J. Veg. Sci. 4:157-62
Glenn-Lewin, D. C. 1975. Plant species diversity in ravines of the southern Finger Lakes Region, New York. Can. J. Bot. 53:1456-72
Glenn-Lewin, D. C., and J. M. Ver Hoef.  1988.  Scale, pattern analysis, and species diversity in grasslands. in H.J. During, M.J.A. Werger and J.H. Willems, editors. Diversity and pattern in plant communities, Pages 115-129. SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Goebel, P. C., D. M. Hix, and A. M. Olivero. 1999. Seasonal ground-flora patterns and site factor relationships of second-growth and old-growth south-facing forest ecosystems, southeastern Ohio., USA. Nat. Areas J. 19:12-29
G"tmark, F. 1992. Naturalness as an evaluation criterion in nature conservation: a response to Anderson. Cons. Bio. 6:455-8
Goff, F. G., and P. H. Zedler. 1968. Structural gradient analysis of upland forests in the western Great Lakes area. Ecol. Mon. 38:65-86
Goldberg, D. E., and A. M. Barton. 1992. Patterns and consequences of interspecific competition in natural communities: a review of field experiments with plants. Am. Nat. 139:771-801
Goldberg, D. E., and G. F. Estabrook. 1998. Separating the effects of number of individuals sampled and competition on species diveristy: an experimental and analytic approach. J. Ecol. 86:983-8
Goldberg, D. E., and T. E. Miller. 1990. Effects of different resource additions on species diversity in an annual plant community. Ecology 71:213-25
Goldsmith, F. B., and C. M. Harrison.  1976.  Description and analysis of vegetation. Pages 85-155 in S. B. Chapman, editor. Quantitative methods in plant ecology. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Goldsmith, S. B.  1991.  The selection of protected areas. Pages 273-291 in I. F. Spellerberg, F. B. Goldsmith and M. G. Morris, editors. The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Goldstein, P. Z. 1997. How many things are there? A reply to Oliver and Beattie, Beattie and Oliver, Oliver and Beattie, and Oliver and Beattie. Cons. Bio. 11:571-4
Goldwasser, L., and J. Roughgarden. 1997. Sampling effects and the estimation of food-web properties. Ecology 78:41-54
Gondard, H., F. Romane, M. Grandjanny, J. Li, and J. Aronson. 2001. Plant species diversity changes in abandoned chestnut (Castanea sativa) groves in southern France. Biodivers. Conserv. 10:189-207
Gonz les-Espinoza, M., P. F. Quintana-Ascencio, N. Ram¡rez-Marcial, and P. Gayt n-Gusm n. 1991. Secondary succession in disturbed Pinus-Quercus forests in the highlands of Chiapas, Mexico. J. Veg. Sci. 2:351-60
Gonz lez, E. J. 1997. Are models which explain the paradox of the plankton really different? Ecol. Mod. 97:247-51
Good, J. A., and P. S. Giller. 1991. The effect of cereal and grass management on staphylinid (coleoptera) assemblages in south-west Ireland. J. Appl. Ecol. 28:810-26
Good, J. E. G., H. L. Wallace, P. A. Stevens, and G. L. Radford. 1999. Translocation of herb-rich grassland from a site in Wales prior to opencast coal extraction. Restor. Ecol. 7:336-47
Goodman, D. 1975. The theory of diversity and stability relationships in Ecology. Quart. Rev. Biol. 50:237-66
Gorman, M.  1979.  Island Ecology. Chapman and Hall, London.
Gotelli, N. J. 1996. Ant community structure: effects of predatory ant lions. Ecology 77:630-8
Gotelli, N. J. 2000. Null model analysis of species co-occurrence patterns. Ecology 81:2606-21
Gotelli, N. J., and D. Simberloff. 1987. The distribution and abundance of tallgrass prairie plants: a test of the core-satellite hypothesis. Am. Nat. 130:18-35
Gottfried, M., H. Pauli, and G. Grabherr. 1998. Prediction of vegetation patterns at the limit of plant life: a new view of the alpine-nival ecotone. Arct. Alp. Res. 30:207-21
Gough, L., and J. B. Grace. 1997. The influence of vines on an oligohaline marsh community: results of a removal and fertilization study. Oecol. 112:403-11
Gough, L., and J. B. Grace. 1998. Herbivore effects on plant species density at varying productivity levels. Ecology 79:1586-94
Gough, L., and J. B. Grace. 1999. Predicting effects of environmental change on plant species density: experimental evaluations in a coastal wetland. Ecology 80:882-90
Gough, L., J. B. Grace, and K. L. Taylor. 1994. The relationship between species richness and community biomass: the importance of environmental variables. Oikos 70:271-9
Gough, L., C. W. Osenberg, K. L. Gross, and S. L. Collins. 2000a. Fertilization effects on species density and primary productivity in herbaceous plant communities. Oikos 89:428-39
Gough, L., G. R. Shaver, J. Carroll, D. L. Royer, and J. A. Laundre. 2000b. Vascular plant species richness in Alaskan arctic tundra: the importance of soil pH. J. Ecol. 88:54-66
Gould, S. J. 1979. An allometric interpretation of species-area curves: the meaning of the coefficients. Am. Nat. 114:335-43
Gould, W. 2000. Remote sensing of vegetation, plant species richness, and regional biodiversity hotspots. Ecol. Appl. 10:1861-70
Gould, W. A., and M. D. Walker. 1997. Landscape-scale patterns in plant species richness along an arctic river. Can. J. Bot. 75:1748-65
Gould, W. A., and M. D. Walker. 1999. Plant communities and landscape diversity along a Canadian Arctic river. J. Veg. Sci. 10:537-48
Graae, B. H. 2000. The effect of landscape fragmentation and forest continuity on forest floor species in two regions of Denmark. J. Veg. Sci. 11:881-92
Grabherr, G., M. Gottfried, and H. Pauli. 1994. Climate effects on mountain plants. Nature 369:448
Grace, J. B. 1995. In search of the Holy Grail: explanations for the coexistence of plant species. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 10:263-4
Grace, J. B. 1999. The factors controlling species density in herbaceous plant communities: an assessment. Perspectives in Plant Ecology, Evolution and Systematics 2:1-28
Grace, J. B. 2001. The roles of community biomass and species pools in the regulation of plant diversity. Oikos 92:193-207
Grace, J. B., and B. H. Pugesek. 1997. A structural equation model of plant species richness and its application to a coastal wetland. Am. Nat. 149:436-60
Grace, J. B., L. Allain, and C. Allen. 2000. Factors associated with plant species richness in a coastal tall-grass prairie. J. Veg. Sci. 11:443-52
Grashof-Bokdam, C. 1997. Forest species in an agricultural landscape in the Netherlands: effects of habitat fragmentation. J. Veg. Sci. 8:21-8
Grassle, J. F. 1989. Species diversity in deep-sea communities. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 4:12-5
Grassle, J. F. 1991. Deep-sea benthic biodiversity. BioSci. 41:464-9
Grassle, J., and Maciolek. 1992. Deep-sea species richness: regional and local diversity estimates from quantitative bottom samples. Am. Nat. 139:313-41
Grassle, J. F., and L. S. Morse-Porteous. 1987. Macrofaunal colonization of disturbed deep-sea environments and the structure of deep-sea benthic communities. Deep-Sea Res. 12:1911-50
Graves, G. R., and N. J. Gotelli. 1993. Assembly of avian mixed-species flocks in Amazonia. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 90:1388-91
Gray, J. S.  1994.  Eutrophication in the sea. Pages 3-15 in G. Colombo et al., editors. Marine eutrophication and population dynamics. Olsen & Olsen, Fredensborg, Denmark.
Grayson, D. K., and S. D. Livingston. 1993. Missing mammals on Great Basin Mountains: Holocene extinctions and inadequate knowledge. Cons. Bio. 7:527-32
Greenberg, C. H., D. G. Neary, and L. D. Harris. 1994. Effect of high-intensity wildfire and silvicultural treatments on reptile communities in sand-pine scrub. Cons. Bio. 8:1047-57
Greenberg, R., P. Bichier, A. C. Angon, and R. Reitsma. 1997. Bird populations in shade and sun coffee plantations in Central Guatemala. Cons. Bio. 11:448-59
Greig-Smith, P.  1983.  Quantitative Plant Ecology, 3rd Edition. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Greller, A. M., D. C. Locke, V. Kilanowski, and G. E. Lotowycz. 1990. Changes in vegetation composition and soil acidity between 1922 and 1985 at a site on the North Shore of Long Island, New York. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 117:450-8

Grevilliot, F., L. Krebs, and S. Muller. 1998. Comparative importance and interference of hydrological conditions and soil nutrient gradients in floristic biodiversity in flood meadows. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:1495-520
Griffin, D. A.  1997.  Species diversity, fine-scale habitat structure, and the competitive uncoupling hypthesis. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Wisconsin - Madison.
Grillas, P., C. van Wijk, and A. Bonis. 1993. The effect of salinity on the dominance-diversity relations of experimental coastal macrophyte communities. J. Veg. Sci. 4:453-60
Grilz, P. L., and J. T. Romo. 1995. Management considerations for controlling smooth brome in fescue prairie. Nat. Areas J. 15:148-56
Grime, J. P. 1973a. Competitive exclusion in herbaceous vegetation. Nature 242:344-7
Grime, J. P. 1973b. Control of species density in herbaceous vegetation. J. Env. Manage. 1:151-67
Grime, J. P.  1979.  Plant strategies and vegetation processes. Wiley & Sons, Chichester.
Grime, J. P. 1997a. Biodiversity and ecosystem function: the debate deepens. Science 277:1260-1
Grime, J. P. 1997b. The humped-back model: a response to Oksanen. J. Ecol. 85:97-8
Grime, J. P., J. M. L. Shacklock, and S. R. Band. 1985. Nuclear DNA contents, shoot phenology and species co-existence in a limestone grassland community. New Phytol. 100:435-45
Grime, J. P., J. M. L. Mackey, S. H. Hillier, and D. J. Read. 1987. Floristic diversity in a model system using experimental microcosms. Nature 328:420-2
Grootjans, A. P., L. F. M. Fresco, C. C. de Leeuw, and P. C. Schipper. 1996. Degeneration of species-rich Calthion palustris hay meadows; some considerations on the community concept. J. Veg. Sci. 7:185-94
Gross, K. L., M. R. Willig, L. Gough, R. Inouye, and S. B. Cox. 2000. Patterns of species density and productivity at different spatial scales in herbaceous plant communities. Oikos 89:417-27
Grubb, P. 1977. The maintenance of species richness in plant communities: the importance of the regeneration niche. Biol. Rev. 52:107-45
Grytnes, J. A. 2000. Fine-scale vascular plant species richness in different alpine vegetation types: relationships with biomass and cover. J. Veg. Sci. 11:87-92
G�sewell, S., and P. Edwards. 1999. Shading by Phragmites australis: a threat for species-rich fen meadows? Appl. Veg. Sci. 9:61-70
G�sewell, S., A. Buttler, and F. Kl"tzli. 1998. Short-term and long-term effects of mowing on the vegetation of two calcareous fens. J. Veg. Sci. 9:861-72
Guevara, S., J. Meave, P. Morena-Casasola, and J. Laborde. 1992. Floristic composition and structure of vegetation under isolated trees in neotropical pastures. J. Veg. Sci. 3:655-64
Guill‚n, D. F., P. De las Heras, P. Herrera, and F. D. Pineda. 1994. Shrub architecture and occupation of space in a Mediterranean sclerophyllous shrubland. J. Veg. Sci. 5:497-504
Gunnarsson, U., H. Rydin, and H. Sj"rs. 2000. Diversity and pH changes after 50 years on the boreal mire Skattl"sbergs Stormosse, Central Sweden. J. Veg. Sci. 11:277-86
Guo, Q., and W. L. Berry. 1998. Species richness and biomass: dissection of the hump-shaped relationships. Ecology 79:2555-9
Guo, Q., and R. E. Ricklefs. 2000. Species richness in plant genera disjunct between temperate eastern Asia and North America. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 134:401-23
Guo, Q., R. E. Ricklefs, and M. L. Cody. 1998. Vascular plant diversity in eastern Asia and North America: historical and ecological explanations. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 128:123-36
Gurevitch, J., and S. L. Collins. 1994. Experimental manipulation of natural plant communities. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 9:94-8
Gurevitch, J., and R. S. Unnasch. 1989. Experimental removal of a dominant species at two levels of soil fertility. Can. J. Bot. 67:3470-7
Gustafsson, L. 1994. A comparison of biological characteristics and distribution between Swedish threatened and non-threatened forest vascular plants. Ecography 17:39-49
Gustafsson, L. 2000. Red-listed species and indicators: vascular plants in woodland key habitats and surrounding production forests in Sweden. Biol. Cons. 92:35-43
Gutterman, Y., T. Golan, and M. Garsani. 1990. Porcupine diggings as a unique ecological system in a desert environment. Oecol. 85:122-7
Gutzwiller, K. J., and S. H. Anderson. 1992. Interception of moving organisms: influences of patch shape, size, and orientation on community structure. Landscape Ecol. 6:293-303
Hacker, J. E., G. Cowlishaw, and P. H. Williams. 1998. Patterns of African primate diversity and their evaluation for the selection of conservation areas. Biol. Cons. 84:251-62
Hacker, S. D., and M. D. Bertness. 1999. Experimental evidence for factors maintaining plant species diversity in a New England salt marsh. Ecology 80:2064-73
Hacker, S. D., and S. D. Gaines. 1997. Some implications of direct positive interactions for community species diversity. Ecology 78:1990-2003
Hager, S. B., and A. D. Stafford. 1999. Dynamics of species richness and abundance in a montane community of butterflies in southern New Mexico. Southw. Nat. 44:375-8
Haila, Y. 1996. Quantatative surveys in biodiversity research. Ecography 19:321-2
Haila, Y., and J. Kouki. 1994. The phenomenon of biodiversity in conservation biology. Ann. Zool. Fennici. 31:5-18
Haila, Y., I. K. Hanski, and S. Raivio. 1993. Turnover of breeding birds in small forest fragments: the "sampling" colonization hypothesis corroborated. Ecology 74:714-25
Hairston, N. G., J. D. Allan, R. K. Colwell, D. J. Futuyma, J. Howell, M. D. Lubin, J. Mathias, and J. H. Vandermeer. 1968. The relationship between species diversity and stability: an experimental approach with protozoa and bacteria. Ecology 49:1091-101
Hald, A. B., and E. Vinther. 2000. Restoration of a species-rich fen-meadow after abandonment: response of 64 plant species to management. Appl. Veg. Sci. 3:15-24
Hall, S. J., and D. Raffaelli. 1991. Food-web patterns: lessons from a species-rich web. J. Anim. Ecol. 60:823-42
Hall, S. J., S. A. Gray, and Z. L. Hammett. 2000. Biodiversity-productivity relations: an experimental evaluation of mechanisms. Oecol. 122:545-55
Halpern, C. B., and T. A. Spies. 1995. Plant species diversity in natural and managed forests of the Pacific Northwest. Ecol. Appl. 5:913-34
Halpern, C. B., P. M. Frenzen, J. E. Means, and J. F. Franklin.  1990.  Plant succession in areas of scorched and blown-down forest after the 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens, Washington.
Halpern, C. B., J. A. Antos, K. Cromack Jr., and A. M. Olson. 1992a. Species' Interactions and plant diversity during secondary succession. Northwest Environmental Journal 8:203-5
Halpern, C. B., J. F. Franklin, and A. McKee. 1992b. Changes in plant species diversity after harvest of douglas-fir forests. Northwest Environmental Journal 8:205-7
Hamel, P. B., W. P. Smith, and J. W. Wahel. 1993. Wintering bird populations of fragmented forest habitat in the Central Basin, Tennessee. Biol. Cons. 66:107-15
Hamilton, D. J. 2000. Direct and indirect effects of predation by common eiders and abiotic disturbance in an intertidal community. Ecol. Mon. 70:21-43
Hammond, P.  1992.  Species Inventory. Pages 17-39 in B. Groombridge, editor. Global biodiversity: status of the Earth's living resources. Chapman and Hall, London.
Hammond, P. M. 1994. Practical approaches to the estimation of the extent of biodiversity in speciose groups. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London Series B - Biological Sciences 345:199-36
Hanlin, H. G., F. D. Martin, L. D. Wike, and S. H. Bennett. 1999. Terrestrial activity, abundance and species richness of amphibians in managed forests in South Carolina. Am. Midl. Nat. 143:70-83
Hansen, A. J., T. A. Spies, F. J. Swanson, and J. L. Ohmann. 1991. Conserving biodiversity in managed forests. BioSci. 41:382-92
Hansen, A. J., S. L. Garman, J. F. Weigand, D. L. Urban, wc McComb, and M. G. Raphael. 1995. Alternative silvicultural regimes in the Pacific Northwest: simulations of ecological and economic effects. Ecol. Appl. 5:535-54
Hansen, A. J., J. J. Rotella, M. P. V. Kraska, and D. Brown. 1999. Dynamic habitat and population analysis: an approach to resolve the biodiversity manager's dilemma. Ecol. Appl. 9:1459-76
Hansen, K., and J. Jensen. 1993. Recolonization of experimentally bared soil in a grazed common in Denmark. Nord. J. Bot. 13:431-40
Hansen, R. A. 2000. Effects of habitat complexity and composition on a diverse litter microarthropod assemblage. Ecology 81:1120-32
Hanski, I. 1994. Spatial scale, patchiness and population dynamics on land. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. Ser. B. 343:19-25
Hanski, I., and M. Gyllenberg. 1997. Uniting two general patterns in the distribution of species. Science 275:397-400
Hansson, M., H. Fogelfors, and A. J. C. Malloch. 2000. Management of a semi-natural grassland; results from a 15-year-old experiment in southern Sweden. J. Veg. Sci. 11:31-8
Hara, T. 1993. Effects of variation in individual growth on plant species coexistence. J. Veg. Sci. 4:409-16
Harding, J. S. 1994. Variations in benthic fauna between differing lake outlet types in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 28:417-27
Hardt, R. A., and W. T. Swank. 1997. A comparison of structural and compositional charactersitics of southern Appalachian young second growth, maturing second-growth, and old-growth stands. Nat. Areas J. 17:42-52
Hardy, P. B., and R. L. H. Dennis. 1999. The impact of urban development on butterflies within a city region. Biodivers. Conserv. 8:1261-79
Harman, W. N. 1972. Benthic substrates: their effect on freshwater molluscs. Ecology 53:271-2
Harmon, J. M., and J. F. Franklin. 1995. Seed rain and seed bank of third- and fifth-order streams on the western slope of the Cascade Range. USDA Forest Service Research Paper PNW-RP-480:1-27
Harper, J. L.  1977.  Population Biology of Plants. Academic Press, London.
Harper, K. A., and S. E. Macdonald. 2001. Structure and composition of riparian boreal forest: new methods for analyzing edge influence. Ecology 82:649-59
Harper, M. G., C. H. Dietrich, R. L. Larimore, and P. A. Tessene. 2000. Effects of prescribed fire on prairie arthropods: an enclosure study. Nat. Areas J. 20:325-35
Harriott, J. V., and S. D. A. Smith. 1994. Patterns of coral community structure of subtropical reefs in the Solitary Islands Marine Reserve, Eastern Australia. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 109:67-76
Harris, B. 1959. Determining the bounds on integrals with applications to cataloging problems. Ann. Math. Stat. 30:521-48
Harris, L. D.  1984.  The Fragmented Forest. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Harris, L. D. 1988. Edge effects and conservation of biotic diversity. Cons. Bio. 2:330-2
Harrison, S. 1997. How natural habitat patchines affects the distribution of diversity in Californian serpentine Chaparral. Ecology 78:1898-906
Harrison, S. 1999a. Local and regional diversity in a patchy landscape: native, alien, and endemic herbs on serpentine. Ecology 80:70-80
Harrison, S. 1999b. Native and alien species diversity at the local and regional scales in a grazed California grassland. Oecol. 121:99-196
Harrison, S., and C. D. Thomas. 1991. Patchiness and spatial pattern in the insect community on ragwort Senecio jacobaea. Oikos 62:5-12
Harrison, S., S. J. Ross, and J. H. Lawton. 1992. Beta diversity on geographic gradients in Britain. J. Anim. Ecol. 61:151-8
Harrod, J., P. S. White, and M. E. Harmon. 1998. Changes in xeric forests in western Great Smoky Mountains National Park,1936-1995. Castanea 63:346-60
Harrod, J. C., M. E. Harmon, and P. S. White. 2000. Post-fire succession and 20th century reduction in fire frequency on xeric southern Appalachian sites. J. Veg. Sci. 11:465-72
Hart, T. B. 1990. Monospecific dominance in tropical rain forests. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 5:6-11
Hart, T. B., J. A. Hart, and P. G. Murphy. 1989. Monodominat and species-rich forests of the humid tropics: causes for their co-occurrence. Am. Nat. 133:613-33
Harte, J., S. McCarthy, K. Taylor, A. Kinzig, and M. L. Fischer. 1999. Estimating species-area relationships from plot to landscape scale using species spatial-turnover data. Oikos 86:45-54
Harte, J., T. Blackburn, and A. Ostling. 2001. Self-similarity and the relationship between abundance and range size. Am. Midl. Nat. 157:374-86
Hartnett, D. C., and G. W. T. Wilson. 1999. Mycorrhizae influence plant community structure and diversity in tallgrass prairie. Ecology 80:1187-95
Harvey, C. A. 2000. Colonization of agricultural windbreaks by forest trees: effects of connectivity and remnant trees. Ecol. Appl. 10:1762-73
Haskell, J. 2001. The latitudinal gradient of diversity through the Holocene as recorded by fossil pollen in Europe. Evol. Ecol. Res. 3:345-60
Haslett, J. R. 1994. Community structure and the fractal dimensions of mountian habitats. J. Theor. Biol. 167:407-11
Haukos, D. A., and L. M. Smith. 1993. Seed-bank composition and predictive ability of field vegetation in playa lakes. Wetlands 13:32-40
Have, A. 1993. Effects of area and patchiness on species richness: an experimental archipelago of ciliate microcosms. Oikos 66:493-500
Havens, K. E. 1991. Summer zooplankton dynamics in the limnetic and littoral zones of a humic acid lake. Hydrobiol. 215:21-9
Havens, K. E. 1994. Experimental perturbation of a freshwater plankton community: a test of hypotheses regarding the effects of stress. Oikos 69:147-53
Hawkins, B. A. 1990. Global patterns of parasitoid assemblage size. J. Anim. Ecol. 59:57-72
Hawkins, B. A. 1993a. Parasitoid species richness, host mortality, and biological control. Am. Nat. 141:634-41
Hawkins, B. A.  1993b.  Refuges, host population dynamics and the genesis of parasitoid diversity. Pages 235-256 in J. LaSalle and I. D. Gauld, editors. Hymenoptera and Biodiversity. CAB International, Wallingford, UK.
Hawkins, B. A. 1995. Latitudinal body-size gradients for the bees of the eastern United States. Ecol. Ent. 20:195-8
Hawkins, B. A.  2000.  Species coexistence in parasitoid communities: does competition matter". Pages 198-213 in M. E. Hochberg and A. R. Ives, editors. Parasitoid Population Biology. Princeton University Press, Princeton.
Hawkins, B. A., and S. G. Compton. 1992. African fig wasp communities: undersaturation and latitudinal gradients in species richness. J. Anim. Ecol. 61:361-72
Hawkins, B. A., and R. J. Gagn‚. 1989. Determinants of assemblage size for the parasitoids of Cecidomyiidae (Diptera). Oecol. 81:75-88
Hawkins, B. A., and P. Gross. 1992. Species richness and population limitation in insect parasitoid-host systems. Am. Nat. 139:417-23
Hawkins, B. A., and J. H. Lawton. 1987a. Species richness for parasitoids of British phytophagous insects. Nature 326:788-90
Hawkins, B. A., and J. H. Lawton.  1987b.  Species richness patterns: why do some insects have more parasitoids than others? Pages 131-136 in INRA, editor. Parasitoid insects. INRA, Paris.
Hawkins, B. A., and J. H. Lawton.  1988.  Species richness patterns: why do some insects have more parasitoids than others? Pages 131-136 in M. Bouletreau and G. Bonnot, editors. Parasitoid Insects. Les Colloques l'INRA, Paris.
Hawkins, B. A., M. R. Shaw, and R. R. Askew. 1992. Relations among assemblage size, host specialization, and climatic variability in North American Parasitoid communities. Am. Nat. 139:58-79
Hawkins, B. A., N. D. Martinez, and F. Gilbert. 1997. Source food webs as estimators of community web structure. Acta Oecol. 18:575-86
Hawkins, J. P., C. M. Roberts, T. Van'T Hof, K. De Meyer, J. Tratalos, and C. Aldam. 1999. Effects of recreational scuba diving on Caribbean coral and fish communities. Cons. Bio. 13:888-97
Haydon, D., R. R. Radtkey, and E. R. Pianka.  1993.  Experimental biogeography: interactions between stochastic, historical and ecological processes in a model archipelago. Pages 117-133 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
He, F., and K. J. Gaston. 2000. Occupancy-abundance relationships and sampling scales. Ecography 23:503-11
He, F., and P. Legendre. 1996. On species-area relations. Am. Nat. 148:719-37
He, F., P. Legendre, C. Bellehumeur, and J. V. LaFrankie. 1994. Diversity pattern and spatial scale: a study of a tropical rain forest of Malaysia. Environmental and Ecological Statistics 1:265-86
He, F., P. Legendre, and J. V. LaFrankie. 1996. Spatial pattern of diversity in a tropical rain forest in Malaysia. J. Biogeogr. 23:57-74
He, F., P. Legendre, and J. V. LaFrankie. 1997. Distribution patterns of tree species in a Malaysian tropical rain forest. J. Veg. Sci. 8:105-14
He, X. 1992. Structural characteristics of forest vegetation in the northeastern Lesser Xingan Mountains, China. Coenoses 7:175-80
Heatwole, H. 1991. Factors affecting the number of species of plants on islands of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. J. Biogeogr. 18:213-21
Heatwole, H., and T. A. Walker. 1989. Dispersal of alien plants to coral cays. Ecology 70:787-90
Heck, K. J., G. Van Belle, and D. Simberloff. 1975. Explicit calculation of the rarefaction diversity measurement and the determination of sufficient sample size. Ecology 56:1459-61
Hecnar, S. J., and R. T. M'Closkey. 1996a. Amphibian species richness and distribution in relation to pond water chemistry in south-western Ontario, Canada. Freshwater Biology 36:7-15
Hecnar, S. J., and R. T. M'Closkey. 1996b. Regional dynamics and the status of amphibians. Ecology 77:2091-7
Hecnar, S. J., and R. T. M'Closkey. 1997. The effects of predatory fish on amphibian species richness and distribution. Biol. Cons. 79:123-31
Hector, A. 1998. The effect of diversity on productivity: detecting the role of species complementarity. Oikos 82:597-9
Hector, A., B. Schmid, C. Beierkuhnlein, M. C. Caldeira, M. Diemer, P. G. Dimitrakopoulos, J. A. Finn, H. Freitas, P. S. Giller, J. Good, R. Harris, P. H"gberg, K. Huss-Danell, J. Joshi, A. Jumpponen, C. K"rner, P. W. Leadley, M. Loreau, A. Minns, C. P. H. Mulder, G. O'Donovan, S. J. Otway, J. S. Pereira, A. Prinz, D. J. Read, M. Scherer-Lorenzen, E.-D. Schulze, A.-S. D. Siamantziouras, E. M. Spehn, A. C. Terry, A. Y. Troumbis, F. I. Woodward, S. Yachi, and J. H. Lawton. 1999. Plant diversity and productivity experiments in European grasslands. Science 286:1123-7
Hector, A., A. J. Beale, A. Minns, S. J. Otway, and J. H. Lawton. 2000. Consequences of the reduction of plant diversity for litter decomposition: effects through litter quality and microenvironment. Oikos 90:357-71
Hegazy, A. K., and M. A. El-Demerdash. 1998. Vegetation, species diversity and floristic relations along an altitudinal gradient in south-west Saudi Arabia. J. Arid Envir. 38:3-13
Heikkinen, R. K. 1996. Predicting patterns of vascular plant species richness with composite variables: a meso-scale study in Finnish Lapland. Vegetatio 126:151-65
Heikkinen, R. K. 1998. Can richness patterns of rarities be predicted from mesoscale atlas data?  A case study of vascular plants in the Kevo reserve. Biol. Cons. 83:133-43
Heikkinen, R. K., and R. J. Kalliola. 1990. The vascular plants of the Kevo Nature Reserve (Finland); an ecological-environmental approach. Kevo Notes 9:1-56
Heikkinen, R. K., and S. Neuvonen. 1997. Species richness of vascular plants in the subarctic landscape of northern Finland: modelling relationships to the environment. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:1181-201
Heinen, J. T. 1992. Comparisons of the leaf litter herpetofauna in abandoned cacao plantations and primary rain forest in Costa Rica: some implications for faunal restoration. Biotropica 24:431-9
Heinen, J. T., and R. C. D. Currety. 2000. A 22-year study on the effects of mammalian browsing on forest succession following a clearcut in northern Lower Michigan. Am. Midl. Nat. 144:243-52
Hejl, S. J., J. Verner, and R. P. Balda. 1988. Weather and bird populations in true fir forests of the Sierra Nevada, California. Condor 90:561-74
Hellmann, J. J., and G. W. Fowler. 1999. Bias, precision, and accuracy of four measures of species richness. Ecol. Appl. 9:824-34
Heltshe, J. F., and N. E. Forrester. 1983. Estimating species richness using the jackknife procedure. Biometrics 39:1-12
Heltshe, J. F., and N. E. Forrester. 1985. Jackknife diversity estimate evaluation. Ecology 66:107-11
Helzer, C. J., and D. E. Jelinski. 1999. The relative importance of patch area and perimeter-area ratio to grassland breeding birds. Ecol. Appl. 9:1448-58
Hengeveld, R.  1990.  Cambridge studies in ecology: Dynamic biogeography. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Herben, T. 2000. Correlation between richness per unit area and the species pool cannot be used to demonstrate the species pool effect. J. Veg. Sci. 11:123-6
Herben, T., and F. Krahulec. 1996. Species coexistence in grasslands: questionnaire on techniques and spatio-temporal scales. J. Veg. Sci. 7:293-6
Herben, T., F. Krahulec, V. Hadincov , and M. Kov rov . 1993. Small-scale spatial dynamics of plant species in a grassland community over six years. J. Veg. Sci. 4:171-8
Herkert, J. R. 1994. The effects of habitat fragmentation on midwestern grassland bird communities. Ecol. Appl. 4:461-71
Hern ndez, H. M., and R. T. B rcenas. 1996. Endangered cacti in the Chihuahuan Desert: II. Biogeography and Conservation. Cons. Bio. 10:1200-9
Hern ndez, H. M., R. T. B rcenas, and M. L. Scott. 1995. Endangered cacti in the Chihuahuan Desert: I. Distribution patterns. Cons. Bio. 9:1176-88
Heroldov , M. 1992. The diet of microtus agrestis in immission clearings in the Kruën‚ Hory Mts. Folia Zoologica Brno 41:11-8
Hertling, U. M., and R. A. Lubke. 1999. Indigenous and Ammophila arenaria-dominated dune vegetation on the South African Cape coast. Appl. Veg. Sci. 2:157-68
Hewitt, N., and K. Niyanishi. 1997. The role of mammals in maintaining plant species richness in a floating Typha marsh in southern Ontario. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:1085-102
Heywood, V. H., and S. N. Stuart.  1992.  Species extinctions in tropical forests. Pages 91-117 in T. C. Whitmore and J. A. Sayer, editors. Tropical deforestation and species extinction. Chapman and Hall, London.
Heywood, V. H., G. M. Mace, R. M. May, and S. N. Stuart. 1994. Uncertainties in extinction rates. Nature 368:105
Hietz, P., and U. Hietz-Seifert. 1995. Composition and ecology of vascular epiphyte communities along an altitudinal gradient in central Veracruz, Mexico. J. Veg. Sci. 6:487-98
Hill, B. M. 1979. Posterior moments of the number of species in a finite population and the posterior probability of finding a new species. J. Am. Stat. Assoc. 74:668-73
Hill, M. O. 2001. Do plant communities exist? A reply to Wilson and Chiarucci. J. Veg. Sci. 12:143-4
Hill, N. M., and P. A. Keddy. 1992. Prediction of rarities from habitat variables: coastal plain plants on Nova Scotian Lakeshores. Ecology 73:1852-9
Hillebrand, H., F. Watermann, R. Karez, and U.-G. Berninger. 2001. Difference in species richness patterns between unicellular and multicellular organisms. Oecol. 126:114-24
Hillier, S. H.  1990.  Gaps, seed banks and plant species diversity in calcareous grassland. Pages 57-66 in S. H. Hillier, D. W. H. Waton and D. A. Wells, editors. Calcareous grasslands - ecology and managemetn. Bluntingsham Books, Bluntingsham, England.
Hils, M. H., and J. L. Vankat. 1982. Species removals from a first-year old-field plant community. Ecology 63:705-11
Hinsley, S. A., P. E. Bellamy, B. Enoksson, G. Fry, L. Gabrielsen, D. McCollin, and A. Schotman. 1998. Geographical and land-use influences on bird species richness in small woods in agricultural landscapes. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 7:125-35
Hixon, M. A., and J. P. Beets. 1993. Predation, prey refuges, and the structure of coral-reef fish assemblages. Ecol. Mon. 63:77-101
Hixon, M. A., and B. A. Menge. 1991. Species diversity: Prey refuges modify the interactive effects of predation and competition. Theor. Popul. Biol. 39:178-200
Hobbs, R. J., and L. Atkins. 1991. Interactions between annuals and woody perennials in a Western Australian nature reserve. J. Veg. Sci. 2:643-54
Hobbs, R. J., and L. F. Huenneke. 1992. Disturbance, diversity and invasion: implications for conservation. Cons. Bio. 6:324-37
Hochberg, M. E., and B. A. Hawkins. 1992. Refuges as a predictor of parasitoid diversity. Science 255:973-6
Hochberg, M. E., and B. A. Hawkins. 1993. Predicting parasitoid species richness. Am. Nat. 142:671-93
Hochberg, M. E., and B. A. Hawkins.  1994.  The implications of population dynamics theory to parasitoid diversity and biological control. Pages 451-471 in B. A. Hawkins and W. Sheehan, editors. Parasitoid Community Ecology. 451-471, Oxford.
Hodkinson, I. D., and D. Casson. 1991. A lesser predilection for bugs: Hemiptera (Insecta) diversity in tropical rain forests. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 43:101-9
Hoehne, L. M.  1981.  The groundlayer vegetation of forest islands in an urban-suburban matrix. Pages 41-54 in R. L. Burgess and D. M. Sharpe, editors. Ecological studies, 41: Forest island dynamics in man-dominated landscapes. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Hof, J., and L. A. Joyce. 1993. A mixed integer linear programming approach for spatially optimizing wildlife and timber in managed forest ecosystems. For. Sci. 39:816-34
Hof, J., M. Bevers, L. Joyce, and B. Kent. 1994. An integer programming approach for spatially and temporally optimizing wildlife populations. For. Sci. 40:177-91
Hoffman, M. T., G. F. Midgley, and R. M. Cowling. 1994. Plant richness is negatively related to energy availability in semi-arid southern Africa. Biodiversity Letters 2:35-8
Hoffmann, B. D., A. N. Andersen, and G. J. E. Hill. 1999. Impact of an introduced ant on native rain forest invertebrates: Pheidole megacephala in monsoonal Australia. Oecol. 120:595-604
Hofgaard, A. 1997. Inter-relationships between treeline position, species diversity, land use and climate change in the central Scandes Mountains of Norway. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 6:419-29
Hogenbirk, J. C., and R. W. Wein. 1991. Fire and drought experiments in northern wetlands: a climate change analogue. Can. J. Bot. 69:1991-7
Holbrook, S. J., M. J. Kingsford, R. J. Schmitt, and J. J. Stephens. 1994. Spatial and temporal patterns in assemblages of temperate reef fish. Amer. Zool. 34:463-75
Holien, H. 1996. Influence of site and stand factors on the distribution of crustose lichens of the Caliciales in a suboceanic spruce forest area in central Norway. Lichenologist 28:315-30
Holl, K. D. 1995. Nectar resources and their influence on butterfly communities on reclaimed coal surface mines. Restor. Ecol. 3:76-85
Holl, K. D. 1996. The effect of coal surface mine reclamation on diurnal lepidopteran conservation. J. Appl. Ecol. 33:225-36
Holl, K. D., and J. J. Cairns. 1994. Vegetational community development on reclaimed coal surface mines in Virginia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 121:327-37
Holmes, P. M. 2001. Shrubland restoration following woody alien invasion and mining: effects of topsoil depth, seed source, and fertilizer addition. Restor. Ecol. 9:71-84
Holmes, P. M., and R. M. Cowling. 1997a. Diversity, composition and guild structure relationships betwen soil-stored seed banks and mature vegetation in alien plant-invaded South African fynbos shrublands. Plant Ecol. 133:107-22
Holmes, P. M., and R. M. Cowling. 1997b. The effects of invasion by Acacia saligna on the gild structure and regenration capabilities of South African fynbos shrublands. J. Appl. Ecol. 34:317-32
Holmes, P. M., and D. M. Richardson. 1999. Protocols for restoration based on recruitment dynamics, community structure, and ecosystem function: perspectives from South African Fynbos. Restor. Ecol. 7:215-30
Holt, R. D. 1992. A neglected facet of island biogeography: the role of internal spatial dynamics in area effects. Theor. Popul. Biol. 41:354-71
Holt, R. D.  1993.  Ecology at the mesoscale: the influence of regional processes on local communities. Pages 77-88 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities:historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Holt, R. D., J. H. Lawton, G. A. Polis, and N. D. Martinez. 1999. Trophic rank and the species-area relationship. Ecology 80:1495-504
Hong, W. S., and J. M. Glime. 1997. Comparison of phorophyte communities on three major tree species on Ramsay Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, Canada: bryophyte vs. lichen dominance. Lindbergia 22:21-30
Honnay, O., M. Hermy, and P. Coppin. 1999. Effects of area, age, and diversity of forest patches in Belgium on plant species richness, and implications for conservation and reforestation. Biol. Cons. 87:73-84
Hooper, D. U. 1998. The role of complementarity and competition in ecosystem responses to variation in plant diversity. Ecology 79:704-19
Hooper, D. U., and P. M. Vitousek. 1998. Effects of plant composition and diversity on nutrient cycling. Ecol. Mon. 68:121-49
Hopf, F. A., T. J. Valone, and J. H. Brown. 1993. Competition theory and the structure of ecological communities. Evol. Ecol. 7:142-54
Horn, H. S. 1974. The ecology of secondary succession. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 5:25-38
Host, G. E., and K. S. Pregitzer. 1992. Geomorphic influences on ground-flora and overstory composition in upland forests of northwestern lower Michigan. Can. J. For. Res. 22:1547-55
Houle, G. 1990. Species-area relationship during primary succession in granite outcrop plant communities. Am. J. Bot. 77:1433-9
Houle, G. 1994. Spatiotemporal patterns in the components of regeneration of four sympatric tree species - Acer rubrum, A. saccharum, Betula alleghaniensis and Fagus grandifolia. J. Ecol. 82:39-53
Howe, A. 1987. Experimental island biogeography: immigration and extinction of ciliates in microcosms. Oikos 50:218-24
Howe, H. F. 1994a. Managing species diversity in tallgrass prairie: assumptions and implications. Cons. Bio. 8:691-704
Howe, H. F. 1994b. Response of early- and late-flowering plants to fire season in experimental prairies. Ecol. Appl. 4:121-33
Howe, H. F., and J. S. Brown. 2000. Early effects of rodent granivory on experimental forb communities. Ecol. Appl. 10:917-24
Hoyer, M. V., and D. E. Canfield Jr. 1994. Bird abundance and species richness on Florida lakes: influence of trophic status, lake morphology, and aquatic macrophytes. Hydrobiol. 297/280:107-19
Hraber, P. T., and B. T. Milen. 1997. Community assembly in a model ecosystem. Ecol. Mon. 103:267-85
Hraber, P. T., T. Jones, and S. Forrest. 1997. The ecology of Echo. Artificial Life 3:165-90
Hubbell, S. P. 1980. Seed predation and the coexistence of tree species in tropical forests. Oikos 35:214-29
Hubbell, S. P. 1992. Short-term dynamics of a neotropical forest: why ecological research matters to tropical conservation and management. Oikos 63:48-61
Hubbell, S. P.  1998.  The maintenance of diversity in a neotropical tree community: conceptual issues, current evidence, and challenges ahead. Pages 17-44 in F. Dallmeier and J. A. Comiskey, editors. Forest Biodiversity Research, Monitoring and Modeling. Conceptual Background and Old World Case Studies. Volume 20. Unesco, Paris.
Hubbell, S. P., and R. B. Foster.  1983.  Diversity of canopy trees in a neotropical forest and implications for conservation. in Sutton, S.L., T.C. Whitmore and A.C. Chadwick (eds.). Tropical Rain Forest: Ecology and Management. Blackwell Scientific, Oxford UK.
Hubbell, S. P., and R. B. Foster.  1986.  Commonness and rarity in a neotropical forest: implications for tropical tree conservation. Pages 205-232 in M. Soul‚, editor. Conservation Biology: the Science of Scarcity and Diversity. Sinauer, Sunderland, Massachusetts.
Hubbell, S. P., R. B. Foster, S. T. O'Brien, K. E. Harms, R. Condit, B. Wechsler, S. J. Wright, and S. Loo de Lao. 1999. Light gap disturbances, recruitment limitation, and tree diversity in a neotropical forest. Science 283:554-7
Huber, R. 1994. Changes in plant species richness in a calcareous grassland following changes in environmental conditions. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 29:469-82
Huber, R. 1999. Patterns of species richness in a limestone grassland under different treatments in relation to spatial scale. Appl. Veg. Sci. 2:257-66
Huberty, L. E., K. L. Gross, and C. J. Miller. 1998. Effects of nitrogen addition on succesional dynamics and species diversity in Michigan old-fields. J. Ecol. 86:794-803
Hudon, C. 1990. Distribution of shrimp and fish by-catch assemblages in the Canadian Eastern Arctic in relation to water circulation. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 47:1710-23
Huggett, R. J.  1998.  Fundamentals of Biogeography. Routledge, London.
Hughes, J. B., and J. Roughgarden. 2000. Species diversity and biomass stability. Am. Nat. 155:618-27
Hughes, J. B., G. C. Daily, and P. R. Ehrlich. 2000. Conservation of insect diversity: a habitat approach. Cons. Bio. 14:1788-97
Hughes, J. M. R. 1990. Lotic vegetation dynamics following disturbance along the Swan and Apsley Rivers, Tasmania, Australia. J. Biogeogr. 17:291-306
Hugueny, B. 1997. The relationship between local and regional species richness: comparing biotas with different evolutionary histories. Oikos 80:583-7
Hugueny, B., L. T. deMorais, S. Merigoux, B. deMerona, and D. Ponton. 1997. The relationship between local and regional species richness:Comparing biotas with different evolutionary histories. Oikos 80:583-7
Huhta, A.-P., and P. Rautio. 1998. Evaluating the impacts of mowing: a case study comparing managed and abandoned meadow patches. Ann. Bot. Fen. 35:85-99
Hulme, P. E. 1996. Herbivory, plant regeneration and species coexistence. J. Ecol. 84:609-15
Hunter, M. L. J., and A. S. White. 1997. Ecological thresholds and the definition of old-growth forest stands. Nat. Areas J. 17:292-6
Huntley, B. 1993. Species-richness in north-temperate zone forests. J. Biogeogr. 20:163-80
Hurd, L. E., and W. F. Fagan. 1992. Cursorial spiders and succession: age or habitat structure? Oecol. 92:215-21
Hurd, L. E., M. V. Mellinger, L. L. Wolf, and S. J. McNaughton. 1971. Stability and diversity at three trophic levels in terestrial successional ecosystems. Science 173:1134-6
Hurlbert, S. H. 1971. The nonconcept of species diversity: a critique and alternative parameters. Ecology 52:577-86
Huston, M. 1979. A general hypothesis of species diversity. Am. Nat. 113:81-101
Huston, M. 1980. Soil nutrients and tree species richness in Costa Rican forests. J. Biogeogr. 7:147-57
Huston, M. A. 1985. Patterns of species diversity on coral reefs. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 16:149-77
Huston, M. A.  1994.  Biological Diversity. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England.
Huston, M. A. 1997. Hidden treatments in ecological experiments: re-evaluating the ecosystem function of biodiversity. Oecol. 10:449-60
Huston, M. A. 1999. Local processes and regional patterns: appropriate scales for understanding variation in the diversity of plants and animals. Oikos 86:393-401
Huston, M. A., and D. L. DeAngelis. 1994. Competition and coexistence: the effects of resource transport and supply rates. Am. Nat. 144:954-77
Huston, M. A., L. W. Aarsen, M. P. Austin, B. S. Cade, J. D. Fridley, E. Garnier, J. P. Grime, J. Hodgson, W. K. Lauenroth, K. Thompson, J. H. Vandermeer, and D. A. Wardle. 2000. No consistent effect of plant diversity on productivity. Science 289:1255a
Hutchinson, G. E. 1959. Homage to Santa Rosalia, or, why are there so many kinds of animals? Am. Nat. 93:145-59
Hutchinson, G. E. 1961. The paradox of the plankton. Am. Nat. 95:137-45
Hutchinson, G. E.  1964.  The Ecological Theater and the Evolutionary Play. Yale University Press, New Haven, Conn.
Hutchinson, T. F., R. E. J. Boerner, L. R. Iverson, S. Sutherland, and E. K. Sutherland. 1999. Landscape patterns of understory composition and richness across a moisture and nitrogen mineralization gradient in Ohio (U.S.A.) Quercus forests. Plant Ecol. 144:177-89
Hutchison, M. J. 1989. The invasion of south-western Australia by the orange palmdart (Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder), Lepitoptera, Hesperiidae) and its positive effect on species richness. J. Biogeogr. 16:131-9
Idestam-Almquist, J. 2000. Dynamics of submerged aquatic vegetation on shallow soft bottoms in the Baltic Sea. J. Veg. Sci. 11:425-32
Ingersoll, C. A., and M. V. Wilson. 1993. Buried propagule bank of a high subalpine site: microsite variation and comparisons with aboveground vegetation. Can. J. Bot. 71:712-7
Ings, T. C., and S. E. Hartley. 1999. The effect of habitat structure on carabid communities during the regeneration of a native Scottish forest. For. Ecol. Manage. 119:123-36
Interlandi, S. J., and S. S. Kilham. 2001. Limiting resources and the regulation of diversity in phytoplankton communities. Ecology 82:1270-82
Istock, C. A., and S. M. Scheiner. 1987. Affinities and high-order diversity within landscape mosaics. Evol. Ecol. 1:11-29
Itow, S. 1988. Species diversity of mainland- and island forests in the Pacific Area. Vegetatio 77:193-200
Itow, S. 1990. Correlations among species diversity indices. Japanese J. Ecol. 40:187-96
Itow, S. 1991. Species turnover and diversity patterns along an evergreen broad-leaved forest coenocline. J. Veg. Sci. 2:477-84
Iwasa, Y., K. Sato, M. Kakita, and T. Kubo.  1993.  Modelling biodiversity: latitudinal gradient of forest species diversity. Pages 433-451 in E.-D. Schulze and H. A. Mooney, editors. Biodiversity and Ecosystem Function. Springer, Berlin.
Jablonski, D. 1986. Background and mass extinctions: the alternation of macroevolutionary regimes. Science 231:129-33
Jackson, C. R., P. F. Churchill, and E. E. Roden. 2001. Successional changes in bacterial assemblage structure during epiltihic biofilm development. Ecology 82:555-66
Jackson, D. A., and H. H. Harvey. 1989. Biogeographic associations in fish assemblages: local vs. regional processes. Ecology 70:1472-84
Jackson, J. B. C. 1991. Adaptation and diversity of reef corals. BioSci. 41:475-82
Jacobsen, B. A., and P. Simonsen. 1993. Disturbance events affecting phytoplankton biomass, composition and species diversity in a shallow, eutrophic, temperate lake. Hydrobiol. 249:9-14
Jacobson, H. A., and G. L. Jacobson. 1989. Variability of vegetation in tidal marshes of Maine, USA. Can. J. Bot. 67:230-8
James, F. C., and S. Rathbun. 1981. Rarefaction, relative abundance, and diversity of avian communities. Auk 98:785-800
Janos, D. P.  1983.  Tropical mycorrhizas, nutrient cycles and plant growth. Pages 327-345 in S. L. Sutton, T. C. Whitmore and A. C. Chadwick, editors. Tropical Rain Forest: Ecology and Management. Blackwell Scientific, Oxford.
Janzen, D. H. 1970. Herbivores and the number of tree species in tropical forests. Am. Nat. 104:501-28
Janzen, D. H. 1986. The future of tropical biology. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 17:305-24
Janzen, D. H. 1987. Insect diversity of a Costa Rican dry forest: why keep it, and how? Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 30:343-56
Jefferson, R. G., and M. B. Usher. 1987. The seed bank in soils of disused chalk quarries in the Yorkhire Wolds, England: Implications for conservation management. Biol. Cons. 42:287-302
Jen¡k, J.  1990.  Large-scale pattern of biodiversity in Hercynian massifs. Pages 251-259 in F. Krahulec, A. D. Q. Agnew, S. Agnew and H. J. Willems, editors. Spatial processes in plant communities. Academia, Prague.
Jenkins, B., R. L. Kitching, and S. L. Pimm. 1992. Productivity, disturbance and food web structure at a local spatial scale in experimental container habitats. Oikos 65:249-55
Jensen, M. E., L. S. Peck, and M. V. Wilson. 1988. Vegetation characteristics of mountainous northeastern nevada sagebrush community types. Great Basin Nat. 48:403-21
Jim‚nez, H. E., and J. J. Armesto. 1992. Importance of the soil seed bank of disturbed sites in Chilean matorral in early secondary succession. J. Veg. Sci. 3:579-86
Johns, A. D.  1992.  Species conservation in managed tropical forests. Pages 25-53 in T. C. Whitmore and J. A. Sayer, editors. Tropical deforestation and species extinction. Chapman and Hall, London.
Johns, B. W. 1993. The influence of grove size on bird species richness in aspen parklands. Wilson Bull. 105:256-64
Johns, R. J.  1992.  The influence of deforestation and selective logging operations on plant diversity in Papua New Guinea. Pages 143-147 in T. C. Whitmore and J. A. Sayer, editors. Tropical deforestation and species extinction. Chapman and Hall, London.
Johnson, A. M., and D. J. Leopold. 1994. Vascular plant species richness and rarity across a minerotrophic gradient in wetlands of St. Lawrence County, New York, USA. Biodivers. Conserv. 3:606-27
Johnson, K. H. 2000. Trophic-dynamic considerations in relating species diversity to ecosystem resilience. Biol. Rev. 75:347-76
Johnson, M. P., and P. H. Raven.  1970.  Natural regulation of plant species diversity. Pages 127-162 in T. Dobzhansky, M. K. Hecht and W. C. Steere, editors. Evolutionary Biology. Volume 4. Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York.
Johnson, M. P., and P. H. Raven. 1973. Species number and endemism: the Galapagos Archipelago revisited. Science 179:893-5
Johnson, M. P., L. G. Mason, and P. H. Raven. 1968. Ecological parameters and plant species diversity. Am. Nat. 102:297-306
Johnson, N. C., D. Tilman, and D. Wedin. 1992. Plant and soil controls on mycorrhizal fungal communities. Ecology 73:2034-42
Johnston, M., and M. Gillman. 1995. Tree population studies in low-diversity forests, Guyana. Biodivers. Conserv. 4:339-62
Jokim"ki, J., and J. Suhonen. 1993. Effects of urbanization on the breeding bird species richness in Finland: a biogeographical comparison. Orn. Fenn. 70:71-7
Joly, K., and W. L. Myers. 2001. Patterns of mammalian species richness and habitat associations in Pennsylvania. Biol. Cons. 99:253-60
Jonasson, S. 1992. Plant responses to fertilization and species removal in tundra related to community structure and clonality. Oikos 63:420-9
Jones, C. G., and J. H. Lawton. 1991. Plant chemistry and insect species richness of British umbellifers. J. Anim. Ecol. 60:767-77
Jones, R. E. 1962. The quantitative phenology of two plant communities in Osage County, Oklahoma. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 42:31-8
Jonsson, B. G. 1996. Riparian bryophytes of the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest in the Western Cascades, Oregon. Bryologist 99:226-35
Jonsson, B. G. 1997. Riparian bryophyte vegetation in the Cascade mountain range, Northwest U.S.A.: patterns at different spatial scales. Can. J. Bot. 75:744-61
Jonsson, B. G., and P. A. Esseen. 1990. Treefall disturbance maintains a high bryophyte diversity in a boreal forest. J. Ecol. 78:924-36
Jonsson, B. G., and P.-A. Esseen. 1998. Plant colonisation in small forest-floor patches: importance of plant group and disturbance traits. Ecography 21:518-26
Jonsson, B. G., and P.-A. Essen. 1990. Treefall disturbance maintains high bryophyte diversity in a boreal spruce forest. J. Ecol. 78:924-36
Jorgensen, E. E., and S. Demarais. 1999. A comparison of modelling techniques for small mammal diversity. Ecol. Mod. 120:1-8
Juh sz-Nagy, P.  1967.  On some 'characteristic area' of plant community stands. Pages 269-282 in Proceedings of Colloquium on Information Theory. Bolyai Mathematical Society, Debrecen, Hungary.
Juh sz-Nagy, P. 1984. Spatial dependence of plant populations. Part 2. A family of new models. Acta Bot. Hung. 30:363-402
Jutila, H. 1997. Vascular plant species richness in grazed and ungrazed coastal meadows, SW Finland. Ann. Bot. Fen. 34:245-63
Jutila, H. M. 1998. Seed banks of grazed and ungrazed Baltic seashore meadows. J. Veg. Sci. 9:395-408
Kadmon, R. 1995. Nested species subsets and geographic isolation: a case study. Ecology 76:458-65
Kadmon, R., and H. R. Pulliam. 1993. Island biogeography: effect of geographical isolation on species composition. Ecology 74:977-81
Kadmon, R., and H. R. Pulliam. 1995. Effects of isolation, logging and dispersal on woody-species richness of islands. Vegetatio 116:63-8
Kaiser, J. 2000. Rift over biodiversity divides ecologists. Science 289:1282-3
Kaitala, S., V. N. Maximov, and �. Niemi. 1991. A simple approach to estimate similarity in ecosystem analysis. Vegetatio 96:101-12
Kalisz, P. J., and D. B. Dotson. 1989. Land-use history and the occurrence of exotic earthworms in the mountains of eastern Kentucky. Am. Midl. Nat. 122:288-97
Kangas, P. 1992. Undiscovered species and the falsifiability of the tropical mass extinction hypothesis. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. 73:124-5
Karakassis, I. 1995. Sì: a new method for calculating macrobenthic species richness. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 120:299-303
Kareiva, P. 1994. Diversity begets productivity. Nature 368:686
Karlson, R. H., and H. V. Cornell. 1998. Scale-dependent variation in local vs. regional effects on coral species richness. Ecol. Mon. 68:259-74
Karlson, R. H., and H. V. Cornell. 1999. Integration of local and regional perspectives on the species richness of coral assemblages. Amer. Zool. 39:104-12
Kaspari, M. 1996. Litter ant patchiness at the 1-m2 scale: disturbance dynamics in three neotropical forests. Oecol. 107:265-73
Kaspari, M., S. O'Donnell, and J. R. Kercher. 2000. Energy, density, and constraints to species richness: ant assemblages along a productivity gradient. Am. Nat. 155:280-93
Kattan, G. H., H. Alvarez-L¢pez, and M. Giraldo. 1994. Forest fragmentation and bird extinctions: San Antonio eighty years later. Cons. Bio. 8:138-46
Kaufman, D. M. 1995. Diversity of New World mammals: universality of the latitudinal gradients of species and bauplans. J. Mamm. 76:322-34
Kaufman, D. M., and M. R. Willig. 1998. Latitudinal patterns of mammalian species richness in the New World: the effects of sampling method and faunal group. J. Biogeogr. 25:795-805
Kaufman, J. H., D. Brodbeck, and O. R. Melroy. 1998. Critical Biodiversity. Cons. Bio. 12:521-32
Kaufman, L. 1992. Catastrophic change in species-rich freshwater ecosystems. BioSci. 42:846-58
Kautsky, L., and H. Kautsky. 1989. Algal species diversity and dominance along gradients of stress and disturbance in marine environments. Vegetatio 83:259-67
Kearns, C. A. 1992. Anthophilous fly distribution across an elevation gradient. Am. Midl. Nat. 127:172-82
Keating, K. A., and J. F. Quinn. 1998. Estimating species richness - the Michaelis-Menten Model revisited. Oikos 81:411-6
Keating, K. A., J. F. Quinn, M. A. Ivie, and L. L. Ivie. 1998. Estimating the effectiveness of further sampling in species inventories. Ecol. Appl. 8:1239-49
Keats, D. W., G. R. South, and D. H. Steele. 1990. Effects of an experimental reduction in grazing by green sea urchins on a benthic macroalgal community in eastern Newfoundland. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 68:181-93
Keddy, P. A.  1991.  Working with heterogeneity: an operator's guide to environmental gradients. Pages 181-201 in J. Kolasa and S. T. A. Pickett, editors. Ecological Studies, 86: Ecological Heterogeneity. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Keddy, P. A. 1992. Assembly and response rules: two goals for predictive community ecology. J. Veg. Sci. 3:157-64
Keel, S., A. H. Gentry, and L. Spinzi. 1993. Using vegetation analysis to facilitate the selection of conservation sites in eastern Paraguay. Cons. Bio. 7:66-75
Keeley, J. E. 1992. Demographic structure of California chaparral in the long-term absence of fire. J. Veg. Sci. 3:79-90
Keeley, J. E., and C. C. Swift.  1995.  Biodiversity and ecosystem function in Mediterranean-climate California. Pages 121-183 in G. W. Davis and D. M. Richardson, editors. Mediterranean-type ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Keith, D. A., and R. A. Bradstock. 1994. Fire and competition in Australian heath: a conceptual model and field investigations. J. Veg. Sci. 5:347-54
Keller, W., and N. D. Yan. 1991. Recovery of crustacean zooplankton species richness in Sudbury area lakes following water quality improvements. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 48:1635-44
Kellman, M., and R. Tackaberry. 1993. Disturbance and tree species coexistence in tropical riparian forest fragments. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 3:1-9
Kelly, B. J., J. B. Wilson, and A. F. Mark. 1989. Causes of the species-area relation: a study of islands in Lake Manapouri, New Zealand. J. Ecol. 77:1021-8
Kelt, D. A. 2000. Small mammal communities in rainforest fragments in Central Southern Chile. Biol. Cons. 92:345-58
Kelt, D. A., and J. H. Brown. 2000. Species as units of analysis in ecology and biogeography: are the blind leading the blind? Global Ecology and Biogeography 9:213-7
Kelt, D. A., J. H. Brown, E. J. Heske, P. A. Marquet, S. R. Morton, J. R. W. Reid, K. A. Rogovin, and G. Shenbrot. 1996. Community structure of desert small mammals: comparisons across four continents. Ecology 77:746-61
Kelt, D. A., P. L. Meserve, B. D. Patternson, and B. K. Lang. 1999a. scale dependence and scale independence in habitat associations of small mammals in southern temperate rainforest. Oikos 85:320-34
Kelt, D. A., P. L. Meserve, B. D. Patterson, and B. K. Lang. 1999b. Scale dependence and scale independence in habitat associations of small mammals in southern temperate rainforest. Oikos 85:320-34
Kelt, D. A., P. A. Marquet, and J. H. Brown. 2000. Geographical ecology of South American desert small mammals: consequences of observations at local and regional scales. Global Ecology and Biogeography 9:219-23
Kemp, W. P. 1992a. Rangeland grasshopper (Orthoptera: Acrididae) community structure: a working hypothesis. Environ. Ent. 21:461-71
Kemp, W. P. 1992b. Temporal variation in rangeland grasshopper (Orthoptera: Acrididae) communities in the steppe region of Montana, USA. Can. Ent. 124:437-50
Kemper, J., R. M. Cowling, and D. M. Richardson. 1999. Fragmentation of South African renosterveld shrublands: effects on plant community structure and conservation implications. Biol. Cons. 90:103-11
Kendall, M. A., and S. Widdicombe. 1999. Small scale patterns in the structure of macrofaunal assemblages of shallow soft sediments. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 237:127-40
Kendall, W. L. 1999. Robustness of closed capture-recapture methods to violations of the closure assumption. Ecology 80:2517-25
Kennedy, C. R., and J. F. Guegan. 1994. Regional versus local helminth parasite richness in British freshwater fish: Saturated or unsaturated parasite   communities? Parasitology 109:175-85
Kennelly, S. J. 1991. Caging experiments to examine the effects of fishes on understorey species in a sublittoral kelp community. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 147:207-30
Kenny, D., and C. Loehle. 1991. Are food webs randomly connected? Ecology 72:1794-9
Kent, M., and P. Coker.  1992.  Vegetation description and analysis: a practical approach. Belhaven Press, London.
Kerr, J. T. 1997. Species richness, endemism, and the choice of areas for conservation. Cons. Bio. 11:1094-100
Kerr, J. T. 1999. Weak links: 'Rapoport's Rule' and large-scale species richness patterns. Global Ecology and Biogeography 8:47-54
Kerr, J. T., and L. Packer. 1997. Habitat heterogeneity as a determinant of mammal species richness in high-energy regions. Nature 385:252-4
Kerr, J. T., and L. Packer. 1999. The environmental basis of North American species richness patterns among Epicauta (Coleoptera: Meloidae). Biodivers. Conserv. 8:617-28
Kerr, J. T., R. Vincent, and D. J. Currie. 1998. Lepidopteran richness patterns in North America. �coscience 5:448-53
Kerr, J. T., A. Sugar, and L. Packer. 2000. Indicator taxa, rapid biodiversity assessment, and nestedness in an endangered ecosystem. Cons. Bio. 14:1726-34
Kershaw, K. A., and J. H. H. Looney.  1985.  Quantitative and Dynamic Plant Ecology, 3rd Edition. Edward Arnold, London.
Khedr, A.-H., and J. Lovett-Doust. 2000. Determinants of floristic diversity and vegetation composition on the islands of Lake Burollos, Egypt. Appl. Veg. Sci. 3:147-56
Kienast, F., O. Wildi, and B. Brzeziecki. 1998. Potential impacts of climate change on species richness in mountain forests - an ecological risk assessment. Biol. Cons. 83:291-305
Kiester, A. R. 1971. Species density of North American amphibians and reptiles. Syst. Zool. 20:127-37
Kikuchi, T. 1987. Multiscale evaluation of species richness of a hilly land. Ecol. Rev. 21:99-100
Kikuchi, T., and H. Ohba.  1988.  Preliminary study of alpine vegetation of the Himalayas, with special reference to the small-scale distribution patterns of plant communities. Pages 47-70 in H. Ohba and S. B. Malla, editors. The Himalayan Plants. Volume 1. University of Tokyo Press, Tokyo.
Kikvidze, Z. 1993. Plant species associations in alpine-subnival vegetation patches in the Central Caucasus. J. Veg. Sci. 4:297-302
Kikvidze, Z. 2000. Modelling species richness and diversity in grassland communities of the Central Caucasus. Oikos 89:123-7
Kilburn, P. D. 1966. Analysis of the species-area relation. Ecology 47:831-43
Kindscher, K., and L. L. Tieszen. 1998. Floristic and soil organic matter changes after five and thirty-five years of native tallgrass prairie restoration. Restor. Ecol. 6:181-96
Kindscher, K., and P. V. Wells. 1995. Prairie plant guilds: a multivariate analysis of prairie species based on ecological and morphological traits. Vegetatio 1176:29-50
King, A. W., and S. L. Pimm. 1983. Complexity, diversity, and stability: a reconciliation of theoretical and empirical results. Am. Nat. 122:229-39
King, W. M., J. B. Wilson, and M. T. Sykes. 1990. A vegetation zonation from saltmarsh to riverbank in New Zealand. J. Veg. Sci. 1:411-8
Kirby, K. J., T. Bines, A. Burn, J. Mackintosh, P. Pitkin, and I. Smith. 1986. Seasonal and observer differences in vascular plant records from British Woodlands. J. Ecol. 74:123-31
Kirkland, G. L. 1990. Patterns of initial small mammal community change after clearcutting of temperate North American forests. Oikos 59:313-20
Kirkland Jr, G. L., and J. S. Findley. 1999. A transcontinental comparison of forest small-mammal assemblages: northern New Mexico and southern Pennsylvania compared. Oikos 85:335-42
Kirkman, L. K., and R. R. Sharitz. 1994. Vegetation disturbance and maintenance of diversity in intermittently flooded Carolina Bays in South Carolina. Ecol. Appl. 4:177-88
Kishimoto, K. 1990. Coexistence of any number of species in the Lotka-Volterra competitive system over two-patches. Theor. Popul. Biol. 38:149-58
Kitajima, K., and D. Tilman. 1996. Seed banks and seedling establishment on an experimental productivity gradient. Oikos 76:381-91
Kitching, R. L., J. M. Bergelson, M. D. Lowman, S. M. McIntyre, and G. Carruthers. 1993. Arthropod biodiversity in Australian rainforest canopies: introduction, methods, sites and ordinal results. Austral. J. Ecol. 18:181-91
Kleijn, D., and G. I. J. Snoeijing. 1997. Field boundary vegetation and the effects of agrochemical drift: botanical change caused by low levels of herbicide and fertilizer. J. Appl. Ecol. 34:1413-25
Kleijn, D., and L. A. C. van der Voort. 1997. Conservation headlands for rare arable weeds: the effects of fertilizer application and light penetration on plant growth. Biol. Cons. 81:57-67
Klein, B. C. 1989. Effects of forest fragmentation on dung and carrion beetle communities in Central Amazonia (Brazil). Ecology 70:1715-25
Klimes, L. 1995. Small-scale distribution of species richness in a grassland (B¡l‚ Karpaty Mts., Czech Republic). Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 30:499-510
Klimes, L. 1999. Small-scale plant mobility in a species-rich grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 10:209-18
Klimes, L., J. W. Jongepier, and I. Jongepierova. 1995. Variability in species richness and guild structure in two species-rich grasslands. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 30:243-53
Klinkhamer, P. G. L., and T. J. De Jong. 1985. Shoot biomass and species richness in relation to some environmental factors in a coastal dune area in the Netherlands. Vegetatio 63:129-32
Klopfer, P. H., and R. H. MacArthur. 1961. On the causes of tropical species diversity: niche overlap. Am. Nat. 95:223-6
Knapp, P. A. 1992. Secondary plant succession and vegetation recovery in two western Great Basin Desert ghost towns. Biol. Cons. 60:81-9
Knops, J. M. H., D. Wedin, and D. Tilman. 2001. Biodiversity and decomposition in experimental grassland ecosystems. Oecol. 126:429-33
Kobayashi, M., and T. Kamitani. 2000. Effects of surface disturbance and light level on seedling emergence in a Japanese secondary deciduous forest. J. Veg. Sci. 11:93-100
Kobayashi, T., Y. Hori, and N. Nomoto. 1997. Effects of trampling and vegetation removal on species diversity and micro-environment under different shade conditions. J. Veg. Sci. 8:873-80
Koch, C. F., and J. P. Morgan. 1988. On the expected distribution of species' ranges. Paleobiology 14:126-38
Kodric-Brown, A., and J. H. Brown. 1993a. Highly structured fish communities in Australian desert springs. Ecology 74:1847-55
Kodric-Brown, A., and J. H. Brown. 1993b. Incomplete data sets in community ecology and biogeography: a cautionary tale. Ecol. Appl. 3:736-42
Kohyama, T. 1993. Size-structured tree populations in gap-dynamic forests - the forest architecture hypothesis for the stable coexistence of species. J. Ecol. 81:131-43
Koivula, M., P. Punttila, Y. Haila, and J. Niemela. 1999. Leaf litter and the small-scale distribution of carabid beetles. Ecography 22:424-35
Kolasa, J., and E. Biesiadka. 1984. Diversity concept in Ecology. Acta Biotheor. 33:145-52
Kolasa, J., C. L. Hewitt, and J. A. Drake. 1998. Rapoport's rule: an explanation or a byproduct of the latitudinal gradient in species richness? Biodivers. Conserv. 7:1447-55
Kolstrom, M., and J. Lumatjarvi. 1999. Decision support system for studying effect of forest management on species richness in boreal forests. Ecol. Mod. 119:43-55
Koopowitz, H., A. D. Thornhill, and M. Andersen. 1994. A general stochastic model for the prediction of biodiversity losses based on habitat conversion. Cons. Bio. 8:425-38
Korning, J., K. Thomsen, and B. íllgaard. 1991. Composition and structure of a species rich Amazonian rain forest obtained by two different sample methods. Nord. J. Bot. 11:103-10
Koslow, J. A., A. Williams, and J. R. Paxton. 1997. How many demersal fish species in the deep sea?  A test of a method to extrapolate from local to global diversity. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:1523-32
Kotaïska, M. 1993a. Dynamics of wet meadow communtiies (Calthion alliance) in the Wierzban¢wska valley in 1976-1988. Frag. Flor. Geobot. 38:593-619
Kotaïska, M. 1993b. Response of wet meadows of the Calthion alliance to variations of weather and management practices: a thirteen-year study of permanent plots. Studia Naturae 40:1-48
Kouki, J., P. Niemel", and M. Viitasaari. 1994. Reversed latitudinal gradient in species richness of sawflies (Hymenoptera, Symphyta). Ann. Zool. Fennici. 31:83-8
Kovach, W. L. 1988. Quantitative paleoecology of megaspores and other distpersed plant remains from the Cenomanian of Kansas, USA. Cretac. Res. 9:265-83
Kov ç, P. 1995. Is plant community organization level relevant to monitoring landscape heterogeneity? Two case studies of mosaic landscapes in the suburban zones of Prague, Czech Republic. Landscape Urban Plan. 32:137-51
Krebs, C. J.  1985.  Ecology: The experimental analysis of distribution and abundance, 3rd Edition. Harper Collins, New York.
Kremen, C. 1994. Biological inventory using target taxa: a case study of the butterflies of Madagascar. Ecol. Appl. 4:407-22
Kremen, C., R. K. Colwell, T. L. Erwin, and D. D. Murphy. 1993. Terrestrial arthropod assemblages: their use as indicators in conservation planning. Cons. Bio.
Kruess, A., and T. Tscharntke. 1994. Habitat fragmentation, species loss, and biological control. Science 264:1581-4
Kruess, A., and T. Tscharntke. 2000. Species richness and parasitism in a fragmented landscape: experiments and field studies with insects on Vicia sepium. Oecol. 122:129-37
Krzysik, A. J. 1979. Resoruce allocation, coexistence and the niche structure of a streambank salamander community. Ecol. Mon. 49:173-94
Kubota, Y. 2000. Spatial dynamics of regeneration in a conifer/broad-leaved forest in northern Japan. J. Veg. Sci. 11:633-40
Kull, K., and M. Zobel. 1991. High species richness in an Estonian wooded meadow. J. Veg. Sci. 2:715-8
Kunin, W. E. 1997. Sample shape, spatial scale and species counts: Implications for reserve design. Biol. Cons. 82:369-77
Kunin, W. E. 1998. Biodiversity at the edge: a test of the importance of spatial "mass effects" in the Rothamsted Park Grass experiments. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 95:207-12
Kuss, F. R., and C. N. Hall. 1991. Ground flora trampling studies: five years after closure. Environ. Manage. 15:715-27
Kutiel, P., and A. Danin. 1987. Annual-species diversity and aboveground phytomass in relation to some soil properties in the sand dunes of the northern Sharon Plains, Israel. Vegetatio 70:45-9
Kuusiaplo, J., G. �djers, Y. Jafarsidik, A. Otsamo, K. Tuomela, and R. Vuokko. 1995. Restoration of natural vegetation in degraded Imperata cylindrica grassland: understorey development in forest plantations. J. Veg. Sci. 6:205-10
Kuusinen, M. 1995. Epiphytic lichen diversity on Salix caprea and Populus tremula in Old-growth forests of Finland. Mitt. Eidgen"ss. Forsch. anst. Wald Schnee Landsch. 70:125-32
Kuusinen, M. 1996a. Epiphyte flora and diversity on basal trunks of six old-growth forest tree species in southern and middle boreal Finland. Lichenologist 28:443-63
Kuusinen, M. 1996b. Importance of spruce swamp-forests for epiphyte diversity and flora on Picea abies in southern and middle boreal Finland. Ecography 19:41-51
Kv†lseth, T. O. 1991. Note on biological diversity, evenness, and homogeneity measures. Oikos 62:123-7
Kwak, M. M., O. Velterop, and J. van Andel. 1998. Pollen and gene flow in fragmented habitats. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:37-54
Lande, R. 1996. Statistics and partitioning of species diversity, and similarity among multiple communities. Oikos 76:5-13
Lande, R., P. J. DeVries, and T. R. Walla. 2000. When species accumulation functions intersect: impliations for ranking diversity using small samples. Oikos 89:601-5
Landres, P. B., J. Verner, and J. W. Thomas. 1988. Ecological uses of vertebrate indicator species: a critique. Cons. Bio. 2:316-28
Lang, C., and O. Reymond. 1993. Empirical relationships between diversity of invertebrate communities and altitude in rivers: application to biomonitoring. Aquatic Sciences 55:1015-621
Lapin, M., and B. V. Barnes. 1995. Using the landscape ecosystem approach to assess species and ecosystem diversity. Cons. Bio. 9:1148-58
Lapointe, L., and E. Bourget. 1999. Influence of substratum heterogeneity scales and complexity on a temperate epibenthic marine community. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 189:159-70
Latham, R. E. 1992. Co-occurring tree species change rank in seedling performance with resources varied experimentally. Ecology 73:2129-44
Latham, R. E., and R. E. Ricklefs.  1993a.  Continental comparisons of temperate-zone tree species diversity. Pages 294-314 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Latham, R. E., and R. E. Ricklefs. 1993b. Global patterns of tree species richness in moist forests: energy-diversity theory does not account for variation in species richness. Oikos 67:325-33
Lauga, J., and J. Joachim. 1987. L'‚chantillonnage des populations d'oiseaux par la m‚thode des E.F.P.: int‚rˆt d'une ‚tude math‚matique de la courbe de richesse cumul‚e. Acta Oecol. Oecol. Gen. 8:117-24
Laurance, W. F., C. Gascon, and J. M. Rankin-de Merona. 1999. Predicting effects of habitat destruction on plant communities: a test of a model using Amazonian trees. Ecol. Appl. 9:548-54
Laurie, H., and R. M. Cowling. 1995. Lottery coexistence models extended to plants with disjoint generations. J. Veg. Sci. 6:161-8
Lauver, C. L. 1997. Mapping species diversity patterns in the Kansas shortgrass region by integrating remote sensing and vegetation analysis. J. Veg. Sci. 8:387-94
Lavorel, S., and P. Chesson. 1995. How species with different regeneration niches coexist in patchy habitats with local disturbances. Oikos 74:103-14
Lavorel, S., J. D. LeBreton, M. Debussche, and J. Lepart. 1991. Nested spatial patterns in seed bank and vegetation of mediterranean old-fields. J. Veg. Sci. 2:367-76
Lavorel, S., J. Lepart, M. Debussche, J.-D. Lebreton, and J.-L. Beffy. 1994. Small scale disturbances and the maintenance of species diversity in Mediterranean old fields. Oikos 70:455-73
Law, R., and R. D. Morton. 1996. Permanence and the assembly of ecological communities. Ecology 77:762-75
Lawes, M. J. 1992. Estimates of population density and correlates of the status of the samango monkey Cercopithecus mitis in Natal, South Africa. Biol. Cons. 60:197-210
Lawesson, J. E., G. deBlust, C. Grashof, L. Firbank, O. Honnay, M. Hermy, P. Hobitz, and L. M. Jensen. 1998. Species diversity and area-relationships in Danish beech forests. For. Ecol. Manage. 106:235-45
Lawler, S. P. 1993. Species richness, species composition and population dynamics of protists in experimental microcosms. J. Anim. Ecol. 62:711-9
Lawlor, L. R. 1980. Structure and stability in natural and randomly constructed competitive communities. Am. Nat. 116:394-408
Lawrey, J. D. 1991a. Biotic interactions in lichen community development: a review. Lichenologist 23:205-14
Lawrey, J. D. 1991b. The species-area curve as an index of disturbance in saxicolous lichen communities. Bryologist 94:377-82
Lawrey, J. D. 1992. Natural and randomly-assembled lichen communities compared using the species-area curve. Bryologist 95:137-41
Lawton, J. H. 1979. Species richness of parasites on hosts: agromyzid flies on the British umbelliferae. J. Anim. Ecol. 48:619-37
Lawton, J. H. 1983. Plant architecture and the diversity of phytophagous insects. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 28:23-39
Lawton, J. H. 1991. Are species useful? Oikos 62:3-4
Lawton, J. H., M. MacGarvin, and P. A. Heads. 1987. Effects of altitude on the abundance and species richness of insect herbivores on bracken. J. Anim. Ecol. 56:147-60
Lawton, J. H., T. M. Lewinsohn, and S. G. Compton.  1993.  Patterns of diversity for the insect herbivores on bracken. Pages 178-184 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Leach, M. K., and T. J. Givnish. 1999. Gradients in the composition, structure, and diversity of remnant oak savannas in southern Wisconsin. Ecol. Mon. 69:353-74
Leadley, P. W., and C. K"rner.  1996.  Effects of elevated CO2 on plant species dominance in highly diverse calcareous grassland. Pages 159-175 in c K"rner and F. A. Bazzaz, editors. Carbon Dioxide, Populations, and Communities. Academic Press, San Diego.
Leathwick, J. R., B. R. Burns, and B. D. Clarkson. 1998. Environmental correlates of tree alpha-diversity in New Zealand primary forests. Ecography 21:235-46
LeBreton, J. D., R. Sabatier, G. Banco, and A. M. Bancou.  1991.  Principal component and correspondence analysis with respect to instrumental variables: an overview of their role in studies of structure-activity and species-environment relationships. Pages 85-114 in J. Devillers and W. Karcher, editors. Applied multivariate analysis in SAR and Environmental Studies. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht.
LeBrocque, A. F. 1998. Richness of species and growth-forms within sclerophyll and mesophyll vegetation in eastern Australia. Austral. J. Ecol. 23:168-76
Lehman, C. L., and D. Tilman. 2000. Biodiversity, stability, and productivity in competitive communities. Am. Nat. 156:534-52
Lehmkuhl, J. F. 1994. A classification of subtropical riverine grassland and forest in Chitwan National Park, Nepal. Vegetatio 111:29-43
Leigh, E. G. J.  1999.  Tropical Forest Ecology: a view from Barro Colorado Island. Oxford University Press, New York.
Leigh, E. G., Jr., S. J. Wright, E. A. Herre, and F. E. Putz. 1993. The decline of tree diversity on newly isolated tropical islands: a test of a null hypothesis and some implications. Evol. Ecol. 7:76-102
Leitner, W. A., and M. L. Rosenzweig. 1997. Nested species-area curves and stochastic sampling: a new theory. Oikos 79:503-12
Lenihan, H. S., and J. S. Oliver. 1995. Anthropogenic and natural disturbances to marine benthic communities in Antarctica. Ecol. Appl. 5:311-26
Lenssen, J., F. Menting, W. van der Putten, and K. Blom. 1999. Control of plant species richness and zonation of functional groups along a freshwater flooding gradient. Oikos 86:523-34
Lenzi-Grillini, C. R., P. Viskanic, and M. Mapesa. 1996. Effects of grazing exclusion in an area of Queen Elizabeth National Park, Uganda. Afr. J. Ecol. 34:333-41
Le¢n-Cort‚s, J. L., J. Sober¢n-Mainero, and J. Lorente-Bousquets. 1998. Assessing completeness of Mexican sphinx moth inventories through species accumulation functions. Diversity and Distributions 4:37-44
Leps, J.  1990.  Can underlying mechanisms be deduced from observed patterns? Pages 1-11 in F. Krahulec, A. D. Q. Agnew, S. Agnew and J. H. Willems, editors. Spatial processes in plant communities. Academia, Praha.
Leps, J. 1999. Nutrient status, disturbance and competition: an experimental test of relationships in a wet meadow. J. Veg. Sci. 10:219-30
Leps, J., and V. Hadincov . 1992. How reliable are our vegetation analyses? J. Veg. Sci. 3:119-24
Lertzman, K. P. 1992. Patterns of gap-phase replacement in a subalpine, old-growth forest. Ecology 73:657-69
Lertzman, K. P. 1995. Forest dynamics, differential mortality and variable recruitment probabilities. J. Veg. Sci. 6:191-204
Lesica, P. 1993. Using plant community diversity in reserve design for pothole prairie on the Blackfeet Indian Reservation, Montana, USA. Biol. Cons. 65:69-75
Leslie, J. K., and C. A. Timmins. 1991a. Distibution and abundance of young fish in the St. Clair River and associated waters, Ontario. Hydrobiol. 219:125-34
Leslie, J. K., and C. A. Timmins. 1991b. Distribution and abundance of young fish in Chenal Ecarte and Chematogen Channel in the St. Clair River delta, Ontario. Hydrobiol. 219:135-42
Levassor, C., M. Ortega, and B. Peco. 1990. Seed bank dynamics of Mediterranean pastures subjected to mechanical disturbance. J. Veg. Sci. 1:339-44
Levenson, J. B.  1981.  Woodlots as biogeographic islands in southeastern Wisconsin. Pages 13-39 in R. L. Burgess and D. M. Sharpe, editors. Ecological Studies, 41: Forest Island Dynamics in Man-Dominated Landscapes. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Levich, A. P.  1987.  What are the possible theoretical principles in the ecology of communities? Pages 121-127 in K. Kull and T. Tiivel, editors. Lectures in Theoretical Biology. Valgus, Tallinn, Estonia.
Levin, S. A. 1974. Dispersion and population interactions. Am. Nat. 108:207-28
Levin, S. A. 1992. The problem of pattern and scale in ecology. Ecology 73:1943-83
Levine, J. M. 2000. Species diversity and biological invasions: relating local process to community pattern. Science 283:852-4
Levine, J. M., and C. M. D'Antonio. 1999. Elton revisited: a review of evidence linking diversity and invasibility. Oikos 87:15-26
Levington, J. S. 1979. A theory of diversity equilibrium and morphological evolution. Science 204:335-6
Lewins, W. A., and D. N. Joanes. 1984. Bayesian estimation of the number of species. Biometrics 40:323-8
Lewis, C. E., B. F. Swindel, and G. W. Tanner. 1988. Species diversity and diversity profiles: concept, measurement, and application to timber and range management. J. Range Manage. 41:466-9
Lewis, J. P. 1991. Three levels of floristical variation in the forests of Chaco, Argentina. J. Veg. Sci. 2:125-30
Lewis, J. P., E. A. Franceschi, and S. L. Stofella. 1991. Effect of ant-hills on the floristic richness of plant communities of a large depression in the Great Chaco. Rev. Biol. Trop. 39:31-9
Li, L. N., C. Kato, and K. Horikoshi. 1999. Bacterial diversity in deep-sea sediments from different depths. Biodivers. Conserv. 8:659-77
Lichter, J. 1998. Primary succession and forest development on coastal Lake Michigan sand dunes. Ecol. Mon. 68:487-510
Lieberman, D., and L. Mingguang. 1992. Seedling recruitment patterns in a tropical dry forest in Ghana. J. Veg. Sci. 3:375-82
Lieberman, M., D. Lieberman, G. S. Hartshorn, and R. Peralta. 1985. Small-scale altitudinal variation in lowland wet tropical forest vegetation. J. Ecol. 73:505-16
Lieth, H. 1980. Untersuchungen �ber den Mineralstoff spiegel im De la Howe Forest, McCormick County, South Carolina. Ver"ff. Geobot. Inst. ETH. Stift. R�b. Z�r. 69:162-70
Liira, J., and K. Zobel. 2000. The species richness-biomass relationship in herbaceous plant communities: what difference does the incorporation of root biomass data make? Oikos 91:109-14
Lilleskov, E. A., T. J. Fahey, and G. M. Lovett. 2001. Ectomycorrhizal fungal aboveground community change over an atmospheric nitrogen deposition gradient. Ecol. Appl. 11:397-410
Linder, H. P. 1991. Environmental correlates of patterns of species richness in the south-western Cape Province of South Africa. J. Biogeogr. 18:509-18
Lindgren, P. M. F., and T. P. Sullivan. 2001. Influence of alternative vegetation management treatments on conifer plantation attributes: abundance, species diversity, and structural diversity. For. Ecol. Manage. 142:163-82
Litt, A. R., B. J. Herring, and L. Provencher. 2001. Herbicide effects on ground-layer vegetation in southern pinelands, USA: a review. Nat. Areas J. 21:177-88
Liu, J., and P. S. Ashton. 1999. Simulating effects of landscape context and timber harvest on tree species diversity. Ecol. Appl. 9:186-201
Liu, Q. H. 1995. A model for species diversity monitoring at community level and its applications. Environ. Mon. Assess. 34:271-87
Liu, Z.-J., and G. P. Malanson. 1992. Long-term cyclic dynamics of simulated riparian forest stands. For. Ecol. Manage. 48:217-31
Livingston, R. J. 1991. Historical relationships between research and management in the Apalachicola River estuary. Ecol. Appl. 1:361-82
Lloyd, K. M., A. A. M. McQueen, B. J. Lee, R. C. B. Wilson, S. Walker, and J. B. Wilson. 2000. Evidence on ecotone concepts from switch, environmental and anthropogenic ecotones. J. Veg. Sci. 11:903-10
Lobo, J. M. 1996. Diversity, biogeographical considerations and spatial structure of a recently invaded dung bettle [sic] (Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea) community in the Chihuahuan desert. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 5:342-52
Lobo, J. M., and M. E. Favila. 1999. Different ways of constructing octaves and their consequences on the prevalence of the bimodal species abundance distribution. Oikos 87:321-6
Locke, A. 1992. Factors influencing community structure along stress gradients: zooplankton responses to acidification. Ecology 73:903-9
Locke, A., and W. G. Sprules. 1994. Effects of lake acidification and recovery on the stability of zooplankton food webs. Ecology 75:498-506
Lockwood, J. A., T. A. Christiansen, and D. E. Legg. 1990. Arthropod prey-predator ratios in a sagebrush habitat: methodological and ecological implications. Ecology 71:996-1005
Lodge, D. M. 1993. Biological invasions: lessons for ecology. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 8:133-7
Loehle, C. 1990. Proper statistical treatment of species-area data. Oikos 57:143-5
Loehle, C. 2000. Strategy space and the disturbance spectrum: a life-history model for tree species coexistence. Am. Nat. 156:14-33
Loman, J., and T. Von Schantz. 1991. Birds in a farmland - more species in small than in large habitat island. Cons. Bio. 5:176-88
Lombard, A. T., A. O. Nicholls, and P. V. August. 1995. Where should nature reserves be located in South Africa? A snake's perspective. Cons. Bio. 9:363-72
Lombard, A. T., R. M. Cowling, R. L. Pressey, and P. J. Mustart. 1997. Reserve selection in a species-rich and fragmented landscape on the Agulhas Plain, South Africa. Cons. Bio. 11:1101-16
Lomolino, M. V. 1989. Interpretations and comparisons of constants in the species-area relationship: an additional caution. Am. Nat. 133:277-80
Lomolino, M. 1994. Species richness of mammals inhabiting nearshore archipelagoes: area, isolation, and immigration filters. J. Mamm. 75:39-49
Lomolino, M. V. 2000. A species-based theory of insular zoogeography. Global Ecology and Biogeography 9:39-58
Lomolino, M. V., and R. Davis. 1997. Biogeographic scale and biodiversity of mountain forest mammals of western North America. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 1997:6
Lomolino, M. V., and D. R. Peraurlt. 2000. Assembly and disassembly of mammal communities in a fragmented temperate rain forest. Ecology 81:1517-32
Long, A. J., M. J. Crosby, A. J. Stattersfield, and D. C. Wege. 1996. Towards a global map of biodiversity: Patterns in the distribution of restricted-range birds. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 5:281-304
Longino, J. T., and R. K. Colwell. 1997. Biodiversity assessment using structured inventory: capturing the ant fauna of a tropical rainforest. Ecol. Appl. 7:1263-77
Longuet-Higgins, M. S. 1971. On the Shannon-Weaver index of diversity, in relation to the distribution of species in bird censuses. Theor. Popul. Biol. 2:271-89
Lonsdale, W. M. 1999. Global patterns of plant invasions and the concept of invasibility. Ecology 80:1522-33
Lord, L. A., and T. D. Lee. 2001. Interactions of local and regional processes: species richness in tussock sedge communities. Ecology 82:313-8
Loreau, M. 1998. Separating sampling and other effects in biodiversity experiments. Oikos 82:600-2
Loreau, M. 2000. Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning: recent theoretical advances. Oikos 91:3-17
Loreau, M., and N. Mouquet. 1999. Immigration and the maintenance of local species diversity. Am. Nat. 154:427-40
Losos, J. B. 1996. Phylogenetic perspectives on community ecology. Ecology 77:1344-54
Love, S. D., and R. C. Bailey. 1992. Community development of epitlithic invertebrates in streams: independent and interactive effects of substratum properties. Can. J. Zool. 70:1976-83
Lovejoy, T. E., and D. C. Oren.  1981.  The minimum critical size of ecosystems. Pages 8-12 in R. L. Burgess and D. M. Sharpe, editors. Ecological Studies, 41: Forest Island Dynamics in Man-Dominated Landscapes. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Lovejoy, T. E., R. O. Bierregaard, J. M. Rankin, and H. O. R. Schubart.  1983.  Ecological principles of tropical lowland rain forest conservation. Pages 377-385 in S. L. Sutton, T. C. Whitmore and A. C. Chadwick, editors. Tropical Rain Forest: Ecology and Management. Blacwell Scientific, Oxford.
Lu, G., and G. Keller. 1995. Ecological stasis and saltation: species richness change in planktic foraminifera during the late Paleocene to early Eocene, DSDP Site 577. Palaeogeog. Palaeoclim. Palaeoecol. 117:211-27
Lubchenco, J. 1978. Plant species diversity in a marine intertidal community: importance of herbivore food preference and algal competitive abilities. Am. Nat. 112:23-39
Lucchese, F., and S. Pignatti. 1990. Cynaro-Cichorietum pumili, un exemple de diversit‚ floristique exceptionnelle dans les environs de Rome (Italie). Ecol. Mediterr. 41:279-90
Luckinbill, L. S. 1979. Regulation, stability, and diversity in a model experimental microcosm. Ecology 60:1098-102
Luczaj, L., and B. Sadowska. 1997. Edge effect in different groups of organisms: vascular plant, bryophyte and fungi species richness across a forest-grassland border. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 32:343-53
Ludwig, J. A., and J. F. Reynolds.  1988.  Statistical Ecology. Wiley-Interscience, New York.
Lugo, A. E. 1992. Comparison of tropical tree plantations with secondary forests of similar age. Ecol. Mon. 62:1-42
Lugo, A. E. 1995. Management of tropical biodiversity. Ecol. Appl. 5:956-61
Luken, J. O., and T. N. Bezold. 2000. Species richness and wetland status of different shoreline elements at Cave Run Lake, Kentucky. Castanea 65:126-38
Lunt, I. D. 1990. Species-area curves and growth-form spectra for some herb-rich woodlands in western Victoria, Australia. Austral. J. Ecol. 15:155-61
Lusk, C. H. 1995. Seed size, establishment sites and species coexistence in a Chilean rain forest. J. Veg. Sci. 6:249-56
Lutz, H. J. 1930. Effect of cattle grazing on vegetation of a virgin forest in nortwestern Pennsylvania. J. Agr. Res. 41:561-70
Lwanga, J. S., A. Balmford, and R. Badaza. 1998. Assessing fern diversity: relative species richness and its environmental correlates in Uganda. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:1378-98
Lyon, J., and C. L. Sagers. 1998. Structure of herbaceous plant assemblages in a forested riparian landscape. Plant Ecol. 138:1-16
Lyons, J. 1992. The length of stream to sample with a towed electrofishing unit when fish species richness is estimated. North Amer. J. Fish. Man. 12:198-203
Lyons, S. K., and M. R. Willig. 1997. Latitudinal patterns of range size: methodological concerns and empirical evaluations for new World bats and marsupials. Oikos 79:568-80
Lyons, S. K., and M. R. Willig. 1999. A hemispheric assessment of scale dependence in latitudinal gradients of species richness. Ecology 80:2483-91
van der Maarel, E., R. Boot, D. van Dorp, and J. Rijntjes. 1985. Vegetation succession on the dunes near Oostvoorne, The Netherlands; a comparison of the vegetation in 1959 and 1980. Vegetatio 58:137-87
MacArthur, R. 1964. Environmental factors affecting bird species diversity. Am. Nat. 98:387-97
MacArthur, R. H. 1965. Pattern of species diversity. Biol. Rev. 40:510-33
MacArthur, R. H.  1972.  Geographical Ecology. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
MacArthur, R. H., and R. Levins. 1967. The limiting similarity, convergence, and divergence of coexisting species. Am. Nat. 101:377-85
MacArthur, R., and J. MacArthur. 1961. On bird species diversity. Ecology 42:594-8
MacArthur, R., and E. O. Wilson. 1963. An equilibrium theory of insular zoogeography. Evol. 17:373-87
MacArthur, R. H., and E. O. Wilson.  1967.  The theory of Island Biogeography. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, USA.
MacArthur, R. H., H. E. Recher, and M. L. Cody. 1966. On the relation between habitat selection and species diversity. Am. Nat. 100:319-32
MacGarvin, M. 1982. Species-area relationships of insects on host plants: herbivores on Rosebay willowherb. J. Anim. Ecol. 51:207-23
MacKay, W. P., A. Rebeles, H. C. Arrendondo, A. D. Rodr¡gez, D. A. Gonz les, and S. B. Vinson. 1991. Impact of slashing and burning of a tropical rain forest on the native ant fauna (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Sociobiol. 18:257-68
Mackey, R. L., and D. J. Currie. 2000. A re-examination of the expected effects of disturbance on diversity. Oikos 88:483-93
MacNally, R. 1997. Monitoring forest bird communities for impact assessment: the influence of sampling intensity and spatial scale. Biol. Cons. 82:355-67
Macpherson, E., and C. M. Duarte. 1994. Patterns in species richness, size, and latitudinal range of East Atlantic fishes. Ecography 17:242-8
MacRoberts, M. H., and B. R. MacRoberts. 1992. Floristics of a sandstone glade in western Louisiana. Phytol. 72:130-8
Maddock, A., and A. Du Plessis. 1999. Can species data only be appropriately used to conserve biodiversity. Biodivers. Conserv. 8:603-15
Maddon, K. E., and B. J. Fox. 1997. Arthropods as indicators of the effects of fluoride pollution on the succession following sand mining. J. Appl. Ecol. 34:1239-56
Mader, H.-J. 1988. Effects of increased spatial heterogeneity on the biocenosis in rural landscapes. Ecol. Bull. 39:169-79
Mader, H.-J., C. Schell, and P. Kornacker. 1988. Feldwege - Lebensraum und Barriere. Sonderdr. Nat. Landsch. 63:251-6
Magnuson, J. J., W. M. Tonn, A. Banerjee, J. Toivonen, O. Sanchez, and M. Rask. 1998. Isolation vs. extinction in the assembly of fishes in small northern lakes. Ecology 79:2941-56
Magn£sson, B., and S. H. Magn£sson. 1990. Studies in the grazing of a drained lowland fen in Iceland I. The responses of the vegetation to livestock grazing. B£v¡sindi 4:87-108
Magurran, A. E.  1988.  Ecological Diversity and its Measurement. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ.
Mahoney, D. L., M. A. Mort, and B. E. Taylor. 1990. Species richness of calanoid copepods, cladocerans and other branchiopods in Carolina Bay temporary ponds. Am. Midl. Nat. 123:244-58
Majer, J. D., and G. Beeston. 1996. The biodiversity integrity index: an illustration using ants in western Australia. Cons. Bio. 10:65-73
Majer, J. D., and A. E. de Kock. 1992. Ant recolonization of sand mines near Richards Bay, South Africa: an evaluation of progress with rehabilitation. S. Afr. Tyds. Wetens. 88:31-6
Major, J.  1988.  Endemism: a botanical perspective. Pages 117-146 in A. A. Myers and P. S. Giller, editors. Analytical Biogeography. Chapman and Hall, New York.
Malanson, G. P. 1996. Effects of dispersal and mortality on diversity in a forest stand model. Ecol. Mod. 87:103-10
Malanson, G. P., and M. P. Armstrong. 1996. Dispersal probability and forest diversity in a fragmented landscape. Ecol. Mod. 87:91-102
Malmqvist, B., and �. Eriksson. 1995. Benthic insects in Swedish lake-outlet streams: patterns in species richness and assemblage structure. Freshwater Biology 34:285-96
Malmqvist, B., and M. M"ki. 1994. Benthic macroinvertebrate assemblages in north Swedish streams: environmental relationships. Ecography 17:9-16
Malo, J. E., and F. Su rez. 1995. Establishment of pasture species on cattle dung: the role of endozoochorous seeds. J. Veg. Sci. 6:169-74
Malyshev, L., P. L. Nimis, and G. Bolognini. 1994. Essays on the modelling of spatial floristic diversity in Europe: British Isles, West Germany, and East Europe. Flora 189:79-88
Mandrak, N. E. 1995. Biogeographic patterns of fish species richness in Ontario lakes in relation to historical and environmental factors. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 52:1462-74
Mann, L. K., P. D. Parr, L. R. Pounds, and R. L. Graham. 1996. Protection of biota on nonpark public lands: examples from the US Department of Energy Oak Ridge Reservation. Environ. Manage. 20:207-18
Manning, J. C., and H. P. Linder. 1992. Pollinators and evolution in Disperis (Orchidaceae), or why are there so many species? S. Afr. J. Sci. 88:38-49
Mara¤¢n, T., and L. V. Garc¡a. 1997. The relationship between diversity and productivity in plant communities: facts and artefacts. J. Ecol. 85:95-6
Marchant, R., A. Hirst, R. Norris, and L. Metzeling. 1999. Classification of macroinvertebrate communities across drainage basins in Victoria, Australia: Consequences of   sampling on a broad spatial scale for predictive modelling. Freshwater Biology 41:253-68
Marcogliese, D. J., and D. K. Cone. 1991. Importance of lake characteristics in structuring parasite communities of salmonids from insular Newfoundland. Can. J. Zool. 69:2962-7
Margules, C. R., A. O. Nicholls, and M. P. Austin. 1987a. Diversity of Eucalyptus species predicted by a multi-variable environmental gradient. Oecol. 71:229-32
Margules, C. R., A. O. Nichols, and M. P. Austin. 1987b. Diversity of Eucalyptus species predicted by a multi-variable environmental gradient. Oecol. 71:229-32
Margules, C. R., A. O. Nicholls, and R. L. Pressey. 1988. Selecting networks of reserves to maximize biological diversity. Biol. Cons. 43:63-76
Margules, C. R., A. O. Nicholls, and M. B. Usher. 1994. Apparent species turnover, probability of extinction and the selection of nature reserves: a case study of the Ingleborough limestone pavements. Cons. Bio. 8:398-409
Marion, J. L., and D. N. Cole. 1996. Spatial and temporal variation in soil and vegetation impacts on campsites. Ecol. Appl. 6:520-30
Marrs, R. H. 1993. Soil fertility and nature conservation in Europe: theoretical considerations and practical management solutions. Adv. Ecol. Res. 24:241-300
Marrs, R. H., J. B. Grace, and L. Gough. 1996. On the relationship between plant species diversity and biomass: a comment on a paper by Gough, Grace, and Taylor. Oikos 75:323-6
Martikainen, P., J. Siitonen, P. Punttila, L. Kaila, and J. Rauh. 2000. Species richness of coleoptera in mature managed and old-growth boreal forest in southern Finland. Biol. Cons. 94:199-209
Martin, J.-L., and J. Lepart. 1989. Impoverishment in the bird community of a Finnish archipelago: the role of island size, isolation and vegetation structure. J. Biogeogr. 16:159-72
Martin, J.-L., A. J. Gaston, and S. Hitier. 1995. The effect of island size and isolation on old growth forest habitat and bird diversity in Gwaii Haanas (Queen Charlotte Islands, Canada). Oikos 72:115-31
Martin, T. E. 1981. Species-area slopes and coefficients: a caution on their interpretation. Am. Nat. 118:823-37
Martinez, M. D., B. A. Hwkins, H. Ali Dawah, and B. P. Feifarek. 1999. Effects of sampling effort on characterization of food-web structure. Ecology 80:1044-55
Martinez, N. D. 1991. Artifacts or attributes? Effects of resolution on the Little Rock Lake food web. Ecol. Mon. 61:367-92
Martinez, N. D. 1993. Effect of scale on food web structure. Science 260:242-3
Martinez, N. D., and J. H. Lawton. 1995. Scale and food web structure - from local to global. Oikos 73:148-54
Mason, C. F. 1977. The performance of an index of diversity in describing the zoobenthos of two lakes. J. Appl. Ecol. 14:363-7
Masters, R. E.  1991.  Effects of fire and timber harvest on vegetation and cervid use on oak-pine sites in Oklahoma Ouachita Mountains. Pages 168-176 in S. C. Nodvin and T. A. Waldrop, editors. USDA For. Serv. Ben. Tech. Rep. SE-69: Fire and the environment: ecological and cultural perspectives. Southeast Forestry Experimental Station, Asheville, NC.
Masters, R. E., R. L. Lochmiller, S. T. McMurry, and G. A. Bukenhofer. 1998. Small mammal response to pine-grassland restoration of red-cockaded woodpeckers. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 26:148-58
Mathis, M. J., and B. A. Middleton. 1999. Simulated herbivory and vegetation dynamics in coal slurry ponds reclaimed as wetlands. Restor. Ecol. 7:392-8
Matlack, G. R. 1994. Plant species migration in a mixed-history forest landscape in eastern North America. Ecology 75:1491-502
Matthews, W. J., and H. W. Robison. 1998. Influence of drainage connectivity, drainage area and regional species richness on fishes of the Interior Highlands in Arkansas. Am. Midl. Nat. 139:1-19
Matthiae, P. E., and F. Stearns.  1981.  Mammals in forest islands in southeastern Wisconsin. Pages 55-66 in R. L. Burgess and D. M. Sharpe, editors. Ecological Studies, 41: Forest island dynamics in man-dominated landscapes. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Matus, G., and B. T¢thm‚r‚sz.  1990.  The effect of grazing on the structure of a sandy grassland. Pages 23-30 in F. Krahulec, A. D. Q. Agnew, S. Agnew and H. J. Willems, editors. Spatial processes in plant communities. Academia, Prague.
Matuszek, J. E., J. Goodier, and D. L. Wales. 1990. The occurrence of Cyprinidae and other small fish species in relation to pH in Ontario Lakes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 119:850-61
Maurer, B. A. 1985. Avian community dynamics in desert grasslands: observational scale and hierarchical structure. Ecol. Mon. 55:295-312
May, R. M.  1973.  Stability and complexity in model ecosystems. Princeton University Press, Princeton.
May, R. M.  1975.  Patterns of species abundance and diversity. Pages 81-120 in M. L. Cody and J. M. Diamond, editors. Ecology and Evolution of communities. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass.
May, R. M. 1986. The search for patterns in the balance of nature: advances and retreats. Ecology 67:1115-26
May, R. M. 1988. How many species are there on Earth? Science 241:1441-9
May, R. M. 1990a. How many species? Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. Ser. B. 330:293-304
May, R. M. 1990b. Taxonomy as destiny. Science 347:129-30
May, R. M. 1992. How many species inhabit the earth? Sci. Am. October:18-24
May, R. M. 1994a. Biological diversity: differences between land and sea. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. Ser. B. 343:105-11
May, R. M. 1994b. Ecological science and the management of protected areas. Biodivers. Conserv. 3:437-48
McAuliffe, J. R. 1994. Landscape evolution, soil formation, and ecological patterns and processes in Sonoran Desert bajadas. Ecol. Mon. 64:111-48
McCann, K. 1998. Density-dependent coexistence in fish communities. Ecology 79:2957-67
McCarthy, B. C., and D. R. Bailey. 1996. Composition, structure, and disturbance history of Crabtree Woods: an old-growth forest of western Maryland. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 123:350-65
McCauley, E., and F. Briand. 1979. Zooplankton grazing and phytoplankton species richness: field tests of the predation hypothesis. Limnol. Oceanogr. 24:243-52
McClain, W. E., and R. D. McClain. 1997. Flora of temporary sand ponds in Cass and Mason Counties, Illinois. Castanea 62:65-73
McClanagan, T. R., and R. W. Wolfe. 1993. Accelerating forest succession in a fragmented landscape: the role of birds and perches. Cons. Bio. 7:279-88
McCormac, J. S., and G. J. Schneider. 1994. Floristic diversity of a disturbed western Ohio fen. Rhodora 96:327-53
McCoy, ed, and H. R. Mushinksy. 1999. Habitat fragmentation and the abundances of vertebrates in the Florida Scrub. Ecology 80:2526-38
McCoy, E. D., and H. R. Mushinsky. 1994. Effects of fragmentation on the richness of vertebrates in the Florida scrub habitat. Ecology 75:446-57
McCune, B. 1997. Regional gradients in lichen communities of the southeast United States. Bryologist 100:145-58
McCune, B., and P. Lesica. 1992. The trade-off between species capture and quantitative accuracy in ecological inventory of lichens and bryophytes in forests in Montana. Bryologist 95:296-304
McDonald, A. W., J. P. Bakker, and K. Vegelin. 1996. Seed bank classification and its importance for the restoration of species-rich flood-meadows. J. Veg. Sci. 7:157-64
McDonald, D. J., R. M. Cowling, and C. Boucher. 1996. Vegetation-environment relationships on a species-rich coastal mountain range in the fynbos biome (South Africa). Vegetatio 123:165-82
McDonald, K. A., and J. H. Brown. 1992. Using montane mammals to model extinctions due to global change. Cons. Bio. 6:409-15
McElravy, E. P., and V. H. Resh. 1991. Distribution and seasonal occurrence of the hyporheic fauna in a northern California stream. Hydrobiol. 220:233-46
McGlone, M. S. 1996. When history matters: scale, time, climate and tree diversity. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 5:309-14
McGowan, J. A., and P. W. Walker.  1993.  Pelagic diversity patterns. Pages 203-214 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
McGrady-Steed, J., and P. J. Morin. 2000. Biodiversity, density compensation, and the dynamics of populations and functional groups. Ecology 81:361-73
McGrady-Steed, J., P. M. Harris, and P. J. Morin. 1997. Biodiversity regulates ecosystem predictability. Nature 390:162-5
McGuiness, K. A. 1984. Equations and explanations in the study of species-area curves. Biol. Rev. 59:423-40
McGuinness, K. A. 1984. Equations and explanations in the study of species-area curves. Biol. Rev. 59:423-40
McInnes, P. F., R. J. Naiman, J. Pastor, and Y. Cohen. 1992. Effects of moose browsing on vegetation and litter of the boreal forest, Isle Royale, Michigan, USA. Ecology 73:2059-75
McIntyre, S., and G. W. Barret. 1992. Habitat variegation, an alternative to fragmentation. Cons. Bio. 6:146-7
McIntyre, S., and R. Hobbs. 1999. A framework for conceptualizing human effects on landscapes and its relevance to management and research models. Cons. Bio. 13:1282-92
McIntyre, S., and S. Lavorel. 1994a. How environmental and disturbance factors influence species composition in temperate Australian grasslands. J. Veg. Sci. 5:373-84
McIntyre, S., and S. Lavorel. 1994b. Predicting richness of native, rare, and exotic plants in response to habitat and disturbance variables across a variegated landscape. Cons. Bio. 8:521-31
McIntyre, S., P. Y. Ladiges, and G. Adams. 1988. Plant species-richness and invasion by exotics in relation to disturbance of wetland communities on the Riverine Plain NSW. Austral. J. Ecol. 13:361-73
McIver, J. D., G. L. Parsons, and A. R. Moldenke. 1992. Litter spider succession after clear-cutting in a western coniferous forest. Can. J. For. Res. 22:984-92
McLaren, M. A., I. D. Thompson, and J. A. Baker. 1998. Selection of vertebrate wildlife indicators for monitoring sustainable forest management in Ontario. For. Chron. 74:241-8
McLaughlin, S. P. 1989. Natural floristic areas of the western United States. J. Biogeogr. 16:239-48
McMinn, J. W. 1992. Diversity of woody species 10 years after four harvesting treatments in the oak-pine type. Can. J. For. Res. 22:1179-83
McNaughton, S. J. 1977. Diversity and stability of ecological communities: a comment on the role of empiricism in ecology. Am. Nat. 111:515-25
McNaughton, S. J. 1983. Serengheti grassland ecology: the role of composite environmental factors and contingency in community organization. Ecol. Mon. 53:291-321
McNeill, J., and W. J. Cody. 1978. Species-area relationships for vascular plants of some St. Lawrence River islands. Can. Field. Nat. 92:10-8
McPeek, M. A. 1996. Linking local species interactions to rates of speciation in communities. Ecology 77:1355-66
McPeek, M. A., and J. M. Brown. 2000. Building a regional species pool: diversification of the Enallagma damselflies in eastern North America. Ecology 81:904-20
McQuaid, C. D., and K. M. Dower. 1990. Enhancement of habitat heterogeneity and species richness on rocky shores inundated by sand. Oecol. 84:142-4
Meave, J., M. Kellman, A. MacDougall, and J. Rosales. 1991. Riparian habitats as tropical forest refugia. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 1:69-76
Medail, F., and E. Vidal. 1998. Patterns of plant richness and composition on western Mediterranean islands (off the southeast coast of France). Can. J. Bot. 76:321-31
Medell¡n, R. A., and J. Sober¢n. 1999. Predictions of mammal diversity on four land masses. Cons. Bio. 13:143-9
Mehlman, D. W. 1992. Effects of fire on plant community composition of North Florida second growth pineland. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 119:376-83
Meier, A. J., S. P. Bratton, and D. C. Duffy. 1995. Possible ecological mechanisms for loss of vernal-herb diversity in logged eastern deciduous forests. Ecol. Appl. 5:935-46
Meinser, S. J., and S. T. A. Pickett. 1999. Changes in community and population responses across a forest-field gradient. Ecography 22:261-7
Mellink, E. 1991a. Bird communities associated with three traditional agroecosystems in the San Luis Potosi Plateau, Mexico. Agric. Ecosyst. Environ. 36:37-50
Mellink, E. 1991b. Rodent communities associated with three traditional agroecosystems in the San Luis Potosi Plateau, Mexico. Agric. Ecosyst. Environ. 33:363-75
Melman, P. G. M., H. J. Verkaar, and H. Heemsbergen.  1988.  Species diversity of road verge vegetation and mowing regime in The Netherlands. Pages 165-170 in H. J. During, M. J. A. Werger and H. J. Willems, editors. Diversity and pattern in plant communities. SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Nehterlands.
Menalled, F. D., and J. M. Adamoli. 1995. A quantitative phytogeographic analysis of species richness in forest communities of the Paran  River Delta, Argentina. Vegetatio 120:81-90
Menge, B. A. 1995. Indirect effects in marine rocky intertidal interaction webs: patterns and importance. Ecol. Mon. 65:21-74
Menghi, M., M. Cabido, A. Acosta, B. Peco, and F. D. Pineda. 1993. Changes in pasture communities subject to burning in the C¢rdoba Mountains, Argentina. Coenoses 8:1-10
Meserve, P. L., and D. A. Kelt. 1990. Correspondence - the role of aridity and isolation on central Chilean small mammals: a reply to Caviedes & Iriarte (1989). J. Biogeogr. 17:681-9
Meserve, P. L., D. A. Kelt, and D. R. Martinez. 1991. Geographical ecology of small mammals in continental Chile Chico, South America. J. Biogeogr. 18:179-87
M‚sz ros, I.  1990.  The analysis of pattern change in a Hungarian sandy grassland. Pages 59-69 in F. Krahulec, A. D. Q. Agnew, S. Agnew and H. J. Willems, editors. Spatial processes in plant communities. Academia, Prague.
Metzger, J. P. 2000. Tree functional group richness and landscape structure in a Brazilian tropical fragmented landscape. Ecol. Appl. 10:1147-61
Meyer, S. E., E. Garc¡a-Moya, and L. Lagunes-Espinoza. 1992. Topographic and soil surface effects on gypsophile plant community patterns in central Mexico. J. Veg. Sci. 3:429-38
Michelsen, A., N. Lisanework, I. Friis, and N. Holst. 1996. Comparisons of understorey vegetation and soil fertility in plantations and adjacent natural forests in the Ethiopian highlands. J. Appl. Ecol. 33:627-42
Middleton, B. A. 1995. Seed banks and species richness potential of coal slurry ponds reclaimed as wetlands. Restor. Ecol. 3:311-8
Mikola, J., and H. Set"l". 1998. Relating species diversity to ecosystem functioning: mechanistic backgrounds and experimental approach with a decomposer food web. Oikos 83:180-94
Milberg, P. 1992. Seed bank in a 35-year-old experiment with different treatments of a semi-natural grassland. Acta Oecol. 13:743-52
Milberg, P. 1993. Seed bank and seedlings emerging after soil disturbance in a wet semi-natural grassland in Sweden. Ann. Bot. Fen. 30:9-13
Milberg, P. 1995. Soil seed bank after eighteen years of succession from grassland to forest. Oikos 72:3-13
Milberg, P., and M. L. Hansson. 1994. Soil seed bank and species turnover in a limestone grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 5:35-42
Milchunas, D. G., W. K. Lauenroth, P. L. Chapman, and M. K. Kazempour. 1990. Community attributes along a perturbation gradient in a shortgrass steppe. J. Veg. Sci. 1:375-84
Milchunas, D. G., W. K. Lauenroth, and I. C. Burke. 1998. Livestock grazing: animal and plant biodiverstiy of shortgrass steppe and the relationship to ecosystem function. Oikos 83:65-74
Miller, B., G. Ceballos, and R. Reading. 1994. The prairie dog and biotic diversity. Cons. Bio. 8:677-81
Miller, R. F., T. J. Svejcar, and J. A. Rose. 2000. Impacts of western juniper on plant community composition. J. Range Manage. 53:574-85
Miller, R. I., and R. G. Wiegert. 1989. Documenting completeness, species-area relations, and the species-abundance distribution of a regional flora. Ecology 70:16-22
Miller, T. E. 1982. Community diversity and interactions between the size and frequency of disturbance. Am. Nat. 120:533-6
Mills, K. E., and J. D. Bever. 1998. Maintenance of diversity within plant communities: soil pathogens as agents of negative feedback. Ecology 79:1595-601
Mills, N. J. 1993. Species richness and structure in the parasitoid complexes of tortricoid hosts. J. Anim. Ecol. 62:45-58
Mills, N. J., and M. Kenis. 1991. A study of the parasitoid complex of the European fir budworm, Choristoneura murinana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), and its relevance for biological control of related hosts. Bull. Entomol. Res. 81:429-36
Milne, B. T. 1988. Measuring the fractal geometry of landscapes. Appl. Math. Comp. 27:67-79
Milne, B. T., and R. T. T. Forman. 1986. Peninsulas in Maine: woody plant diversity, distance, and environmental patterns. Ecology 67:967-74
Mingoti, S. A., and G. Meeden. 1992. Estimating the total number of distinct species using presence and absence data. Biometrics 48:863-75
Minns, C. K. 1989. Factors affecting fish species richness in Ontario Lakes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 118:533-45
Mistral, M., O. Buck, D. C. Meier-Behrmann, D. A. Burnett, T. E. Barnfield, A. J. Scott, B. J. Anderson, and J. B. Wilson. 2000. Direct measurement of spatial autocorrelation at the community level in four plant communities. J. Veg. Sci. 11:911-6
Mitchell, W. A. 2000. Limits to species richness in a continuum of habitat heterogeneity: an ESS approach. Evol. Ecol. Res. 2:293-316
Mitchley, J., G. P. Buckley, and D. R. Helliwell. 1996. Vegetation establishment on chalk marl spoil: the role of nurse grass species and fertiliser application. J. Veg. Sci. 7:543-8
Mithen, S. J., and J. H. Lawton. 1986. Food-web models that generate constant predator-prey ratios. Oecol. 69:542-50
Mitsch, W. J., X. Wu, R. W. Nairn, P. E. Weihe, N. Wang, R. Deal, and C. E. Boucher. 1999. Creating and restoring wetlands. BioSci. 48:1019-30
Moen, J., and S. L. Collins. 1996. Trophic interactions and plant species richness along a productivity gradient. Oikos 76:603-7
M"nkk"nen, M. 1994. Diversity patterns in palaearctic and nearctic forest bird assemblages. J. Biogeogr. 21:183-95
Moffat, A. S. 1996. Biodiversity is a boon to ecosystems, not species. Science 271:1497
Mohler, C. L., and M. Liebman. 1987. Weed productivity and composition in sole crops and intercrops of barley and field pea. J. of Appl. Ecology 24:685-99
Molander, S., and H. Blanck. 1992. Detection of pollution-induced community tolerance (PICT) in marine periphyton communities established under diuron exposure. Aquat. Toxicol. 22:129-44
Molander, S., B. Dahl, H. Blanck, J. Jonsson, and M. Sj"str"m. 1992. Combined effects of Tri-n-butyl tin (TBT) and diuron on marine periphyton communities detected as pollution-induced community tolerance. Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 22:419-27
Moldenke, A. R., and J. D. Lattin. 1990. Density and diversity of soil arthropods as "biological probes" of complex soil phenomena. Northwest Environmental Journal 6:409-10
Moloney, K. A., and S. A. Levin. 1996. The effects of disturbance architecture on landscape-level population dynamics. Ecology 77:375-94
Monk, C. D. 1967. Tree species diversity in the eastern deciduous forest with particular reference to north central Florida. Am. Nat. 101:173-87
Montalvo, J., M. A. Casado, C. Levassor, and F. D. Pineda. 1993. Species diversity patterns in Mediterranean grasslands. J. Veg. Sci. 4:213-22
Montana, C., and B. A. Valiente. 1998. Floristic and life-form diversity along an altitudinal gradient in an intertropical semiarid Mexican region. Southw. Nat. 43:25-39
Moody, A. 2000. Analysis of plant diversity with respect to island characteristics on the Channel Islands, California. J. Biogeogr. 27:711-23
Moody, A., and R. K. Meentemeyer. 2001. Environmental factors influencing spatial patterns of shrub diversity in chaparral, Santa Ynez Mountains, California. J. Veg. Sci. 12:41-52
Moore, D. R. J., and P. A. Keddy. 1989. The relationship between species richness and standing crop in wetlands: the importance of scale. Vegetatio 79:99-106
Moore, D. R., P. A. Keddy, C. L. Gaudet, and I. C. Wisheu. 1989. Conservation of wetlands: do infertile wetlands deserve a higher priority? Biol. Cons. 47:203-17
Moore, M. R., and J. L. Vankat. 1986. Responses of the herb layer to the gap dynamics of a mature beech maple forest. Am. Midl. Nat. 115:336-47
Moore, P. D. 1973. The influence of prehistoric cultures upon the initiation and spread of blanket bog in upland Wales. Nature 241:350-3
Moore, P. D. 1987. What makes a forest rich? Nature 329:292
Morgan, J. W. 1998a. Composition and seasonal flux of the soil seed bank of species-rich Themeda triandra grasslands in relation to burning history. J. Veg. Sci. 9:145-56
Morgan, J. W. 1998b. Patterns of invasion of an urban remnant of a species-rich grassland in southeastern Australia by non-native plant species. J. Veg. Sci. 9:181-90
Morgan, J. W. 1998c. Small-scale plant dynamics in temperate Themeda triandra grasslands of southeastern Australia. J. Veg. Sci. 9:347-60
Morley, R. J. 1981. Development and vegetation dynamics of a lowland ombrogenous peat swamp in Kalimanthan Tengah, Indonesia. J. Biogeogr. 8:383-404
Morozov, N. S. 1992. Breeding forest birds in the Valdai Uplands, north-west Russia: assemblage composition, interspecific associations and habitat amplitudes. Ann. Zool. Fennici. 29:7-27
Morrison, L. W. 1996. The ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) of Polynesia revisited: species numbers and the importance of sampling intensity. Ecography 19:73-84
Mortimer, S. R., J. A. Hollier, and V. K. Brown. 1998. Interactions between plant and insect diversity in the restoration of lowland calcareous grasslands in southern Britain. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:101-14
Morton, S. R.  1993.  Determinants of diversity in animal communities of arid Australia. Pages 159-169 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Mouillot, D., M.-C. Leprˆte, A. Ruiz, and D. Viale. 2000. The fractal model: a new model to describe the species accumulation process and relative abundance distribution (RAD). Oikos 90:333-42
Mountford, J. O., K. H. Lakhani, and F. W. Kirkham. 1993. Experimental assessment of the effects of nitrogen addition under hay-cutting and aftermath grazing on the vegetation of meadows on a Somerset peat moor. J. Appl. Ecol. 30:321-32
Mourelle, C., and E. Ezcurra. 1996. Species richness of argentine cacti: a test of biogeographic hypotheses. J. Veg. Sci. 7:667-80
Moyle, P. B., and T. Light. 1996. Fish invasions in California: do abiotic factors determine success? Ecology 77:1666-70
Muhle, H., and F. LeBlanc. 1975. Bryophyte and lichen succession on decaying logs. I. Analysis along an evaporational gradient in eastern Canada. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 39:1-33
Mulholland, P. J., A. D. Steinman, A. V. Palumbo, J. W. Elwood, and D. B. Kirschtel. 1991. Role of nutrient cycling and herbivory in regulating periphyton communities in laboratory streams. Ecology 72:966-82
Muller, R. N. 1982. Vegetation patterns in the mixed mesophytic forest of eastern Kentucky. Ecology 63:1901-7
Munyenyembe, F., J. Harris, J. Hone, and H. Nix. 1989. Determinants of bird populations in an urban area. Austral. J. Ecol. 14:549-57
Murdoch, A. J., and R. H. Ellis.  1992.  Longevity, viability and dormancy. Pages 193-229 in M. Fenner, editor. Seeds: The ecology of regeneration in plant communities. CAB International, Wallingford, United Kingdom.
Murdoch, W. W., F. C. Evans, and C. H. Peterson. 1972. Diversity and pattern in plants and insects. Ecology 53:819-29
Murphy, D. D., and S. B. Weiss.  1992.  Effects of climate change on biological diversity in western North America: species losses and mechanisms. Pages 355-368 in R. L. Peters and T. E. Lovejoy, editors. Global warming and biological diversity. Yale University Press, New Haven.
Murray, D. F. 1992. Vascular plant diversity in Alaskan Arctic Tundra. Northwest Environmental Journal 8:29-52
Myers, A. A., and P. S. Giller, editors.  1988.  Analytical Biogeography. Chapman and Hall, New York.
Myers, N. 1990. The biodiversity challenge: Expanded hot-spots analysis. The Environmentalist 10:243-56
Myklestad, �., and H. J. B. Birks. 1993. A numerical analysis of the distribution patterns of Salix L. species in Europe. J. Biogeogr. 20:1-32
Naeem, S. 1998. Species redundancy and ecosystem reliability. Cons. Bio. 12:39-45
Naeem, S., and S. Li. 1997. Biodiversity enhances ecosystem reliability. Nature 390:507-9
Naeem, S., and S. Li. 1998. Consumer species richness and autotrophic biomass. Ecology 79:2603-15
Naeem, S., L. J. Thompson, S. P. Lawler, J. H. Lawton, and R. M. Woodfin. 1994. Declining biodiversity can alter the performance of ecosystems. Nature 368:734-6
Naeem, S., K. H†kansson, J. H. Lawton, M. J. Crawley, and L. J. Thompson. 1996a. Biodiversity and plant productivity in a model assemblage of plant species. Oikos 76:259-64
Naeem, S., K. H†kenson, J. H. Lawton, M. J. Crawley, and L. J. Thompson. 1996b. Biodiversity and plant productivity in a model assemblage of plants. Oikos 76:259-64
Naeem, S., J. M. H. Knops, D. Tilman, K. M. Howe, T. Kennedy, and S. Gale. 2000. Plant diversity increases resistance to invasion in the absence of covarying extrinsic factors. Oikos 91:97-108
Nakashizuka, T. 1989. Role of uprooting in composition and dynamics of an old-growth forest in Japan. Ecology 70:1273-8
Nakashizuka, T., S. Iida, W. Suzuki, and T. Tanimoto. 1993. Seed dispersal and vegetation development on a debris avalanche on the Ontake Volcano, Central Japan. J. Veg. Sci. 4:537-42
Nantel, P., and P. Neumann. 1992. Ecology of ectomycorrhizal-basidiomycete communities on a local vegetation gradient. Ecology 73:99-117
Nash, M. S., W. G. Whitford, A. G. De Soyza, J. W. Van Zee, and K. M. Havstad. 1999. Livestock activity and Chihuahuan desert annual-plant communities: boundary analysis of disturbance gradients. Ecol. Appl. 9:813-23
Naveh, Z. 1994. From biodiversity to ecodiversity: a landscape-ecology approach to conservation and restoration. Restor. Ecol. 2:180-9
Neave, H. M., R. B. Cunningham, T. W. Norton, and H. A. Nix. 1997. Preliminary evaluation of sampling strategies to estimate the species richness of diurnal, terrestrial birds using Monte Carlo simulation. Ecol. Mod. 95:17-27
Nee, S., P. H. Harvey, and R. M. May. 1991. Lifting the veil on abundance patterns. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 243:161-3
Nee, S., A. í. Mooers, and P. H. Harvey. 1992. Tempo and mode of evolution revealed from molecular phylogenies. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 89:8322-6
Ne'eman, G., and I. Ido. 1996. Colonization in an abandoned East-Mediteranean vineyard. J. Veg. Sci. 7:465-72
Ne'eman, G., H. Lahav, and I. Izhaki. 1995. Recovery of vegetation in a natural east Mediterranean pine forest on Mount Carmel, Israel as affected by management strategies. For. Ecol. Manage. 75:17-26
Neill, W. E.  1994.  Spatial and temporal scaling and the organization of limnetic communities. Pages 189-231 in P. S. Giller, A. G. Hildrew and D. G. Rafaelli, editors. Aquatic ecology: scale, pattern and process. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Neilson, R. P., G. A. King, R. L. DeVelice, and J. M. Lenihan.  1992.  Regional and local vegetation patterns: the responses of vegetation diversity to subcontintental air masses. Pages 131-149 in A. J. Hansen and F. di Castri, editors. Landscape Boundaries. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Neitlich, P. N., and B. McCune. 1997. Hotspots of epiphytic lichen diversity in two young managed forests. Cons. Bio. 11:172-82
Nekola, J. C. 1999. Paleorefugia and Newrefugia: The influence of colonization history on community pattern and process. Ecology 80:2459-73
Nestel, D., F. Dickshen, and M. A. Altieri. 1993. Diversity patterns of soil macro-Coleoptera in Mexican shaded and unshaded coffee agroecosystems: an indication of habitat perturbation. Biodivers. Conserv. 2:70-8
Netherland, E. L., Jr.  1966.  The effect of disturbances on species diversity values in tall grass prairie sites. DE Thesis. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater.
Newman, C. M., and J. E. Cohen. 1986. A stochastic theory of community food webs IV. Theory of food chain lengths in large webs. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 228:355-77
Newman, E. I. 1973. Competition and diversity in herbaceous vegetation. Nature 244:310
Newman, E. I.  1991.  The role of root-inhabiting fungi in mixed-species plant communities. Pages 437-451 in D. Atkinson, editor. Special Publication of the British Ecological Society, 10: Plant Root Growth: An Ecological Perspective. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Newman, E. I., and P. Reddell. 1988. Relationship between mycorrhizal infection and diversity in vegetation: evidence from the Great Smoky Mountains. Funct. Ecol. 2:259-62
Newmark, W. D. 1996. Insularization of Tanzanian Parks and the local extinction of large mammals. Cons. Bio. 10:1549-56
Ney-Nifle, M., and M. Mangel. 1999. Species-area curves based on geographic range and occupancy. J. Theor. Biol. 196:327-42
Ney-Nifle, M., and M. Mangel. 2000. Habitat loss and the species-area relationship. Cons. Bio. 14:893-8
Ng, F. S. P.  1983.  Ecological principles of tropical lowland rain forest conservation. Pages 359-375 in S. L. Sutton, T. C. Whitmore and A. C. Chadwick, editors. Tropical Rain Forest: Ecology and Management. Blacwell Scientific, Oxford.
Nicholls, A. O. 1989. How to make biological surveys go further with generalized linear models. Biol. Cons. 50:51-75
Nichols, J. D., T. Boulinier, J. E. Hines, K. H. Pollock, and J. R. Sauer. 1998a. Estimating rates of local species extinction, colonization, and turnover in animal communities. Ecol. Appl. 8:1213-25
Nichols, J. D., T. Boulinier, J. E. Hines, K. H. Pollock, and J. R. Sauer. 1998b. Inference methods for spatial variation in species richness and community composition when not all species are detected. Cons. Bio. 12:1390-8
Nichols, W. F., K. T. Killingbeck, and P. V. August. 1998. The influence of geomorphological heterogeneity on biodiversity II. A landscape perspective. Cons. Bio. 12:371-9
Nicklas, K. J., and B. H. Tiffney. 1994. The quantification of plant biodiversity through time. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London Series B - Biological Sciences 345:35-44
Niederlehner, B. R., K. W. Pontasch, J. R. Pratt, and J. J. Cairns. 1990. Field evaluation of predictions of environmental effects from a multispecies-microcosm toxicity test. Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 19:62-71
Niemal", J., Y. Haila, and P. Punttila. 1996. The importance of small-scale heterogeneity in boreal forests: variation in diversity in forest-floor invertebrates across the succession gradient. Ecography 19:352-68
Niemel", J., D. Langor, and J. R. Spence. 1993. Effects of clear-cut harvesting on boreal ground-beetle assemblages (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in western Canada. Cons. Bio. 7:551-61
Niemel", J., H. Tukia, and E. Halme. 1994. Patterns of carabid diverstiy in Finnish mature taiga. Ann. Zool. Fennici. 31:123-9
Nijs, I., and I. Impens. 2000a. Biological diversity and probability of local extinction of ecosystems. Funct. Ecol. 14:46-54
Nijs, I., and I. Impens. 2000b. Underlying effects of resource use efficiency in diversity-productivity relationships. Oikos 91:204-8
Nilsson, A. N., J. Elmberg, and K. Sj"berg. 1994. Abundance and species richness patterns of predaceous diving beetles (Coleoptera, Dytiscidae) in Swedish lakes. J. Biogeogr. 21:197-206
Nilsson, C., and R. Jansson. 1995. Floristic differences between riparian corridors of regulated and free-flowing boreal rivers. Reg. Riv. Res. Manage. 11:55-66
Nilsson, C., and P. A. Keddy. 1988. Predictability of change in shoreline vegetation in a hydroelectric reservoir, Northern Sweden. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 45:1896-904
Nilsson, C., and S. D. Wilson. 1991. Convergence in plant community structure along disparate gradients: are lakeshores inverted mountainsides? Am. Nat. 137:774-90
Nilsson, C., G. Grelsson, M. Johansson, and U. Sperens. 1988. Can rarity and diversity be predicted in vegetation along river banks? Biol. Cons. 44:201-12
Nilsson, C., A. Ekblad, M. Gardfjell, and B. Carlberg. 1991a. Long-term effects of river regulation on river margin vegetation. J. Anim. Ecol. 28:963-87
Nilsson, C., G. Grelsson, M. Dynesius, M. E. Johansson, and U. Sperens. 1991b. Small rivers behave like large rivers: effects of postglacial history on plant species richness along riverbanks. J. Biogeogr. 18:533-41
Nilsson, C., A. Ekblad, M. Dynesius, S. Backe, M. Gardfjell, B. Carlberg, S. Hellqvist, and R. Jansson. 1994. A comparison of species richness and traits of riparian plants between a main river channel and its tributaries. J. Ecol. 82:281-95
Nilsson, C., R. Jansson, and U. Zinko. 1997. Long-term responses of river-margin vegetation to water-level regulation. Science 276:798-800
Nilsson, C., S. Xiong, M. E. Johansson, and L. B.-M. Vought. 1999. Effects of leaf-litter accumulation on riparian plant diversity across Europe. Ecology 80:1770-5
Nilsson, S. G., and I. N. Nilsson. 1978. Species richness and dispersal of vascular plants to islands in Lake Mockeln, southern Sweden. Ecology 59:473-80
Nilsson, S. G., J. Bengtsson, and S. �s. 1988. Habitat diversity or area per se?  Species richness of woody plants, carabid beetles, and land snails on islands. J. Anim. Ecol. 57:685-704
Nilsson, S. G., U. Arup, R. Baranowski, and S. Ekman. 1995. Tree-dependent lichens and beetles as indicators in conservation forests. Cons. Bio. 9:1208-15
Nolte, K. R., and T. E. Fulbright. 1997. Plant, small mammal, and avian diveristy following control of honey mesquite. J. Range Manage. 50:205-12
Nores, M. 1999. An alternative hypothesis for the origin of Amazonian bird diversity. J. Biogeogr. 26:475-85
Norgberg, J. 2000. Resource-niche complementarity and autotrophic compensation determines ecosystem-level responses to increased cladoceran species richness. Oecol. 122:264-72
Norton, D. A.  1991.  Scientific basis for the conservation management of New Zealand plant communities. Pages 349-381 in I. F. Spellerberg, F. B. Goldsmith and M. G. Morris, editors. The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Norton, S. F. 1991. Habitat use and community structure in an assemblage of cottid fishes. Ecology 72:2181-92
Noss, R. F. 1991a. Effects of edge and internal patchiness on avian habitat use in an old-growth Florida hammock. Nat. Areas J. 11:34-47
Noss, R. F.  1991b.  Landscape Connectivity: Different Functions at Different Scales. Pages 27-39 in W. E. Hudson, editor. Landscape Linkages and Biodiversity. Island Press, Washington,DC.
Noss, R. F., and L. D. Harris. 1986. Nodes, Networks, and MUMs: preserving diversity at all scales. Environ. Manage. 10:299-309
Novotny, V. 1990. Are the parameters of leafhopper (Auchenorrhyncha) and plant communities confluent?  A case study on grass and sedge vegetation. Acta Entom. Bohem. 87:459-69
Novotny, V. 1991a. Effect of habitat persistence on the relationship between geographic distribution and local abundance. Oikos 61:431-3
Novotny, V. 1991b. Responses of Auchenorrhyncha communities to selected characteristics of littoral and meadow vegetation. Ekol. (CSFR) 10:271-82
Novotny, V. 1993. What can be inferred from species diversity indices? Coenoses 8:25-6
Novotny, V., and Y. Basset. 2000. Rare species in communities of tropical insect herbivores: pondering the mystery of singletons. Oikos 89:564-72
Novotny, V., L. Klimes, and J. Klimesov . 1991. Plant and auchenorrhyncha communities of a drained pond. Act. Univ. Palack. Olom. Fac. Rer. Nat. 104:59-69
Nowacki, G. J., and M. D. Abrams. 1994. Forest composition, structure, and disturbance history of the Alan Seeger Natural Area, Huntington County, Pennsylvania. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 121:277-91
Nowak, J. B., J. E. Lawesson, H. Adersen, and T. de Vries. 1990. A two-year study of post-fire vegetation dynamics on southern Isabela, Galapagos Islands, Ecuador. Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 32:123-36
Noy-Meir, I. 1995. Interactive effects of fire and grazing on structure and diversity of Mediterranean grasslands. J. Veg. Sci. 6:701-10
Nudds, T. D., K. Sj"berg, and P. Lundberg. 1994. Ecomorphological relationships among palearctic dabbling ducks on Baltic coastal wetlands and a comparison with the Nearctic. Oikos 69:295-303
Numelin, M. 1998. Log-normal distribution of species abundances is not a universal indicator of rain forest disturbance. J. Appl. Ecol. 35:454-7
Nu¤ez, C. I., M. A. Aizen, and C. Ezcurra. 1999. Species assocations and nurse plant effects in patches of high-Andean vegetation. J. Veg. Sci. 10:357-64
Nygaard, P. H., and t ídegaard. 1999. Sixty years of vegetation dynamics in a south boreal coniferous forest in southern Norway. J. Veg. Sci. 10:5-16
Níhr, H., and A. F. Jírgensen. 1997. Mapping of biological diversity in Sahel by means of satellite image analyses and ornithological surveys. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:545-66
Oba, G., N. C. Stenseth, and W. J. Lusigi. 2000. New perspectives on sustainable grazing management in arid zones of Sub-Saharan Africa. BioSci. 50:35-51
Oberdorff, T., E. Guilbert, and J.-C. Lucchetta. 1993. Patterns of fish species richness in the Seine River basin, France. Hydrobiol. 259:157-67
Obeso, J. R. 1992. Geographic distribution and community structure of bumblebees in the northern Iberian peninsula. Oecol. 89:244-52
Obeso, J. R., and C. Aedo. 1992. Plant-species richness and extinction on isolated dunes along the rocky coast of northwestern Spain. J. Veg. Sci. 3:129-32
O'Brien, E. M. 1993. Climatic gradients in woody plant species richness: towards an explanation based on an analysis of southern Africa's woody flora. J. Biogeogr. 20:181-98
O'Brien, E. M. 1998. Water-energy dynamics, climate, and prediction of woody plant species richness: an interim general model. J. Biogeogr. 25:379-98
OBrien, E. M., and C. R. Peters. 1998. Wild fruit trees and shrubs of southern Africa: geographic distribution of species richness. Econ. Bot. 52:267-78
O'Brien, E. M., R. J. Whittaker, and R. Field. 1998. Climate and woody plant diversity in southern Africa: relationships at species, genus and family levels. Ecography 21:495-509
O'Brien, E. M., R. Field, and R. J. Whittaker. 2000. Climatic gradients in woody plant (tree and shrub) diversity: water-energy dynamics, residual variation, and topography. Oikos 89:588-600
O'Connor, N. A. 1991. The effects of habitat complexity on the macroinvertebrates colonising wood substrates in a lowland stream. Oecol. 85:504-12
Odland, A., and H. J. B. Birks. 1999. The altitudinal gradient of vascular plant richness in Aurland, western Norway. Oikos 22:548-66
Odum, E. P. 1969. The Strategy of Ecosystem Development. Science 164:262-70
Ogden, J. C., and P. S. Lobel. 1978. The role of herbivorous fishes and urchins in coral reef communities. Envir. Biol. Fish. 3:49-63
Ohgaki, S. 1989. Long-term change in the coastal biota of Hatakejima Island. Japanese J. Ecol. 39:27-36
Ohgaki, S., and H. Tanase. 1987. Composition of the fixed sea urchin colony on Hatakejima Island, 1983-1987, with review of the past 25-years data. Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 32:335-7
Ojeda, F., J. Arroyo, and T. Mara¤¢n. 1995. Biodiversity components and conservation of Mediterranean heathlands in southern Spain. Biol. Cons. 72:61-72
Ojeda, F., T. Mara¤¢n, and J. Arroyo. 1996. Patterns of ecological, chorological and taxonomic diversity at both sides of the Strait of Gibraltar. J. Veg. Sci. 7:63-72
Ojeda, F., T. Mara¤on, and J. Arroyo. 2000. Plant diversity patterns in the Aljibe Mountains (S. Spain): a comprehensive account. Biodivers. Conserv. 9:1323-43
Oklahoma Biodiversity Task Force.  1996.  Oklahoma's Biodiversity Plan: A Shared Vision for Conserving Our Natural Heritage. Oklahoma Department of Wildlife Conservation, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.
Oksanen, J. 1995. Is the humped relationship between species richness and biomass an artifact due to plot size? J. Ecol. 84:293-5
Oksanen, J. 1996. Is the humped relationship between species richness an artefact due to plot size? J. Ecol. 84:293-5
Oksanen, J. 1997a. The no-interaction model does not mean that interactions should not be tested. J. Ecol. 85:101-2
Oksanen, J. 1997b. Plant neighbour diversity. J. Veg. Sci. 8:255-8
¢lafsson, E. 1992. Small-scale spatial distribution of marine meiobenthos: the effects of decaying macrofauna. Oecol. 90:37-42
Olff, H., and J. P. Bakker. 1991. Long-term dynamics of standing crop and species composition after the cessation of fertilizer application to mown grassland. J. Appl. Ecol. 28:1040-52
Oliveira, A. A. D., and S. A. Mori. 1999. A central Amazonian terra firme forest. I. High tree species richness on poor soils. Biodivers. Conserv. 8:1219-44
Oliver, I., and A. J. Beatie. 1996. Invertebrate morphospecies as surrogates for species: a case study. Cons. Bio. 10:99-109
Oliver, I., and A. J. Beattie. 1993. A possible method for the rapid assessment of biodiversity. Cons. Bio. 7:562-8
Oliver, I., and A. J. Beattie. 1996. Designing a cost-effective invertebrate survey: a test of methods for rapid assessment of biodiversity. Ecol. Appl. 6:594-607
Oliver, I., A. J. Beattie, and A. York. 1998. Spatial fidelity of plant, vertebrate, and invertebrate assemblages in multiple-use forest in eastern Australia. Cons. Bio. 12:822-35
Olszak, R. W., J. Luczak, E. Niemczyk, and R. Z. Zajac. 1992a. The spider community associated with apple trees under different pressure of pesticides. Ekologia Polska 40:265-86
Olszak, R. W., J. Luczak, and R. Z. Zajac. 1992b. Species composition and numbers of spider communities occurring on different species of shrubs. Ekologia Polska 40:297-313
Omacini, M., E. J. Chaneton, R. J. C. Le¢n, and W. B. Batista. 1995. Old-field successional dynamics on the Inland Pampa, Argentina. J. Veg. Sci. 6:309-16
Onipchencko, V. G., and G. V. Semenova. 1995. Comparative analysis of the floristic richness of alpine communities in the Caucasus and the Central Alps. J. Veg. Sci. 6:299-304

Onipchenko, V. G., and G. A. Pokarzhevskaya. 1994. 'Mass-effect' in alpine communities of the northwestern Caucasus. Ver"ff. Geobot. Inst. ETH. Stift. R�b. Z�r. 115:61-8
Oomes, M. J. M. 1990. Changes in dry matter and nutrient yields during the restoration of species-rich grasslands. J. Veg. Sci. 1:333-8
Oomes, M. J. M. 1992. Yield and species density of grasslands during restoration management. J. Veg. Sci. 3:271-4
Oosting, H. J.  1956.  The study of plant communities, 2nd Edition. W.H. Freeman, San Francisco.
Ortega, M., C. Levassor, and B. Peco. 1997. Seasonal dynamics of Mediterranean pasture seed banks along environmental gradients. J. Biogeogr. 24:177-95
Osborne, L. L., and M. J. Wiley. 1992. Influence of tributary spatial position on the structure of warmwater fish communities. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49:671-81
Osman, R. W., and R. B. Whitlatch. 1978. Patterns of species diversity: fact or artifact? Paleobiology 4:41-54
Ouborg, N. J. 1993. Isolation, population size and extinction: the classical and metapopulation approaches applied to vascular plants along the Dutch Rhine-system. Oikos 66:298-308
Owen, J. G. 1988. On productivity as a predictor of rodent and carnivore diversity. Ecology 69:1161-5
Pacala, S. W., and M. J. Crawley. 1992. Herbivores and plant diversity. Am. Nat. 140:243-60
Pacala, S. W., and M. Rees. 1998. Models suggesting field experiments to test two hypotheses explaining successional diversity. Am. Nat. 152:729-37
Pacheco, L. F., J. A. Simonetti, and M. Moraes. 1994. Conservation of Bolivian flora: representation of phytogeographic zones in the national system of protected areas. Biodivers. Conserv. 3:751-6
P"rt, T., and B. S"derstr"m. 1999. Conservation value of semi-natural pastures in Sweden: contrasting botanical and avian measures. Cons. Bio. 13:755-65
P"rtel, M.  1997.  Species diversity and community dynamics in calcareous grassland communities in western Estonia. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Tartu, Estonia.
P"rtel, M., and M. Zobel. 1995. Small-scale dynamics and species richness in successional alvar plant communities. Ecography 18:83-90
P"rtel, M., and M. Zobel. 1999. Small-scale plant species richness in calcareous grasslands determined by the species pool, community age and shoot density. Ecography 22:153-9
P"rtel, M., M. Zobel, K. Zobel, and E. van der Maarel. 1996. The species pool and its relation to species richness: evidence from Estonian plant communities. Oikos 75:111-7
P"rtel, M., M. Zobel, J. Liira, and K. Zobel. 2000. Species richness limitations in productive and oligotrophic plant communities. Oikos 90:191-3
Pagel, M. D., P. H. Harvey, and H. C. J. Godfray. 1991a. Species-abundance, biomass, and resource-use distributions. Am. Nat. 138:836-50
Pagel, M. D., R. M. May, and A. R. Collie. 1991b. Ecological aspects of the geographical distribution and diversity of mammalian species. Am. Nat. 137:791-815
Paine, R. T. 1966. Food web complexity and species diversity. Am. Nat. 100:65-75
Paine, R. T., and S. A. Levin. 1981. Intertidal landscapes: disturbance and the dynamics of pattern. Ecol. Mon. 51:145-78
Palmer, A. R. 1991. Vegetation/environment relationships in the central area of the Cape Midlands, South Africa. Coenoses 6:29-38
Palmer, M. A., R. F. Ambrose, and N. L. Poff. 1997. Ecological theory and community restoration ecology. Restor. Ecol. 5:291-300
Palmer, M. W. 1987. Variability in species richness within Minnesota oldfields: a use of the variance test. Vegetatio 70:61-4
Palmer, M. W.  1988.  Spatial scale and pattern in hardwood forests of the North Carolina Piedmont. PhD, Department of Botany, Duke University, North Carolina USA.
Palmer, M. W. 1990a. The estimation of species richness by extrapolation. Ecology 71:1195-8
Palmer, M. W. 1990b. Spatial scale and patterns of vegetation, flora and species richness in hardwood forests of the North Carolina piedmont. Coenoses 5:89-96
Palmer, M. W. 1991a. Estimating species richness: the second-order jackknife reconsidered. Ecology 72:1512-3
Palmer, M. W. 1991b. Patterns of species richness among North Carolina hardwood forests: tests of two hypotheses. J. Veg. Sci. 2:361-6
Palmer, M. W. 1992. The coexistence of species in fractal landscapes. Am. Nat. 139:375-97
Palmer, M. W. 1994a. Variation in species richness: towards a unification of hypotheses. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 29:511-30
Palmer, M. W.  1994b.  Variation in species richness: towards a unification of hypotheses. Pages 85-104 in M. Zobel, M. W. Palmer, K. Kull and T. Herben, editors. Special features in vegetation science, 5: Vegetation structure and species coexistence. Opulus Press, Uppsala, Sweden.
Palmer, M. W. 1995. How should one count species? Nat. Areas J. 15:124-35
Palmer, M. W. 2001. Extending the quasi-neutral concept. Folia Geobot. 36:25-33
Palmer, M. W., and K. A. Chandler-Ezell. 2001. Effects of initial plant species richness in microcosms: preliminary results. Comm. Ecol. 2:41-50
Palmer, M. W., and P. M. Dixon. 1990. Small scale environmental variability and the analysis of species distributions along gradients. J. Veg. Sci. 1:57-65
Palmer, M. W., and M. Hussain. 1997. The unimodal species richness-biomass relationship in plant communities emerging from soil seed banks. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 77:17-26
Palmer, M. W., and L. A. Maguire. 1990. The measurement of biodiversity. A.S.B. Bull. ASB(Biodiversity Workshop):19
Palmer, M. W., and T. A. Maurer. 1997. Does diversity beget diversity? A case study of crops and weeds. J. Veg. Sci. 8:235-40
Palmer, M. W., and E. van der Maarel. 1995. Variance in species richness, species association, and niche limitation. Oikos 73:203-13
Palmer, M. W., and P. S. White. 1994. Scale dependence and the species-area relationship. Am. Nat. 144:717-40
Palmer, M. W., D. A. Clark, and D. B. Clark. 2000a. Is the number of tree species in small tropical forest plots nonrandom? Comm. Ecol. 1:95-101
Palmer, M. W., T. Wohlgemuth, P. Earls, J. R. Ar‚valo, and S. D. Thompson.  2000b.  Opportunities for Long-Term Ecological Research at the Tallgrass Prairie Preserve, Oklahoma. Pages 123-128 in K. Lajtha and K. Vanderbilt, editors. Cooperation in Long Term Ecological Research in Central and Eastern Europe: Proceedings of the ILTER Regional Workshop, 22-25 June, 1999, Budapest, Hungary. Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR.
Palom"ki, R., and L. Paasivirta. 1993. Species richness of macrozoobenthos, especially chironomid communities, in the littoral zone of some Finnish lakes. Ann. Zool. Fennici. 30:209-14
Panzer, R., and M. Schwartz. 2000. Effects of management burning on prairie insect species richness within a system of small, highly fragmented reserves. Biol. Cons. 96:363-9
Parrotta, J. A. 1995. Influence of overstory composition on understory colonization by native species in plantations on a degraded tropical site. J. Veg. Sci. 6:627-36
Parrotta, J. A., and O. H. Knowles. 1999. Restoration of tropical moist forests on Bauxite-mined lands in the Brazilian Amazon. Restor. Ecol. 7:103-16
Part, T., and B. S"derstr"m. 1999. The effects of management regimes and location in landscape on the conservation of farmland birds breeding in semi-natural pastures. Biol. Cons. 90:113-23
Partch, M. L. 1962. Species distribution in a prairie in relation to water-holding capacity. Proc. Minn. Acad. Sci. 30:38-43
Parthasarathy, N., and R. Karthikeyan. 1997. Plant biodiversity inventory and conservation of two tropical dry evergreen forests on the Coiromandel coast, south India. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:1063-83
Pastor, J., A. Downing, and H. E. Erickson. 1996. Species-area curves and diversity-productivity relationships in beaver meadows of Voyageurs Naitonal Park, Minnesota, USA. Oikos 77:399-406
Patel, A., and D. J. Rapport. 2000. Assessing impacts of deer browsing, prescribed burns, visitor use, and trails on an oak-pine forest: Pinery Provincial Park, Ontario, Canada. Nat. Areas J. 20:250-60
Patrick, R. 1967. The effect of invasion rate, species pool and size of area on the structure of the diatom community. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 58:1335-42
Patrick, R.  1975.  Stream Communities. Pages 445-459 in M. L. Cody and J. L. Diamond, editors. Ecology and Evolution of Communities. Belknap Press, Cambridge, Mass.
Patrick, R., editor.  1983.  Benchmark Papers in Ecology, 13: Diversity. Hutchinson Ross, Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania.
Patterson, B. D. 1990. On the temporal development of nested subset patterns of species composition. Oikos 59:330-42
Pausas, J. G. 1994. Species richness patterns in the understorey of Pyrenean Pinus sylvestris forest. J. Veg. Sci. 5:517-24
Pausas, J. G., and J. Carreras. 1995. The effect of bedrock type, temperature and moisture on species richness of Pyrenean Scots pine (Pinus sylvestris L.) forests. Vegetatio 116:85-92
Peake, A. J., and G. P. Quinn. 1993. Temporal variation in species-area curves for invertebrates in clumps of an intertidal mussel. Ecography 16:269-77
Pearman, P. B. 1995. An agenda for conservation research and its application, with a case-study from Amazonian Ecuador. Environ. Conserv. 22:39-43
Pearman, P. B. 1997. Correlates of amphibian diversity in an altered landscape of Amazonian Ecuador. Cons. Bio. 11:1211-25
Pearson, D. L., and S. S. Carroll. 1998. Global patterns of species richness: spatial models for conservation planning using bioindicator and precipitation data. Cons. Bio. 12:809-21
Pearson, D. L., and F. Cassola. 1992. World-wide species richness patterns of tiger beetles (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae): Indicator taxon for biodiversity and conservation studies. Cons. Bio. 6:376-91
Pearson, D. L., and S. A. Juliano.  1993.  Evidence for the influence of historical processes in co-occurrence and diversity of tiger beetle species. Pages 194-202 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Peco, B., and T. Esigares. 1994. Floristic fluctuations in annual pastures: the role of competition at the regeneration stage. J. Veg. Sci. 5:457-62
Peco, B., T. Espigares, and C. Levassor. 1998. Trends and fluctuations in species abundance and richness in Mediterranean annual pastures. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:21-8
Peet, N. B., A. R. Watkinson, D. J. Bell, and B. J. Kattel. 1999. Plant diversity in the threatened sub-tropical grasslands of Nepal. Biol. Cons. 88:193-209
Peet, R. K. 1974. The measurement of species diversity. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 5:285-307
Peet, R. K. 1978. Forest vegetation of the Colorado Front Range: Patterns of species diversity. Vegetatio 37:65-78
Peet, R. K., and N. L. Christensen. 1980. Hardwood forest vegetation of the North Carolina Piedmont. Ver"ff. Geobot. Inst. ETH. Stift. R�b. Z�r. 69:14-39
Peet, R. K., and N. L. Christensen.  1988.  Changes in species diversity during secondary forest succession on the North Carolina Piedmont. Pages 233-245 in During, H.J., Werger, M.J.A., and J.H. Willems, editors., Diversity and Pattern in Plant Communities. Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Pellew, R. A.  1991.  Data management for conservation. Pages 505-522 in I. F. Spellerberg, F. B. Goldsmith and M. G. Morris, editors. The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Peloquin, R. L., and R. D. Hiebert. 1999. The effects of black locust (Robinia pseudoacacia L.) on species diversity and composition of black oak savanna/woodland communities. Nat. Areas J. 19:121-31
Peltonen, M., K. Heli"vaara, R. V"is"nen, and J. Keronen. 1998. Bark beetle diversity at different spatial scales. Ecography 21:510-7
Penev, L. D. 1992. Qualitative and quantitative spatial variation in soil wire-worm assemblages in relation to climatic and habitat factors. Oikos 63:180-92
Penfold, G. C., and D. Lamb. 1999. Species co-existence in an Australian subtropical rain forest: evidence for compensatory mortality. J. Ecol. 87:316-29
Petchey, O. L. 2000. Species diversity, species extinction, and ecosystem function. Am. Nat. 155:696-702
Peterken, G. F., and J. L. Francis. 1999. Open spaces as habitats for vascular ground flora species in the woods of central Lincolnshire, UK. Biol. Cons. 91:55-72
Peterson, A. T., and D. M. Watson. 1998. problems with areal definitions of endemism: the effects of spatial scaling. Diversity and Distributions 4:189-94
Peterson, C. H. 1977. The paleoecological significance of undetected short-term temporal variability. J. Paleont. 51:976-81
Peterson, C. J., and S. T. A. Pickett. 1990. Microsite and elevational influences on early forest regeneration after catastrophic windthrow. J. Veg. Sci. 1:657-62
Peterson, C. J., and S. T. A. Pickett. 1995. Forest reorganization: a case study in an old-growth forest catastrophic blowdown. Ecology 76:763-74
Peterson, C. J., W. P. Carson, B. C. McCarthy, and S. T. A. Pickett. 1990. Microsite variation and soil dynamics within newly created treefall pits and mounds. Oikos 58:39-46
Peterson, R. H., and L. van Eeckhaute. 1992. Distributions of Ephemeroptera, Plecopetera, and Trichoptera of three maritime catchments differing in pH. Freshwater Biology 27:65-78
Petit, S., and M. B. Usher. 1998. Biodiversity in agricultural landscapes: the ground beetle communities of woody uncultivated habitats. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:1549-61
Petraitis, P. S., R. E. Latham, and R. A. Niesenbaum. 1989. The maintenance of species diversity by disturbance. Quart. Rev. Biol. 64:393-418
Petranka, J. W., M. E. Eldridge, and K. E. Haley. 1993. Effects of timber harvesting on southern Appalachian salamanders. Cons. Bio. 7:363-70
Pettit, M. E., R. H. Froend, and P. G. Ladd. 1995. Grazing in remnant woodland vegetation: changes in species composition and life form groups. J. Veg. Sci. 6:121-30
Pharo, E. J., and A. J. Beattie. 1997. Bryophyte and lichen diversity: a comparative study. Austral. J. Ecol. 22:151-62
Pharo, E. J., A. J. Beattie, and D. Binns. 1999. Vascular plant diversity as a surrogate for bryophyte and lichen diversity. Cons. Bio. 13:282-92
Phillips, D. L., and D. J. Shure. 1990. Patch-size effects on early succession in southern appalachian forests. Ecology 71:204-12
Phillips, O. L., P. Hall, A. H. Gentry, S. A. Sawyer, and R. V squez. 1994. Dynamics and species richness of tropical rain forests. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 91:2805-9
Pianka, E. R. 1966. Latitudinal gradients in species diversity: a review of concepts. Am. Nat. 100:33-46
Pianka, E. R. 1973. The structure of lizard communities. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 4:53-74
Pickett, S. T. A. 1980. Non-equilibrium coexistence of plants. Bull. of Torr. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 107:238-48
Pickett, S. T. A., and P. S. White.  1985.  Patch dynamics: a synthesis. Pages 371-384 in S. T. A. Pickett and P. S. White, editors. Natural disturbance and patch dynamics. Academic Press, Toronto.

Pielou, E. C. 1972. 2k contingency tables in ecology. J. Theor. Biol. 34:337-52
Pielou, E. C.  1975.  Ecological Diversity. Wiley, New York.
Pielou, E. C.  1977.  Mathematical Ecology. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Pielou, E. C. 1979. A quick method of determining the diversity of foraminiferal assemblages. J. Paleont. 53:1237-42
Pierce, S. M., and R. M. Cowling. 1991. Disturbance regimes as determinants of seed banks in coastal dune vegetation of the southeastern cape. J. Veg. Sci. 2:403-12
Pimentel, D., U. Stachow, D. A. Takacs, H. W. Brubaker, A. R. Dumas, J. J. Meaney, J. A. S. O'Neil, D. E. Onsi, and D. B. Corzilius. 1992. Conserving biological diversity in agricultural/forestry systems. BioSci. 42:354-62
Pimentel, D., C. Wilson, C. McCullum, R. Huang, P. Dwen, J. Flack, Q. Tran, T. Saltman, and B. Cliff. 1997. Economic and environmental benefits of biodiversity. BioSci. 47:747-57
Pimm, D. L., and S. M. Sugden. 1994. Tropical diversity and global change. Science 263:933-4
Pimm, S. 1979. Complexity and stability: another look at MacArthur's original hypothesis. Oikos 33:351-7
Pimm, S. L.  1991.  The Balance of Nature? The University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Pimm, S. L., and J. L. Gittleman. 1992. Biological diversity: where is it? Science 255:940
Pinel-Alloul, B., G. M‚thot, L. Lapierre, and A. Willsie. 1996. Macroinvertebrate community as a biological indicator of ecological and toxicological factors in Lake Saint-Fran‡ois (Qu‚bec). Environmental Pollution 91:65-87
Pip, E. 1989. Water temperature and freshwater macrophyte distribution. Aquat. Bot. 34:367-73
Pip, E. 1992. The ecology of subarctic molluscs in the lower Nelson River system, Manitoba, Canada. J. Moll. Stud. 58:121-6
Piper, J. K. 1994. Composition of prairie plant communities on productive versus unproductive sites in wet and dry years. Can. J. Bot. 73:1635-44
Planty-Tabacchi, A.-M., E. Tabacchi, R. J. Naiman, C. Deferrari, and H. D‚camps. 1996. Invasibility of species-rich communities in Riparian zones. Cons. Bio. 10:598-607
Plotkin, J. B., M. D. Potts, N. Leslie, N. Manokaran, J. LaFrankie, and P. S. Ashton. 2000. Species area curves, spatial aggregation, and habitat specialization in tropical forests. J. Theor. Biol. 207:81-99
Podani, J., T. Cz r n, and S. Bartha. 1993. Pattern, area and diversity: the importance of spatial scale in species assemblages. Abstr. Bot. 17:37-51
Podani, J., P. Csontos, and J. Tam s. 2000. Additive trees in the analysis of community data. Comm. Ecol. 1:33-41
Poiani, A. 1992. Ectoparasitism as a possible cost of social life: a comparative analysis using Australian passerines (Passeriformes). Oecol. 92:429-41
Pokarzhevskaya, G. A. 1995. Morphological analysis of alpine communities of the north-western Caucasus. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 30:197-210
Pokarzhevskaya, G. A. 1998a. Influence of the dominant grass Festuca varia Haenke on the structure of alpine grasslands. Arct. Alp. Res. 30:11-8
Pokarzhevskaya, G. A.  1998b.  Pattern and Process in Alpine Communities of the Northwestern Caucasus. Ph.D. Thesis. Uppsala University.
Polak, M. 2000. The botanical diversity in the Ayawasi area, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. Biodivers. Conserv. 9:1245-375
Polasky, S., J. D. Camm, A. R. Solow, B. Csuti, D. White, and R. Ding. 2000. Choosing reserve networks with incomplete species information. Biol. Cons. 94:1-10
Polishchuk, L. V. 1999. Contribution analysis of disturbance-caused changes in phytoplankton diversity. Ecology 80:721-5
Pollock, M. M., R. J. Naiman, and T. A. Hanley. 1998. Plant species richness in riparian wetlands - a test of biodiversity theory. Ecology 79:94-105
Pomeroy, D. 1993. Centers of high biodiversity in Africa. Cons. Bio. 7:901-7
Pomeroy, D., and A. Lewis. 1987. Bird species richness in tropical Africa: some comparisons. Biol. Cons. 40:11-28
Pontasch, K. W., E. P. Smith, and J. Cairns Jr. 1989. Diversity indices, community comparison indices and canonical discriminant analysis: interpreting the results of multispecies toxicity tests. Water Resources Res. 23:1129-238
Pontin, A. J.  1982.  Competition and coexistence of species. Pitman, London.
Porembski, S., W. Barthlott, S. D"rrstock, and N. Biedinger. 1994. Vegetation of rock outcrops in Guinea: granite inselbergs, sandstone table mountians and ferricretes - remarks on species numbers and endemism. Flora 189:315-26
Poschlod, P., S. Kiefer, U. Tr"nkle, S. Fischer, and S. Bonn. 1998. Plant species richness in calcareous grasslands as affected by dispersability in space and time. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:75-90
Posse, G., J. Anchorena, and M. B. Collantes. 2000. Spatial micro-patterns in the steppe of Tierra del Fuego induced by sheep grazing. J. Veg. Sci. 11:43-50
Poulin, R. 1991a. Group-living and infestation by ectoparasites in passerines. Condor 93:418-23
Poulin, R. 1991b. Group-living and the richness of the parasite fauna in Canadian freshwater fishes. Oecol. 86:390-4
Poulin, R. 1995. Phylogeny, ecology, and the richness of parasite communities in vertebrates. Ecol. Mon. 65:283-302
Poulsen, A. D. 1996. Species richness and density of ground herbs within a plot of lowland rainforest in north-west Borneo. J. Trop. Ecol. 12:177-90
Poulsen, A. D., and H. Balslev. 1991. Abundance and cover of ground herbs in an Amazonian rain forest. J. Veg. Sci. 2:315-22
Poulsen, A. D., and I. H. Nielsen. 1995. How many ferns are there in one hectare of tropical rain forest? Am. Fern J. 85:29-35
Poulsen, A. D., and C. A. Pendry. 1995. Inventories of ground herbs at three altitudes on Bukit Belalong, Brunei, Borneo. Biodivers. Conserv. 4:745-57
Poulson, T. L., and W. J. Platt. 1989. Gap light regimes influence canopy tree diversity. Ecology 70:553-5
Power, A. G. 1987. Plant community diversity, herbivore movement, and an insect-transmitted disease of maize. Ecology 68:1658-69
Pozzoli, M. L.  1992.  Relationship between species richness and grazing pressure in grasslands, particularly North American grasslands. (class project for grassland ecology)
Prach, K., and J. Leps.  1990.  Summary. Pages 151-152 in Osbornov  et al., editor. Succession in abandoned fields. Kluwer, Dordrecht.
Prance, G. T.  1991.  Rates of loss of biological diversity: a global view. Pages 27-44 in I. F. Spellerberg, F. B. Goldsmith and M. G. Morris, editors. The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Pratt, J. R., and N. J. Bowers. 1992. Variability of community metrics: detecting changes in structure and function. Envir. Tox. Chem. 11:451-7
Prendergast, J. R., and B. C. Eversham. 1995. Butterfly diversity in southern Britain: Hotspot losses since 1930. Biol. Cons. 72:109-14
Prendergast, J. R., and B. C. Eversham. 1997. Species richness covariance in higher taxa: empirical tests of the biodiversity indicator concept. Ecography 20:210-6
Prendergast, J. R., R. M. Quinn, J. H. Lawton, B. C. Eversham, and D. W. Gibbons. 1993a. Rare species, the coincidence of diversity hotspots and conservation strategies. Nature 365:335-7
Prendergast, J., S. N. Wood, J. H. Lawton, and B. C. Eversham. 1993b. Correcting for variation in recording effort in analyses of diversity hotspots. Biodiversity Letters 1:39-53
Preston, F. W. 1948. The commonness, and rarity, of species. Ecology 29:254-83
Preston, F. W. 1962. The canonical distribution of commonness and rarity. Ecology 43:185-215, 410-32
Preston, F. W. 1969. Diversity and stability in the biological world. Brookhaven Symp. Biol. 22:1-12
Preston, F. W. 1980. Noncanonical distributions of commonness and rarity. Ecology 61:88-97
Price, P. W., G. W. Fernandes, A. C. F. Lara, J. Brawn, H. Barrios, M. G. Wright, S. Ribeiro, and N. Rothcliff. 1998. Global patterns in local number of insect galling species. J. Biogeogr. 25:581-91
Prieur-Richard, A. H., and S. Lavorel. 2000. Do more diverse plant communities have greater resistance to invasions? Revue de Ecologie - La Terre et la Vie 7:37-51
Primack, R. B., and P. Hall. 1992. Biodiversity and forest change in Malaysian Borneo. BioSci. 42:829-37
Probst, J. R., D. S. Rakstad, and D. J. Rugg. 1992. Breeding bird communities in regenerating and mature broadleaf forests in the USA Lake States. For. Ecol. Manage. 49:43-60
Proctor, J., J. M. Anderson, P. Chai, and H. W. Vallack. 1983. Ecological studies in four contrasting lowland rain forests in Gunung Mulu National Park, Sarawak. J. Ecol. 71:237-60
Proulx, M., and A. Mazumder. 1998. Reversal of grazing impact on plant species richness in nutrient-poor vs. nutrient-rich ecosystems. Ecology 79:2581-92
Provencher, L., B. J. Herring, D. R. Gordon, H. L. Rodgers, K. E. M. Galley, G. W. Tanner, J. L. Hardesty, and L. A. Brennan. 2001. Effects of hardwood reduction techniques on longleaf pine sandhill vegetation in northwest Florida. Restor. Ecol. 9:13-27
Puerto, A., M. Rico, M. D. Mat¡as, and J. A. Garc¡a. 1990. Variation in structure and diversity in Mediterranean grasslands related to trophic status and grazing intensity. J. Veg. Sci. 1:445-53
Pysek, P. 1992. Dominant species exchange during succession in reclaimed habitats: a case study from areas deforested by air pollution. For. Ecol. Manage. 54:27-44
Pysek, P. 1993. Factors affecting the diversity of flora and vegetation in central European settlements. Vegetatio 106:89-100
Pysek, P., and J. Leps. 1991. Response of a weed community to nitrogen fertilization: a multivariate analysis. J. Veg. Sci. 2:237-44
Pysek, P., and J. Liska. 1991. Colonization of Sibbaldia tetrandra cushions on alpine scree in the Pamiro-Alai Mountains, Central Asia. Arct. Alp. Res. 23:263-72
Pysek, P., and A. Pysek. 1995. Invasion by Heracleum mantegazzianum in different habitats in the Czech Republic. J. Veg. Sci. 6:711-8
Qian, H. 1998. Large-scale biogeographic patterns of vascular plant richness in North America: an analysis at the generic level. J. Biogeogr. 25:829-36
Qian, H. 1999. Spatial pattern of vascular plant diversity in North America north of Mexico and its floristic relationship with Eurasia. Ann. Bot. 83:271-83
Qian, H., and R. E. Ricklefs. 1999. A comparison of the taxonomic richness of vascular plants in China and the United States. Am. Nat. 154:160-81
Qian, H., K. Klinka, and B. Sivak. 1997. Diversity of the understory vascular vegetation in 40 year-old and old-growth forest stands on Vancouber Island, British Columbia. J. Veg. Sci. 8:773-80
Qian, H., K. Klinka, and G. J. Kayahara. 1998. Longitudinal patterns of plant diveristy in the North American boreal forest. Plant Ecol. 138:161-78
Quinn, J. F., and S. P. Harrison. 1988. Effects of habitat fragmentation and isolation on species richness: evidence from biogeographic patterns. Oecol. 75:132-40
Quinn, J. F., and G. R. Robinson. 1987. The effects of experimental subdivision on flowering plant diversity in a California annual grassland. J. Ecol. 75:837-56
Quintana-Ascencio, P. F., M. Gonz lez-Espinosa, N. Ram¡rez-Marcial, G. Dom¡nguez-V sqez, and M. Mart¡nez-Ic¢. 1996. Soil seed banks and regeneration of tropical rain forest from Milpa fields at the Selva Lacandona, Chiapas, Mexico. Biotropica 28:192-209
Raaijmakers, J. G. W. 1987. Statistical analysis of the Michaelis-Menten equation. Biometrics 43:793-803
Rabenold, K. N. 1979. A revised latitudinal diversity gradient in avian communities of eastern deciduous forests. Am. Nat. 114:275-86
Rabinovich, J. G., and E. H. Rapoport. 1975. Geographic variation of diversity in Argentine Passerine birds. J. Biogeogr. 2:141-57
Rae, J. G. 1990. The effect of naturally varying discharge rates on the species richness of lotic midges. Hydrobiol. 196:209-16
Raguso, R. A., and J. Llorente-Bousquets. 1990. The butterflies (Lepidoptera) of the Tuxlas Mts., Vercruz, Mexico, revisited: species-richness and habitat disturbance. Journal of Research on the Lepidoptera 29:105-33
Rahbek, C. 1995a. The elevational gradient of species richness: a uniform pattern? Ecography 18:200-5
Rahbek, C.  1995b.  References on the elevational gradient in species richness.
Rahbek, C., and G. R. Graves. 2001. Multiscale assessment of patterns of avian species richness. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 98:4534-9
Rambo, J. I., and S. H. Faeth. 1999. Effect of vertebrate grazing on plant and insect community structure. Cons. Bio. 13:1047-54
Rananiema, T. K., and D. E. Goldberg. 2000. Quantifying individual- and community-level effects of competition using experimentally-determined null species pools. J. Veg. Sci. 11:433-42
Ranta, E. 1992. Gregariousness versus solitude: another look at parasite faunal richness in Canadian freshwater fishes. Oecol. 89:150-2
Ranta, P., A. Tanskanen, J. Niemel", and A. Kurtto. 1999. Selection of islands for conservation in the urban Archipelago of Helskinki, Finland. Cons. Bio. 13:1293-300
Rapoport, E. H. 1994. Remarks on marine and continental biogeography: an areographical viewpoint. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. Ser. B. 343:71-8
Rapson, G. L., K. Thompson, and J. G. Hodgson. 1997. The humped relationship between species richness and biomass - testing its sensitivity to sample quadrat size. J. Ecol. 85:99-100
Rashit, E., and M. Bazin. 1987. Environmental fluctuations, productivity, and species diversity: an experimental study. Microb. Ecol. 14:101-12
Rautio, M. 1998. Community structure of crustacean zooplankton in subarctic ponds - effects of altitude and physical heterogeneity. Ecography 21:327-35
Raven, P. H., and E. O. Wilson. 1992. A fifty-year plan for biodiversity surveys. Science 258:1099-100
Rawes, M., and D. Welch. 1972. Trials to recreate floristically-rich vegetation by plant introduction in the Northern Pennines, England. Biol. Cons. 4:135-40
Ray, G. C. 1991. Coastal-zone biodiversity patterns. BioSci. 41:490-8
Reader, R. J., K. C. Taylor, and D. W. Larson.  1991.  Does intermediate disturbance increase species richness within deciduous forest understory? Pages 363-373 in G. Esser and D. Overdieck, editors. Modern Ecology: Basic and Applied Aspects. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Real, R., J. M. Vargas, and A. Ant£nez. 1993. Environmental influences on local amphibian diversity: the role of floods on river basins. Biodivers. Conserv. 2:376-99
Rebele, F. 1992. Colonization and early succession on anthropogenic soils. J. Veg. Sci. 3:201-8
Redford, K. H., and S. E. Sanderson. 1992. The brief, barren marriage of biodiversity and sustainability. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. 73:36-9
Reed, F. C. 1977. Plant species number, biomass accumulation and productivity of a differentially fertilized Michigan old-field. Oecol. 30:43-53
Reid, J. W. 1994. Latitudinal diversity patterns of continental benthic copepod species assemblages in the Americas. Hydrobiol. 293:341-9
Reid, W. V.  1992.  How many species will there be? Pages 55-73 in T. C. Whitmore and J. A. Sayer, editors. Tropical deforestation and species extinction. Chapman and Hall, London.

Reid, W. V. 1998. Biodiversity hotspots. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 13:275-80
Reiners, W. A. 1992. Twenty years of ecosystem reorganization following experimental deforestation and regrowth suppression. Ecol. Mon. 62:503-23
Rejm nek, M.  1984.  Perturbation-dependent coexistence and species diversity in ecosystems. Pages 220-230 in P. Schuster, editor. Stochastic phenomena and chaotic behaviour in complex systems. Springer, Berlin.
Rejm nek, M.  1989.  Invasibility of Plant Communities. Pages 369-388 in J. A. Drake, H. A. Mooney, F. di Castri, R. H. Groves, F. J. Kruger, M. Rejm nek and M. Williamson, editors. Biological Invasions: A Global Perspective. Wiley, New York.
Rejm nek, M.  1996.  Species richness and resistance to invasions. Pages 155-172 in G. Orians, R. Dirzo and J. Cushman, editors. Ecological Studies, v. 122: Biodiversity and Ecosystem Processes in Tropical Forests. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Rejm nek, M., and E. Ros‚n. 1988. The effects of colonizing shrubs (Juniperus communis and Potentilla fruticosa) on species richness in the grasslands of Stora Alvaret, (tm)land. Acta Phytogeogr. Suec. 76:67-72
Rejm nek, M., and E. Ros‚n. 1992a. Cycles of heterogeneity during succession: a premature generalization? Ecology 73:2329-31
Rejm nek, M., and E. Ros‚n. 1992b. Influence of colonizing shrubs on species-area relationships in alvar plant communities. J. Veg. Sci. 3:625-30
Remsen, J. J. 1994. Use and misuse of bird lists in community ecology and conservation. Auk 111:225-7
Rentch, J. S., H. S. Adams, R. B. Coxe, and S. L. Stephenson. 2000. An ecologcial study of a Carolina Hemlock (Tsuga caroliniana) community in southwestern VIrginia. Castanea 65:1-8
Repasky, R. R. 1991. Temperature and the northern distributions of wintering birds. Ecology 72:2274-85
Rescia, A. J., M. F. Schmitz, P. Mart¡n de Agar, C. L. de Pablo, and F. D. Pineda. 1997. Perception of a fragmented landscape at different spatial scales: implications for management. J. Veg. Sci.:343-52
Revelo, A. G., and S. A. Tansley. 1993. Using rare plant species to identify priority conservation areas in the Cape Floristic Region: the need to standardize for total species richness. S. Afr. J. Sci. 89:156-61
Rex, M. A. 1981. Community structure in the deep sea benthos. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 12:331-53
Rex, M. A., C. T. Stuart, R. R. Hessler, J. A. Allen, H. L. Sanders, and G. D. F. Wilson. 1993. Global-scale latitudinal patterns of species diversity in the deep-sea benthos. Nature 365:636-9
Rey Benayas, J. M. 1995. Patterns of diversity in the strata of boreal montane forest in British Columbia. J. Veg. Sci. 6:95-8
Rey Benayas, J. M., and S. M. Scheiner. 1993. Diversity gradients of wet meadows along geochemical gradients in central Spain. J. Veg. Sci. 4:103-8
Rey Benayas, J. M., M. G. S. Colomer, and C. Levassor. 1999. Effects of area, environmental status and environmental variation on species richness per unit area in Mediterranean wetlands. J. Veg. Sci. 10:275-80
Reynolds, H. L., and S. W. Pacala. 1993. An analytical treatment of root-to-shoot ratio and plant competition for soil nutrient and light. Am. Nat. 141:51-70
Reynolds, H. L., B. A. Hungate, F. S. I. I. I. Chapin, and C. M. D'Antonio. 1997. Soil heterogeneity and plant competition in an annual grassland. Ecology 78:2076-90
Rice, E. L., and R. W. Kelting. 1955. The species-area curve. Ecology 36:7-11
Rice, P. M., J. C. Toney, D. J. Bedunah, and C. E. Carlson. 1997. Plant community diversity and growth form responses to herbicide applications for control of Centaurea maculosa. J. Appl. Ecol. 34:1397-412
Richard, M., T. Bernhardt, and G. Bell. 2000. Environmental heterogeneity and the spatial structure of fern species diversity in one hectare of old-growth forest. Ecography 23:231-45
Richards, P. W. 1973. The tropical rainforest. Sci. Am. 229:58-67
Richardson, D. M., R. M. Cowling, W. J. Bond, W. D. Stock, and G. W. Davis.  1995a.  Links between biodiversity and ecosystem function in the Cape floristic region. Pages 285-333 in G. W. Davis and D. M. Richardson, editors. Mediterranean-type ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Richardson, D. M., R. M. Cowling, B. B. Lamont, and H. J. van Hensbergen. 1995b. Coexistence of Banksia species in southwestern Australia: the role of regional and local processes. J. Veg. Sci. 6:329-42
Ricketts, T. H., E. Dinerstein, D. M. Olson, and C. Loucks. 1999. Who's where in North America? Patterns of species richness and the utility of indicator taxa for conservation. BioSci. 49:369-81
Ricklefs, R. E.  1979.  Ecology, 2nd Edition. Chiron Press, New York.
Ricklefs, R. E. 1987. Community diversity: relative roles of local and regional processes. Science 235:167-71
Ricklefs, R. E., and R. E. Latham.  1993.  Global patterns of diversity in mangrove floras. Pages 215-229 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Ricklefs, R. E., and D. Schluter, editors.  1993a.  Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Ricklefs, R. E., and D. Schluter.  1993b.  Species diversity: regional and historical influences. Pages 350-363 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Ricotta, C., and G. Avena. 2000. A parametric index of community evenness. �coscience 7:511-5
Ridenour, W. M., and R. M. Callaway. 2001. The relative importance of allelopathy in interference: the effects of an invasive weed on a native bunchgrass. Oecol. 126:444-50
Riffell, S. K., and K. J. Gutzwiller. 1996. Plant-species richness in corridor intersections: is intersection shape influential? Landscape Ecol. 11:157-68
Riffell, S. K., K. J. Gutzwiller, and S. H. Anderson. 1996. Does repeated human intrusion cause cumulative declines in avian richness and abundance? Ecol. Appl. 6:492-505
Ritchie, M. E., and H. Olff. 1999. Spatial scaling laws yield a synthetic theory of biodiversity. Nature 400:557-60
Rivard, D. H., J. Poitevin, D. Plasse, M. Carleton, and D. J. Currie. 2000. Changing species richness and composition in Canadian national parks. Cons. Bio. 14:1099-109
Roberts, T. L., and J. L. Vantakt. 1991. Floristics of a chronosequence corresponding to old field-deciduous forest succession in southwestern Ohio. II. Seed banks. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 118:377-84
Robinson, G. R., and S. N. Handel. 2000. Directing spatial patterns of recruitment during an experimental urban woodland reclamation. Ecol. Appl. 10:174-88
Robinson, G. R., and J. F. Quinn. 1988. Extinction, turnover and species diversity in an experimentally fragmented California annual grassland. Oecol. 76:71-82
Robinson, G. R., R. D. Holt, M. S. Gaines, S. P. Hamburg, M. L. Johnson, H. S. Fitch, and E. A. Martinko. 1992. Diverse and contrasting effects of habitat fragmentation. Science 257:524-6
Robinson, G. R., M. E. Yurlina, and S. N. Handel. 1994. A century of change in the Staten Island flora: ecological correlates of species losses and invasions. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 121:119-29
Robinson, J. V., and J. E. Dickerson Jr. 1987. Does invasion sequence affect community structure? Ecology 68:587-95
Robinson, J. V., and M. A. Edgemon. 1989. The effect of predation on the structure and invasibility of assembled communities. Oecol. 79:150-7
Robinson, W. D. 1999. Long-term changes in the avifauna of Barro Colorado Island, a tropical forest isolate. Cons. Bio. 13:85-97
Robinson, W. D., J. D. Brawn, and S. K. Robinson. 2000. Forest bird community structure in central Panama: influence of spatial scale and biogeography. Ecol. Mon. 70:209-35
Robson, B. J., and E. T. Chester. 1999. Spatial patterns of invertebrate species richness in a river: the relationship between riffles and microhabitats. Austral. J. Ecol. 24:599-607
Rodgers, H. L., and L. Provencher. 1999. Analysis of longleaf pine sandhill vegetation in Northwest Florida. Castanea 64:138-62
Rodr¡gez, M., and B. A. Hawkins. 2000. Diversity, function and stability in parasitoid communities. Ecology Letters 3:35-40
Rodr¡guez, M. A., and W. M. Lewis. 1990. Diversity and species composition of fish communities of Orinoco floodplain lakes. Nat. Geogr. Res. 6:319-28
Roem, W. J., and F. Berendse. 2000. Soil acidity and nutrient supply ratio as possible factors determining changes in plant species diversity in grassland and heathland communities. Biol. Cons. 92:151-61
Rogers, G., and J. Overton. 2000. Regional patterns of plant species richness in southern New Zealand. N. Z. J. Bot. 38:609-27
Rogers, R. S. 1983. Small-area coexistence of vernal forest herbs: does functional similarity of plants matter? Am. Nat. 121:835-50
Rohde, K. 1992. Latitudinal gradients in species diversity: the search for the primary cause. Oikos 65:514-27
Rohde, K. 1997. The larger area of the tropics does not explain latitudinal gradients in species diversity. Oikos 79:169-72
Rohde, K., M. Heap, and D. Heap. 1993. Rapoport's rule does not apply to marine teleosts and cannot explain latitudinal gradients in species richness. Am. Nat. 142:1-16
Rojas, P., and C. Fragoso. 2000. Composition, diversity, and distribution of a Chihuahuan Desert ant community (Mapim¡, M‚xico). J. Arid Envir. 44:213-27
Ronsenzweig, M. L., and S. Vetault. 1992. Calculating speciation and extinction rates in fossil clades. Evol. Ecol. 6:90-3
Rooney, T. P., and W. J. Dress. 1997. Patterns of plant diversity in overbrowsed primary and mature secondary hemlock-northern hardwood forest stands. Journal of the Torrey Botanical Society 124:43-51
Rosemond, A. D., S. R. Reice, J. W. Elwood, and P. J. Mulholland. 1992. The effects of stream acidity on benthic invertebrate communities in the south-eastern United States. Freshwater Biology 27:193-209
Ros‚n, E., and E. Sj"gren.  1992.  Some aspects of vegetation dynamics and coexistence on very shallow alvar soils.
Ros‚n, E., and E. van der Maarel. 2000. Restoration of alvar vegetation on (tm)land, Sweden. Appl. Veg. Sci. 3:65-72
Rosenqweig, M. L., and Y. Ziv. 1999. The echo pattern of species diversity: pattern and processes. Ecography 22:614-28
Rosenstock, S. S. 1996. Shrub-grassland small mammal and vegetation responses to rest from grazing. J. Range Manage. 49:199-203
Rosenzweig, M. L.  1995.  Species diversity in space and time. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Rosenzweig, M. L. 2001. The four questions: what does the introduction of exotic species do to diversity? Evol. Ecol. Res. 3:361-7
Rosenzweig, M. L., and Z. Abramsky.  1993.  How are diversity and productivity related? Pages 52-65 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities:historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Ross, M. S., J. O'Brien, and L. J. Flynn. 1992. Ecological site classification of Florida Keys terrestrial habitats. Biotropica 24:488-502
Roth, D. S., I. Perfecto, and B. Rathke. 1994. The effects of management systems on ground-foraging ant diversity in Costa Rica. Ecol. Appl. 4:423-36
Rousseau, R., and P. Van Hecke. 1993. Introduction of a species does not necessarily increase diversity. Coenoses 8:39-40
Roy, D. B., M. O. Hill, and P. Rothery. 1999. Effects of urban land cover on the local species pool in Britain. Ecography 22:507-15
Roy, P. S., and S. Tomar. 2000. Biodiversity characterization at landscape level using geospatial modelling technique. Biol. Cons. 95:95-109
Rudnicky, T. C., and M. L. J. Hunter. 1993. Reversing the fragmentation perspective: effects of clearcut size on bird species richness in Maine. Ecol. Appl. 3:357-66
Runkle, J. R. 1982. Patterns of disturbance in some old-growth mesic forests of eastern North America. Ecology 63:1533-46
Rusch, G. 1988. Reproductive regeneration in grazed and ungrazed limestone grassland communities on (tm)land: Preliminary results. Acta Phytogeogr. Suec. 76:113-24
Rusch, G. 1992. Spatial pattern of seedling recruitment at two different scales in a limestone grassland. Oikos 65:433-42
Rusch, G., and E. van der Maarel. 1992. Species turnover and seedling recruitment in limestone grasslands. Oikos 63:139-46
Russell, P. J., T. J. Flowers, and M. J. Hutchings. 1985. Comparison of niche breadths and overlaps of halophytes on salt marshes of differing diversity. Vegetatio 61:171-8
Russell-Smith, J. 1991. Classification, species richness, and environmental relations of monsoon rain forest in northern Australia. J. Veg. Sci. 2:259-78
Rydgren, K., G. Hestmark, and R. H. íkland. 1998. Revegetation following experimental disturbance in a boreal old-growth Picea abies forest. J. Veg. Sci. 9:763-76
Rydin, H., and S.-O. Borgeg†rd. 1988. Plant species richness on islands over a century of primary succession: Lake Hj"lmaren. Ecology 69:916-27
Rydin, H., and S.-O. Borgeg†rd. 1991. Plant characteristics over a century of primary succession on islands: lake Hj"lmaren. Ecology 72:1089-101
Rykken, J. J., D. E. Capen, and S. P. Mahabir. 1997. Ground beetles as indicators of land type diversity in the Green Mountains of Vermont. Cons. Bio. 11:522-30
Rírslett, B. 1991. Principal determinants of aquatic macrophyte richness in northern European lakes. Aquat. Bot. 39:173-93
Ryser, P. 1993. Influences of neighbouring plants on seedling establishment in limestone grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 4:195-202
Ryser, P., R. Langenauer, and A. Gigon. 1995. Species richness and vegetation structure in a limestone grassland after 15 years management with six biomass removal regimes. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 30:157-67
Ryti, R. T. 1992. Effect of the focal taxon on the selection of nature reserves. Ecol. Appl. 2:404-10
Ryti, R., and T. J. Case. 1992. The role of neighborhood competition in the spacing and diversity of ant communities. Am. Nat. 139:355-74
Saab, V. 1999. Importance of spatial scale to habitat use by breeding birds in riparian forests: a hierarchical analysis. Ecol. Appl. 9:135-51
S'tersdal, M. 1994. Rarity and species/area relationships of vascular plants in deciduous woods, western Norway - applications to nature reserve selection. Ecography 17:23-8
Sale, P. F. 1982. Stock-recruit relationships and regional coexistence in a lottery competitive system: a simulation study. Am. Nat. 120:139-59
Salick, J., A. Mejia, and T. Anderson. 1995. Non-timber forest products integrated with natural forest management, Rio San Juan, Nicaragua. Ecol. Appl. 5:878-95
Salwasser, H.  1991.  Roles and approaches of the USDA forest service. Pages 54-65 in W. E. Hudson, editor. Landscape Linkages and Biodiversity. Island Press, Washington,DC.
Samson, D. A., T. E. Philippi, and D. W. Davidson. 1992. Granivory and competition as determinants of annual plant diversity in the Chihuahuan desert. Oikos 65:61-80
Samson, D. A., E. A. Rickart, and P. C. Gonzales. 1997. Ant diversity and abundance along an elevational gradient in the Philippines. Biotropica 29:349-63
Samu, F., and G. L. L"vei. 1995. Species richness of a spider community (Araneae): Extrapolation from simulated increasing sampling effort. European Journal of Entomology 92:633-8
Samways, M. J., and S. D. Moore. 1991. Influence of exotic conifer patches on grasshopper (Orthoptera) assemblages in a grassland matrix at a recreational resort, Natal, South Africal. Biol. Cons. 57:117-37
S nchez S nchez, O., and G. A. Islebe. 1999. Hurricane Gilbert and structural changes in a tropical forest in south-eastern Mexico. Global Ecology and Biogeography 8:29-38
Sanders, H. L. 1968. Marine benthic diversity: a comparative study. Am. Nat. 102:243-82
Sanderson, R. A. 1992. Diversity and evenness of Hemiptera communities on naturally vegetated derelict land in NW England. Ecography 15:154-60
Saunders, D. A. 1989. Changes in the avifauna of a region, district and remnant as a result of fragmentation of native vegetation: the wheatbelt of Western Australia: a case study. Biol. Cons. 50:99-136
Savage, M. 1992. Germination of forest species under an anthropogenic vine mosaic in Western Samoa. Biotropica 24:460-2
Scanlan, M. J.  1981.  Biogeography of forest plants in the prairie-forest ecotone in Western Minnesota. Pages 97-124 in R. L. Burgess and D. M. Sharpe, editors. Ecological Studies, 41: Forest Island Dynamics in Man-Dominated Landscapes. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Schaefer, C. A., and D. W. Larson. 1997. Vegetation, environmental characteristics and ideas on the maintenance of alvars on the Bruce Peninsula, Canada. J. Veg. Sci. 8:797-810
Schall, J. J., and E. R. Pianka. 1978. Geographical trends in numbers of species. Science 201:679-86
Schellhorn, N. A., and V. L. Sork. 1997. The impact of weed diversity on insect population dynamics and crop yield in collards, Brassica oleraceae (Brassicaceae). Oecol. 111:233-40
Scheuring, I. 1991. The fractal nature of vegetation and the species-area relation. Theor. Popul. Biol. 39:170-7
Schieck, J., K. Lertzman, B. Nyberg, and R. Page. 1995a. Effects of patch size on birds in old-growth montain forests. Cons. Bio. 9:1072-84

Schieck, J., M. Nietfeld, and J. B. Stelfox. 1995b. Differences in bird species richness and abundance among three successional stages of aspen-dominated boreal forests. Can. J. Zool. 73:1417-31
Schiffman, P. M. 1994. Promotion of exotic weed establishment by endangered giant kangaroo rats (Dipodomys ingens) in a California grassland. Biodivers. Conserv. 3:524-37
Schl"pfer, F., and B. Schmid. 1999. Ecosystem effects of biodiversity: a classification of hypotheses and exploration of empirical results. Ecol. Appl. 9:893-912
Schleier, U., and K. H. vanBernem. 1998. Statistical methods to determine sample size for the estimation of species richness and species' abundances in benthic communities. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 46:205-23
Schlosser, I. J., and L. W. Kallemeyn. 2000. Spatial variation in fish assemblages across a beaver-influenced successional landscape. Ecology 81:1371-82
Schluter, D. 1984. A variance test for detecting species associations, with some applications. Ecology 65:998-1005
Schluter, D., and R. E. Ricklefs.  1993a.  Convergence and the regional component of species diversity. Pages 230-240 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Schluter, D., and R. E. Ricklefs.  1993b.  Species diversity: an introduction to the problem. Pages 1-10 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities:historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Schmalzer, P. A., and C. R. Hinkle. 1992a. Recovery of oak-saw palmetto scrub after fire. Castanea 57:158-73
Schmalzer, P. A., and C. R. Hinkle. 1992b. Species composition and structure of oak-saw palmetto scrub vegetation. Castanea 57:220-51
Schmid, P. E. 1992. Community structure of larval Chironomidae (Diptera) in a backwater area of the River Danube. Freshwater Biology 27:151-67
Schmid, P. E. 2000. Fractal properties of habitat and patch structure in benthic ecosystems. Ecological Research 30:339-401
Schmidly, D. J. 1984. Texas mammals: diversity and geographic distribution. Texas Agricultural Experiment Station MP-1557:13-25
Schmiegelow, F. K. A., C. S. Machtans, and S. J. Hannon. 1997. Are boreal birds resilient to forest fragmentation? An experimental study of short-term community responses. Ecology 78:1914-32
Schmit, J. P., J. F. Murphy, and G. M. Mueller. 1999. Macrofungal diversity of a temperate oak forest: a test of species richness estimators. Can. J. Bot. 77:1014-27
Schmitt, S. F., and R. J. Whittaker.  1998.  Disturbance and succession on the Krakatau Islands, Indonesia. Pages 515-548 in D. M. Newbery, H. H. T. Prins and N. D. Brown, editors. Dynamics of Tropical Communities. Blackwell, London.
Schneider, D. C.  1994.  Quantitative ecology: spatial and temporal scaling. Academic Press, London.
Schnepf, K. A., J. A. Heselmeyer, and D. O. Ribble. 1998. Effects of cutting Ashe juniper woodlands on small mammal populations in the Texas Hill Country (USA). Nat. Areas J. 18:333-7
Schnitzer, S. A., and S. P. Carson. 2001. Treefall gaps and the maintenance of species diversity in a tropical forest. Ecology 82:913-9
Schnitzler, A., R. Carbiener, and J.-M. Sanchez-Perez. 1991. Variation in vernal species composition in alluvial forests of the Rhine valley, eastern France. J. Veg. Sci. 2:485-90
Schoener, A.  1988.  Experimental island biogeography. Pages 483-512 in A. A. Myers and P. S. Giller, editors. Analytical Biogeography. Chapman and Hall, New York.
Schoener, A., and T. W. Schoener. 1981. The dynamics of the species-area relation in marine fouling systems. 1. Biological correlates of changes in the species-area slope. Am. Nat. 118:339-60
Schoener, T. W.  1988.  Ecological interactions. Pages 255-297 in A. A. Myers and P. S. Giller, editors. Analytical Biogeography. Chapman and Hall, New York.
Schoener, T. W. 1989. Food webs from the small to the large. Ecology 70:1559-89
Schoener, T. W., and D. A. Spiller. 1996. Devastation of prey diversity by experimentally introduced predators in the field. Nature 381:691-4
Schoenly, K., and J. E. Cohen. 1991. Temporal variation in food web structure: 16 empirical cases. Ecol. Mon. 61:267-98
Sch"nrogge, K., G. N. Stone, and M. J. Crawley. 1996. Abundance patterns and species richness of the parasitoids and inquilines of the alien gall-former Andricus quercuscalicis (Hymenoptera: Cynipidae). Oikos 77:507-18
Schreiber, B., and D. S. deCalesta. 1992. The relationship between cavity-nesting birds and snags on clearcuts in western Oregon. For. Ecol. Manage. 50:299-316
Schulz, C. A., D. M. Leslie, R. L. Lochmiller, and D. M. Engle. 1992. Autumn and winter bird populations in herbicide-treated cross timbers in Oklahoma. Am. Midl. Nat. 127:215-23
Schulz, K., and C. Thelen. 2000. Impact and control of Vinca minor L. in an Illinois forest preserve (USA). Nat. Areas J. 20:189-96
Schupp, E. W. 1992. The Janzen-Connell model for tropical tree diversity: population implications and the importance of spatial scale. Am. Nat. 140:526-30
Schwartz, M. W. 1988. Species diversity patterns in woody flora on three North American peninsulas. J. Biogeogr. 15:759-74
Schwartz, M. W., C. A. Brigham, J. D. Hoeksema, K. G. Lyons, M. H. Mills, and P. J. van Mantgem. 2000. Linking biodiversity to ecosystem function: implications for conservation ecology. Oecol. 122:297-305
Schwarzkopf, L., and A. B. Rylands. 1989. Primate species richness in relation to habitat structure in Amazonian rainforest fragments. Biol. Cons. 48:1-12
Schwilk, D. W., J. E. Keeley, and W. J. Bond. 1997. The intermediate disturbance hypothesis does not explain fire and diversity pattern in fynbos. Plant Ecol. 132:77-84
Scott, J. M., and M. D. Jennings. 1998. Large-area mapping of biodiversity. Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 85:34-47
Scott, J. M., B. Csuti, J. D. Jacobi, and J. E. Estes. 1987a. Species richness: a geographic approach to protecting future biological diversity. BioSci. 37:782-8
Scott, J. M., B. Csuti, K. Smith, J. E. Estes, and S. Caicco.  1987b.  Gap analysis of species richness and vegetation cover: an integrated biodiversity conservation strategy. Pages 282-297 in K. Kohm, editor. Balancing on the Brink of Extinction: The Endangered Species Act and Lessons for the Future. Island Press, Washington,DC.
Scott, J. M., F. Davis, B. Csuti, R. Noss, B. Butterfield, C. Groves, H. Anderson, S. Caicco, F. D'Erchia, T. J. Edwards, J. Ulliman, and R. G. Wright. 1993. Gap analysis: a geographic approach to protection of biological diversity. Wildl. Monogr. 57:1-41
Seymour, C. L., and W. R. J. Dean. 1999. Effects of heavy grazing on invertebrate assemblages in the Succulent karoo, South Africa. J. Arid Envir. 43:267-86
Shackleton, C. M. 2000. Comparison of plant diversity in protected and communal lands in the Bushbuckridge lowveld savanna, South Africa. Biol. Cons. 94:273-85
Shackleton, C. M., N. J. Griffin, D. I. Banks, J. M. Mavradonis, and S. E. Shackleton. 1994. Community structure and species composition along a disturbance gradient in a communally managed South African savanna. Vegetatio 115:157-67
Shafer, C. L. 1995. Values and shortcomings of small reserves. BioSci. 45:80-8
Shafi, M. I., and G. A. Yarranton. 1973. Diversity, floristic richness, and species evenness during a secondary (post-fire) succession. Ecology 54:897-902
Shaltout, K. H., and R. A. El Fahar. 1991. Diversity and phenology of weed communities in the Nile Delta region. J. Veg. Sci. 2:385-90
Shaltout, K. H., and M. A. El-Sheikh. 1993. Vegetation-environment relations along water courses in the Nile Delta region. J. Veg. Sci. 4:567-70
Shaltout, K. H., E. F. El-Halaway, and H. F. El-Kady. 1996. Consequences of protection from grazing on diversity and abundance of the coastal lowland vegetation in eastern Saudi Arabia. Biodivers. Conserv. 5:27-36
Sheil, D. 1999. Tropical forest diversity, environmental change and species augmentation: after the intermediate disturbance hypothesis. J. Veg. Sci. 10:851-60
Shepherd, U. L. 1998. A comparison of species diversity and morphological diversity across the North American latitudinal gradient. J. Biogeogr. 25:19-29
Shipley, B., P. A. Keddy, C. Gaudet, and D. R. J. Moore. 1991. A model of species density in shoreline vegetation. Ecology 72:1658-67
Shmida, A., and S. Ellner. 1984. Coexistence of plant species with similar niches. Vegetatio 58:29-55
Shmida, A., and M. J. A. Werger. 1992. Growth form diversity on the Canary Islands. Vegetatio 102:183-99
Shmida, A., and M. V. Wilson. 1985. Biological determinants of species diversity. J. Biogeogr. 12:1-21
Shugart, H. H., and S. W. Seagle.  1985.  Modeling forest landscapes and the role of disturbance in ecosystems and communities. Pages 353-368 in S. T. A. Pickett and P. S. White, editors. Natural disturbance and patch dynamics. Academic Press, Toronto.
Shugart, H. H., and T. M. Smith.  1992.  Using computer models to project ecosystem response, habitat change, and wildlife diversity. Pages 147-157 in R. L. Peters and T. E. Lovejoy, editors. Global warming and biological diversity. Yale University Press, New Haven.
Shure, D. J., and H. L. Ragsdale. 1977. Patterns of primary succession on granite outcrop surfaces. Ecology 58:993-1006
Shurin, J. B., J. E. Havel, M. A. Leibold, and B. Pinel-Alloul. 2000. Local and regional zooplankton species richness: a scale-independent test for saturation. Ecology 81:3062-73
Shvarts, E. A., S. V. Pushkaryov, V. G. Krever, and M. A. Ostrovsky. 1995. Geography of mammal diversity and searching for ways to predict global changes in biodiversity. J. Biogeogr. 22:907-14
Sibotwe, M. P., and G. R. Friend. 1985. Comparison of the herpetofaunas of tropical wetland habitats from Lochinvar National Park, Zambia and Kakadu National Park, Australia. Proc. Ecol. Soc. Aust. 14:141-51
Siegel, A. F., and R. Z. German. 1982. Rarefaction and taxonomic diversity. Biometrics 38:235-41
Siegried, C. A., J. A. Bloomfield, and J. W. Sutherland. 1989. Acidity status and phytoplankton species richness, standing crop, and community composition in Adirondack, New York, USA lakes. Hydrobiol. 175:13-32
Siemann, E. 1998. Experimental tests of effects of plant productivity and diversity on grassland arthropod diversity. Ecology 79:2057-70
Siemann, E., D. Tilman, and J. Haarstad. 1996. Insect species diversity, abundance and body size relationships. Nature 380:704-6
Sieving, K. E., and M. F. Willson. 1998. Nest predation and avian species diversity in northwestern forest understory. Ecology 79:2391-402
Silver, W. L., S. Brown, and A. E. Lugo. 1996. Effects of changes in biodiversity on ecosystem function in tropical forests. Cons. Bio. 10:17-24
Silvertown, J. 1980. The dynamics of a grassland ecosystem: botanical equilibrium in the park grass experiment. J. Appl. Ecol. 17:491-504
Silvertown, J.  1987.  Plant population ecology, 2nd Edition. Longman Singapore Publishers, Singapore.
Silvertown, J., and J. B. Wilson. 1994. Community structure in a desert perennial community. Ecology 75:409-11
Silvertown, J., T. A. Watt, B. Smith, and J. R. Treweek. 1992. Complex effects of grazing treatment on an annual in a species-poor grassland community. J. Veg. Sci. 3:35-40
Simandl, J. 1993. The spatial pattern, diversity and niche partitioning in xylophagous beetles (Coleoptera) associated with Frangula alnus Mill. Acta Oecol. 14:161-71
Simberloff, D.  1979.  Rarefaction as a distribution-free method of expressing and estimating diversity. Pages 159-176 in J. F. Grassle, G. P. Patil, W. K. Smith and C. Taillie, editors. Ecological diversity in theory and practice. International Cooperative Publishing House, Fairland,MD.
Simberloff, D.  1992.  Do species-area curves predict extinction in fragmented forest? Pages 75-89 in T. C. Whitmore and J. A. Sayer, editors. Tropical deforestation and species extinction. Chapman and Hall, London.
Simberloff, D., and W. Boecklen. 1981. Santa Rosalia reconsidered: size ratios and competition. Evol. 15:1206-28
Simberloff, D. S., and E. O. Wilson. 1970. Experimental zoogeography of islands. A two-year record of colonization. Ecology 51:934-7
Simberloff, D., P. Berthet, V. Boy, S. H. Cousins, M.-J. Fortin, R. Goldburg, L. P. Lefkovitch, B. Ripley, B. Scherrer, and D. Tonkyn.  1987.  Novel statistical analyses in terrestrial animal ecology: dirty data and clean questions. Pages 559-572 in P. Legendre and L. Legendre, editors. Developments in Numerical Ecology. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Simmonds, S. J., J. D. Majer, and O. G. Nichols. 1994. A comparative study of spider (Araneae) communities of rehabilitated bauxite mines and surrounding forest in the southwest of Western Australia. Restor. Ecol. 2:247-60
Simmons, M. T., and R. M. Cowling. 1996. Why is the Cape Peninsula so rich in plant species? An analysis of the independent diversity components. Biodivers. Conserv. 5:551-73
Simpson, B. B., and C. A. Todzia. 1990. Patterns and processes in the development of the high Andean flora. Am. J. Bot. 77:1419-32
Simpson, G. G. 1964. Species density of North American recent mammals. Syst. Zool. 13:57-73
Singh, J. S., P. Bourgeron, and W. K. Lauenroth. 1996. Plant species richness and species-area relations in a shortgrass steppe in Colorado. J. Veg. Sci. 7:645-50
Singh, S. P., B. S. Adhikari, and D. B. Zobel. 1994. Biomass, productivity, leaf longevity and forest structure in the Central Himalaya. Ecol. Mon. 64:401-21
Skousen, J. G., C. A. Call, and R. W. Knight. 1990. Natural revegetation of an unreclaimed lignite surface mine in east-central Texas. Southw. Nat. 35:434-40
Skov, F. 1997. Stand and neighborhood parameters as determinants of plant species richness in a managed forest. J. Veg. Sci. 8:573-8
Skov, F., and F. Borchsenius. 1997. Predicting plant species distribution patterns using simple climatic parameters: a case study of Ecuadorian palms. Ecography 20:347-55
Slack, N. G. 1977. Further aspects of community structure. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 428:50-62
Slack, N. G., S. A. Nicholson, and A. R. Breisch. 1975. Vegetation of the Lake George Islands: disturbance, diversity, and management. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. 56:53
Slack, N. J. 1984. A new look at bryophyte community analysis: field and statistical methods. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 55:113-32
Slocomb, J., and K. L. Dickson.  1978.  Estimating the total number of species in a biological community. Pages 38-52 in K. L. Dickson, J. J. Cairns and R. J. Livingston, editors. Biological data in water pollution assessment: Quantitative and statistical analyses. American Society for Testing Materials,, ASTM STP 652.
Small, M. F., and M. L. Hunter. 1989. Response of passerines to abrupt forest-river and forest-powerline edges in Maine. Wilson Bull. 101:77-83
Smith, B., A. F. Mark, and J. B. Wilson. 1995. A functional analysis of new Zealand alpine vegetation: variation in canopy roughness and functional diversity in response to an experimental wind barrier. Funct. Ecol. 9:904-12
Smith, E. P., and G. van Belle. 1984. Nonparametric estimation of species richness. Biometrics 40:119-29
Smith, E. P., P. M. Stewart, and J. Cairns Jr. 1985. Similarities between rarefaction methods. Hydrobiol. 120:167-70
Smith, F. 2001. Historical regulation of local species richness across a geographic region. Ecology 82:792-801
Smith, F., and J. D. Witman. 1999. Species diversity in subtidal landscapes: maintenance by physical processes and larval recruitment. Ecology 80:51-69
Smith, H. G., and D. M. Wilkinson. 1987. Biogeography of testate rhizopods in the southern temperate and antarctic zones. Coll. sur �cosyst. Terrest. Subantarct. 58:83-96
Smith, I. K., and J. L. Vankat. 1992. Dry evergreen forest (coppice) communities of North Andros Island, Bahamas. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 119:181-91
Smith, M. D., and A. K. Knapp. 1999. Exotic plant species in a C-4-dominated grassland: invasibility, disturbance, and community structure. Oecol. 120:605-12
Smith, R. D. 1996. Composition,structure,and distribution of woody vegetation on the Cache River Floodplain, Arkansas. Wetlands 16:264-78
Smith, R. S., and S. P. Rushton. 1994. The effects of grazing management on the vegetation of mesotrophic (meadow) grassland in Northern England. J. Appl. Ecol. 31:13-24
Smith, W. 1989. ANOVA-like similarity analysis using expected species shared. Biometrics 45:873-81
Smith, W., A. Solow, and C. Chu. 2000. An index of the contribution of spatial community structure to the species-accumulation curve. Ecology 81:3233-6
Snodgrass, J. W., and G. K. Meffe. 1998. Influence of beavers on stream fish assemblages: effects of pond age and watershed position. Ecology 79:928-42
Snodgrass, J. W., A. L. J. Bryan, and J. Burger. 2000a. Development of expectations of larval amphibian assemblage structure in southeastern depression wetlands. Ecol. Appl. 10:1219-29
Snodgrass, J. W., M. J. Komoroski, A. L. J. Bryan, and J. Burger. 2000b. Relationships among isolated wetland size, hydroperiod, and amphibian species richness: implications for wetland regulations. Cons. Bio. 14:414-9
Sober¢n M., J., and J. Llorente B. 1993. The use of species accumulation functions for the prediction of species richness. Cons. Bio. 7:480-8
S"derstr"m, B., and T. P"rt. 2000. Influence of landscape scale on farmland birds breeding in semi-natural pastures. Cons. Bio. 14:522-33
Solow, A. R. 1993. Measuring biological diversity. Environ. Sci. Technol. 27:25-6
Solow, A. R. 1994. On the Bayesian estimation of the number of species in a community. Ecology 75:2139-42
Solow, A. R. 1995. Estimating biodiversity - Calculating unseen richness. Oceanus 38:9-10
Solow, A. R., and S. Polasky. 1999. A quick estimator for taxonomic surveys. Ecology 80:2799-803
Solow, A. R., and W. Smith. 1991. Detecting cluster in a heterogeneous community sampled by quadrats. Biometrics 47:311-7
Sommer, U. 2000. Benthic macroalgal diversity enhanced by spatial heterogeneity of grazing. Oecol. 122:284-7
Soro, A., S. Sundberg, and H. Rydin. 1999. Species diversity, niche metrics and species associations in harvested and undisturbed bogs. J. Veg. Sci. 10:549-60
Soul‚, M. E., and D. Simberloff. 1986. What do genetics and ecology tell us about the design of nature reserves? Biol. Cons. 35:19-40
Sousa, W. P. 1984. The role of disturbance in natural communities. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 15:353-91
Southwood, T. R. E. 1961. The numbers of species of insect associated with various trees. J. Anim. Ecol. 30:1-8
Spackman, S. C., and J. W. Hughes. 1995. Assessment of minimum stream corridor width for biological conservation: species richness and distribution along mid-order streams in Vermont, USA. Biol. Cons. 71:325-32
Specht, A., and R. L. Specht. 1993. Species richness and canopy productivity of Australian plant communities. Biodivers. Conserv. 2:152-67
Specht, R. L., and A. Specht. 1989a. Species richness of overstorey strata in Australian plant communities - the influence of overstorey growth rates. Austral. J. Bot. 37:321-36
Specht, R. L., and A. Specht. 1989b. Species richness of Sclerophyll (heathy) plant communities in Australia - the influence of overstorey cover. Austral. J. Bot. 37:337-50
Specht, R. L., R. I. Grundy, and A. Specht. 1990. Species richness of plant communities: relationship with community growth and structure. Isr. J. Bot. 39:465-80
Spehn, E. M., J. Joshi, B. Schmid, M. Diemer, and C. K"rner. 2000. Above-ground resource use increases with plant species richness in experimental grassland ecosystems. Funct. Ecol. 14:326-37
Spellerberg, I. F.  1991.  Biogeographical basis of conservation. Pages 293-322 in I. F. Spellerberg, F. B. Goldsmith and M. G. Morris, editors. The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Spight, T. M. 1977. Diversity of shallow-water gastropod communities on temperate and tropical beaches. Am. Nat. 111:1077-97
Spiller, D. A., and T. W. Schoener. 1998. Lizards reduce spider species richness by excluding rare species. Ecology 79:503-16
Springuel, I., M. Sheded, and K. J. Murphy. 1997. The plant biodiversity of the Wadi Allaqi Biosphere Reserve (Egypt): impact of Lake Nasser on a desert wadi ecosystem. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:1259-75
Squiers, E. R., and W. A. Wistendahl. 1977. Changes in plant species diversity during early secondary succession in an experimental old-field system. Am. Midl. Nat. 98:11-21
Stachowicz, J. J., R. B. Whitlatch, and R. W. Osman. 1999. Species diversity and invasion resistance in a marine ecosystem. Science 286:1577-80
Stadler, J., A. Trefflich, S. Klotz, and R. Brandl. 2000. Exotic plant species invade diversity hot spots: the alien flora of northwestern Kenya. Ecography 23:169-76
Stalter, R., and E. E. Lamont. 1987. Vegetation of Hempstead Plains, Mitchell Field, Long Island, New York. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 114:330-5
Stampfli, A. 1991. Accurate determination of vegetational change in meadows by successive point quadrat analysis. Vegetatio 96:185-94
Stampfli, A. 1992. Year-to-year changes in unfertilized meadows of great species richness detected by point quadrat analysis. Vegetatio 103:125-32
Stampfli, A., and M. Zeiter. 1999. Plant-species decline due to abandonment of meadows cannot easily be reversed by mowing. A case study from the southern Alps. J. Veg. Sci. 10:151-64
Stapanian, M. A., and D. L. Cassell. 1999. Regional frequencies of tree species associated with anthropogenic disturbances in three forest types. For. Ecol. Manage. 117:241-52
Stapanian, M. A., S. P. Cline, and D. L. Cassell. 1997. Evaluation of a measurement method for forest vegetation in a large-scale ecological survey. Environ. Mon. Assess. 45:237-57
Steffan-Dewenter, I., and T. Tscharntke. 1997. Early succession of butterfly and plant communities on set-aside fields. Oecol. 109:294-302
Stehle, F. G., and R. G. Douglas. 1969. Generation and maintenance of gradients in taxonomic diversity. Science 164:947-9
Stehli, F. G., and J. W. Wells. 1971. Diversity and age patterns in hermatypic corals. Syst. Zool. 20:115-26
Steinman, A. D., and G. A. Lamberti. 1988. Lotic algal communities in the Mt. St. Helens region six years following the eruption. J. Phycol. 24:482-9
Stenseth, M. C. 1984. The tropics: cradle or museum? Oikos 43:417-20
Stephan, A., A. H. Meyer, and B. Schmid. 2000. Plant diversity affects culturable soil bacteria in experimental grassland studies. J. Ecol. 88:988-98
Stephenson, P. J. 1993. The small mammal fauna of R‚serve Sp‚ciale d'Analamazaotra, Madagascar: the effects of human disturbance on endemic species diversity. Biodivers. Conserv. 2:603-15
Stephenson, P. J. 1994. Small mammal species richness in a Madagascar rain forest. Afr. J. Ecol. 32:255-8
Steuter, A. A. 1991. Human impacts on biodiversity in America: thoughts from the grassland biome. Cons. Bio. 5:136-7
Stevens, G. C. 1989. The latitudinal gradient in geographical range: how so many species coexist in the tropics. Am. Nat. 133:240-56
Stevens, G. C. 1992. The elevational gradient in altitudinal range: an extension of Rapoport's latitudinal rule to altitude. Am. Nat. 140:893-911
Stevens, M. H. H., and W. P. Carson. 1999a. Plant density determines species richness along an experimental fertility gradient. Ecology 80:455-65
Stevens, M. H. H., and W. P. Carson. 1999b. The significance of assemblage-level thinning for species richness. J. Ecol. 87:490-502
Stevenson, M. J., J. M. Bullock, and L. K. Ward. 1995. Re-creating semi-natural communities: effect of sowing rate on establishment of calcareous grassland. Restor. Ecol. 3:279-89
Stewart, K. M., J. P. Bonner, G. R. Palmer, S. F. Patten, and T. E. Fulbright. 1997. Shrub species richness beneath honey mesquite on root-plowed rangeland. J. Range Manage. 50:213-6
Stewart, P. M., J. T. Butcher, and P. J. Gerovac. 1999. Diatom (Bacillariophyta) community response to water quality and land use. Nat. Areas J. 19:155-65
Stohlgren, T. J., M. B. Falkner, and L. D. Schell. 1995. A modified-Whittaker nested vegetation sampling design. Vegetatio 117:113-21
Stohlgren, T. J., G. W. Chong, M. A. Kalkhan, and L. D. Schell. 1997a. Multiscale sampling of plant diversity: effects of minimum mapping unit size. Ecol. Appl. 7:1064-74
Stohlgren, T. J., G. W. Chong, M. A. Kalkhan, and L. D. Schell. 1997b. Rapid assessment of plant diversity patterns: a methodology for landscapes. Environ. Mon. Assess. 48:25-43
Stohlgren, T. J., M. B. Coughenour, G. W. Chong, D. Binkley, M. A. Kalkhan, L. D. Schell, D. J. Buckley, and J. K. Berry. 1997c. Landscape analysis of plant diversity. Landscape Ecol. 12:155-70
Stohlgren, T. J., K. A. Bull, and Y. Otsuki. 1998. Comparison of rangeland vegetation sampling techniques in the Central Grasslands. J. Range Manage. 51:164-72
Stohlgren, T. J., D. Binkley, G. W. Chong, M. A. Kalkhan, L. D. Schell, K. A. Bull, Y. Otsuki, G. Newman, M. Bashkin, and Y. Son. 1999a. Exotic plant species invade hot spots of native plant diversity. Ecol. Mon. 69:25-46
Stohlgren, T. J., L. D. Schell, and B. Vanden Heuvel. 1999b. How grazing and soil quality affect native and exotic plant diversity in Rocky Mountain grasslands. Ecol. Appl. 9:45-64
Stokland, J. N. 1997. Representativeness and efficiency of bird and insect conservation in Norwegian boreal forest reserves. Cons. Bio. 11:101-11
Stoll, P., and D. Parati. 2001. Intraspecific aggregation alters competitive interactions in experimental plant communities. Ecology 82:319-27
Stoms, D. M. 1992. Effects of habitat map generalization in biodiversity assessment. Photo. Engin. Rem. Sens. 58:1587-91
Stoms, D. M. 1994. Scale dependence of species richness maps. Prof. Geogr. 46:346-58
Stone, L., and A. Roberts. 1991. Conditions for a species to gain advantage from the presence of competitors. Ecology 72:1964-72
Stork, M. E., and P. Eggleton. 1992. Invertebrates as determinants and indicators of soil quality. Am. J. Alt. Agric. 7:38-47
Stork, N. E. 1993. How many species are there? Biodivers. Conserv. 2:215-32
Stork, N. E., and K. Gaston. 1990. Counting species one by one. New Scientist 127:31-5
Stratford, J. A., and P. C. Stouffer. 1999. Local extinctions of terrestrial insectivorous birds in a fragmented landscape near Manaus, Brazil. Cons. Bio. 13:1416-23
Strayer, D. L. 1993. Macrohabitats of freshwater mussels (Bivalvia: Unionacea) in streams of the northern Atlantic slope. J. N. Am. Benth. Soc. 12:236-46
Strong, D. R. 1977. Epiphyte loads, tree falls, and perennial forest disruption: a mechanism for maintaining higher tree species richness in the tropics without animals. J. Biogeogr. 4:215-8
Strong, D. R.  1984.  Exorcising the ghost of competition past: phytophagous insects. Pages 28-41 in D. R. Strong, D. Simberloff, L. G. Abele and A. B. Thistle, editors. Ecological Communities: Conceptual Issues and the Evidence. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ.
Strong, D. R., D. Simberloff, L. G. Abele, and A. B. Thistle.  1984.  Ecological Communities: Conceptual issues and the evidence. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
Suarez, A. V., D. T. Bolger, and T. J. Case. 1998. Effects of fragmentation and invasion on native ant communities in coastal southern California. Ecology 79:2041-56
Sugihara, G. 1980. Minimal community structure: an explanation of species abundance patterns. Am. Nat. 116:770-87
Sugihara, G. 1981. S=CAz: z÷1/4: a reply to Connor and McCoy. Am. Nat. 117:790-3
Sugihara, G. 1989. How do species divide resources. Am. Nat. 133:458-63
Suhonen, J., and J. Jokim"ki. 1988. A biogeographical comparison of the breeding bird species assemblages in twenty Finnish urban parks. Orn. Fenn. 65:76-83
Sullivan, T. P., R. A. Lautenschlager, and R. G. Wagner. 1996. Influence of Glyphosate on vegetation dynamics in different successional stages of sub-boreal spruce forest. Weed Technology 10:439-46
Sullivan, T. P., D. S. Sullivan, and P. M. F. Lindgren. 2000. Small mammals and stand structure in young pine, seed-tree, and old-growth forest, southwest Canada. Ecol. Appl. 10:1367-83
Summerbell, G. 1991. Regeneration of complex notophyll vine forest (humid subtropical rainforest) in eastern Australia: a review. Cunninghamia 2:391-409
Suren, A. M., and S. J. Ormerod. 1998. Aquatic bryophytes in Himalayan streams: Testing a distribution model in a highly heterogeneous environment. Freshwater Biology 40:687-716
Suter, W. 1994. Overwintering waterfowl on Swiss lakes: how are abundance and species richness influenced by trophic status and lake morphology? Hydrobiol. 279/280:1-14
Svenning, J.-C. 2000. Small canopy gaps influence plant distributions in the rain forest understory. Biotropica 32:252-61
Swaine, M. D., and T. C. Whitmore. 1988. On the definition of ecological species groups in tropical rainforests. Vegetatio 75:81-6
Swindel, B. F., J. E. Smith, and R. C. Abt. 1991. Methodology for predicting species diversity in managed forests. For. Ecol. Manage. 40:75-85
Symonoides, E., and U. Wierzchowska.  1990.  Changes in the spatial pattern of vegetation structure and of soil properties in early old-field succession. Pages 201-213 in F. Krahulec, A. D. Q. Agnew, S. Agnew and H. J. Willems, editors. Spatial processes in plant communities. Academia, Prague.
Symstad, A. J. 2000. A test of the effects of functional group richness and composition on grassland invasibility. Ecology 81:99-109
Symstad, A. J., D. Tilman, J. Willson, and J. M. H. Knops. 1998. Species loss and ecosystem functioning: effects of species identity and community compositon. Oikos 81:389-97
Symstad, A. J., E. Siemann, and J. Haarstad. 2000. An experimental test of the effect of plant functional group diversity on arthropod diversity. Oikos 89:243-53
Szaro, R. C., and R. M. King. 1990. Sampling intensity and species richness: effects on delineating southwestern riparian plant communities. For. Ecol. Manage. 34:335-45
Szentkiralyi, F., and F. Kozar. 1991. How many species are there in apple insect communities? Testing the resource diversity and intermediate disturbance hypotheses. Ecol. Ent. 16:491-504
Tackaberry, R., and M. Kellman. 1996. Patterns of tree species richness along peninsular extensions of tropical forests. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 5:85-90
Tackaberry, R., N. Brokaw, M. Kellman, and E. Mallory. 1997. Estimating species richness in tropical forest: the missing species extrapolation approach. J. Trop. Ecol. 13:449-58
Taft, J. B., M. W. Schwartz, and R. P. Loy. 1995. Vegetation ecology of flatwoods on the Illinoian till plain. J. Veg. Sci. 6:647-66
Tahvanainen, J. O., and R. B. Root. 1972. The influence of vegetational diversity on the population ecology of a specialized herbivore, Phyllotrela cruciferae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Oecol. 10:321-46
Tangney, R. S., J. B. Wilson, and A. F. Mark. 1990. Bryophyte island biogeography: a study in Lake Manapouri, New Zealand. Oikos 59:21-6
Tanner, J. E., T. P. Hughes, and J. H. Connell. 1994. Species coexistence, keystone species, and succession: a sensitivity analysis. Ecology 75:2204-19
Tardif, B., and J.-L. DesGranges. 1998. Correspondence between bird and plant hotspots of the St. Lawrence River and influence of scale on their location. Biol. Cons. 84:53-63
Tarr, J., G. Botkin, E. L. Rice, E. Carpenter, and M. Hart. 1980. A broad analysis of fifteen sites in the tall-grass prairie of Oklahoma. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 60:39-42
Tatoni, T., and P. Roche. 1994. Comparison of old-field and forest revegetation dynamics in Provence. J. Veg. Sci. 5:295-302
Taylor, B. 1991. Investigating species incidence over habitat fragments of different areas - a look at error estimation. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 42:177-91
Taylor, D. R., L. W. Aarssen, and C. Loehle. 1990. On the relationship between r/K selection and environmental carrying capacity: a new habitat templet for plant life history strategies. Oikos 58:239-50
Taylor, P. H., and S. D. Gaines. 1999. Can Rapoport's Rule be rescued? Modeling cuases of the latitudinal gradient in species richness. Ecology 80:2474-82
Teketay, D., and A. Granstr"m. 1995. Soil seed banks in dry Afromontane forests of Ethiopia. J. Veg. Sci. 6:777-86
ten Harkel, M. J., and F. van der Meulen. 1995. Impact of grazing and atmospheric nitrogen deposition on the vegetation of dry coastal dune grasslands. J. Veg. Sci. 7:445-52
Tepfer, D. 1995. Baseline cover class analysis for the rotational grazing project. The Land Report 53:35-7
Terborgh, J. 1977. Bird species diversity on an Andean elevational gradient. Ecology 58:1007-19
Terborgh, J., R. B. Foster, and P. Nu¤ez V. 1996. Tropical tree communities: a test of the nonequilibrium hypothesis. Ecology 77:561-7
ter Braak, C. J. F., and S. Juggins. 1993. Weighted averaging partial least squares regression (WA-PLS): an improved method for reconstructing environmental variables from species assemblages. Hydrobiol. 269/270:485-502
Ter Heerdt, G. N. J., J. P. Bakker, and J. De Leeuw. 1991. Seasonal and spatial variation in living and dead plant material in a grazed grassland as related to plant species diversity. J. Appl. Ecol. 28:120-7
ter Steege, H., V. G. Jetten, A. M. Polak, and M. J. A. Werger. 1993. Tropical rain forest types and soil factors in a watershed area in Guyana. J. Veg. Sci. 4:705-16

Ter Steege, H., M. J. Jansen-Jacobs, and V. K. Datadin. 2000. Can botanical collections assist in a National Proctected Area Strategy in Guyana? Biodivers. Conserv. 9:241-63
Tester, J. R. 1989. Effects of fire frequency on oak savanna in east-central Minnesota. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 116:134-44
Tewari, M., N. Upreti, P. Pandey, and S. P. Singh. 1985. Epiphytic succession on tree trunks in a mixed oak-cedar forest, Kumaun Himalaya. Vegetatio 63:106-12
Therriault, T. W., and J. Kolasa. 2000. Explicit links among physical stress habitat heterogeneity and biodiversity. Oikos 89:387-91
Thimonier, A., J. L. Dupouey, and J. Timbal. 1992. Floristic changes in the herb-layer vegetation of a deciduous forest in the Lorraine Plain under the influence of atmospheric deposition. For. Ecol. Manage. 55:149-67
Thiollay, J.-M. 1990. Comparative diversity of temperate and tropical forest bird communities: the influence of habitat heterogeneity. Acta Oecol. 11:887-911
Thiollay, J.-M. 1992. Influence of selective logging on bird species diversity in a Guianan Rain Forest. Cons. Bio. 6:47-63
Thiollay, J.-M. 1996. Distributional patterns of raptors along altitudinal gradients in the northern Andes and effects of forest fragmentation. J. Trop. Ecol. 12:535-60

Thioulouse, J., and D. Chessel. 1992. A method for reciprocal scaling of species tolerance and sample diversity. Ecology 73:670-80
Thomas, C. D. 1990. Fewer species. Nature 347:237
Thomas, cd, and H. C. Mallorie. 1985. Rarity, species richness and conservation: butterflies of the Atlas Mountains in Morocco. Biol. Cons. 35:95-117
Thomas, S. C., C. B. Halpern, D. A. Falk, D. A. Liguori, and K. A. Austin. 1999. Plant diversity in managed forests: understory responses to thinning and fertilization. Ecol. Appl. 9:864-79
Thompson, D. B. A., and A. Brown. 1992. Biodiversity in montane Britain: habitat variation, vegetation diversity and some objectives for conservation. Biodivers. Conserv. 1:179-208
Thompson, K., S. H. Hillier, J. P. Grime, C. C. Bossard, and S. R. Band. 1996. A functional analysis of a limestone grassland community. J. Veg. Sci. 7:371-80
Thompson, L. S.  1985.  Species abundance and diversity: toward a synthesis based on the lognormal distribution. (Abstract of the Minnesota ESA meetings)
Thrush, S. F., R. B. Whitlatch, R. D. Pridmore, J. E. Hewitt, V. J. Cummings, and M. R. Wilkinson. 1996. Scale-dependent recolonization: the role of sediment stability in a dynamic sandflat habitat. Ecology 77:2472-87
Thysell, D. R., and A. B. Carey. 2000. Effects of forest management on understory and overstory vegetation: a retrospective study. United States Department of Agriculture Forest Service General Technical Report PNW-GTR-488:1-41
Tikka, P. M., P. S. Koski, R. A. Kivel", and M. T. Kuitunen. 2000. Can grassland plant communities be preserved on road and railway verges? Appl. Veg. Sci. 3:25-32
Tilman, D.  1982.  Resource competition and community structure. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ.
Tilman, D.  1986.  Resources, competition and the dynamics of plant communities. Pages 51-75 in M. J. Crawley, editor. Plant ecology. Blackwell, Boston.
Tilman, D. 1993. Species richness of experimental productivity gradients: how important is colonization limitation? Ecology 74:2179-91
Tilman, D. 1994. Competition and biodiversity in spatially structured habitats. Ecology 75:2-16
Tilman, D. 1996. Biodiversity: population vs. ecosystem stability. Ecology 77:350-63
Tilman, D. 1997a. Community invasibility, recruitment limitation, and grassland biodiversity. Ecology 78:81-92
Tilman, D. 1997b. Distinguishing between the effects of species diversity and species composition. Oikos 80:185
Tilman, D. 1999a. Diversity and production in European grasslands. Science 286:1099-100
Tilman, D. 1999b. The ecological consequences of changes in biodiversity: a search for general principles. Ecology 80:1455-74
Tilman, D., and A. El Haddi. 1992. Drought and biodiversity in grasslands. Oecol. 89:257-64
Tilman, D., and H. Olff. 1991. An experimental study of the effects of pH and nitrogen on grassland vegetation. Acta Oecol. 12:427-41
Tilman, D., and S. Pacala.  1993.  The maintenance of species richness in plant communities. Pages 13-25 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities:historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Tilman, D., R. M. May, C. L. Lehman, and M. A. Nowak. 1994. Habitat destruction and the extinction debt. Nature 371:65-6

Tilman, D., D. Wedin, and J. Knops. 1996. Productivity and sustainability influenced by biodiversity in grassland ecosystems. Nature 379:718-20
Tilman, D., C. L. Lehman, and K. T. Thomson. 1997a. Plant diversity and ecosystem productivity: theoretical considerations. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 94:1857-61
Tilman, D., S. Naeem, J. Knops, P. Reich, E. Siemann, D. Wedin, M. Ritchie, and J. Lawton. 1997b. Biodiversity and ecosystem processes. Science 278:1866-7
Tilman, D., C. L. Lehman, and C. E. Bristow. 1998. Diversity-stability relationships: statistical inevitability or ecological consequence? Am. Nat. 151:277-82
Tipper, J. C. 1979. Rarefaction and rarefiction--the use and abuse of a method in paleoecology. Paleobiology 5:423-34
Titlyanova, A. A., and N. P. Mironycheva-Tokareva. 1990. Vegetation succession and biological turnover on coal-mining spoils. J. Veg. Sci. 1:643-52
Toft, S. 1989. Aspects of the ground-living spider fauna of two barley fields in Denmark: species richness and phenological synchronization. Ent. Meddr. 57:157-68
Toham, A. K., and G. G. Teugels. 1998. Diversity patterns of fish assemblages in the Lower Ntem River Basin (Cameroon), with notes on potential effects of deforestation. Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 141:421-46
Tokeshi, M. 1990. Niche apportionment or random assortment: species abundance patterns revisited. J. Anim. Ecol. 59:1129-46
Tokeshi, M. 1993. Species abundance patterns and community structure. Adv. Ecol. Res. 24:111-86
Tokeshi, M. 1996. Power fraction: a new explanation of relative abundance patterns in species-rich assemblages. Oikos 75:543-50
Tonn, W. M., J. J. Magnuson, M. Rask, and J. Toivonen. 1990. Intercontinental comparison of small-lake fish assemblages: the balance between local and regional processes. Am. Nat. 136:345-75
Tonteri, T. 1994. Species richness of boreal understorey forest vegetation in relation to site type and successional factors. Ann. Zool. Fennici. 31:53-60
Torti, S. D., P. D. Coley, and T. A. Kursar. 2001. Causes and consequences of monodominance in tropical lowland forests. Am. Nat. 157:141-53
T¢thm‚r‚sz, B. 1998. On the characterization of scale-dependent diversity. Abstr. Bot. 22:149-59
T¢thm‚r‚sz, B., and Z. Erdei. 1992. The effect of species dominance on information theory characteristics of plant communities. Abstr. Bot. 16:43-7
Towne, E. G. 2000. Prairie vegetation and soil nutrient responses to ungulate carcasses. Oecol. 122:232-9
Tracy, B. F., and M. A. Sanderson. 2000. Patterns of plant species richness in pasture lands of the northeast United States. Plant Ecol. 149:169-80
Tracy, C. R., and T. L. George. 1992. On the determinants of extinction. Am. Nat. 139:102-22
Treberg, M. A., and B. C. Husband. 1999. Relationship between the abundance of Lythrum salicaria (Purple loosestrife) and plant species richness along the Bar River, Canada. Wetlands 19:118-25
Trebino, H. J., E. J. Chaneton, and R. J. C. Le¢n. 1996. Flooding, topography, and successional age as determinants of species diversity in old-field vegetation. Can. J. Bot. 74:582-8
Trzcinska-Tacik, H. 1991. Changes in the corn-weed communities in the Malopolska Upland (S. Poland) from 1947-1988. Ver"ff. Geobot. Inst. ETH. Stift. R�b. Z�r. 106:232-56
Tscharntke, T. 1992a. Coexistence, tritrophic interactions and density dependence in a species-rich parasitoid community. J. Anim. Ecol. 61:59-67
Tscharntke, T. 1992b. Fragmentation of Phragmites habitats, miminum viable populations size, habitat suitability, and local extinction of moths, midges, flies, aphids, and birds. Cons. Bio. 6:530-6
Tscharntke, T., and H.-J. Greiler. 1995. Insect communities, grasses, and grasslands. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 40:535-58
Tsuyuzaki, S. 1991. Species turnover and diversity during early stages of vegetation recovery on the volcano Usu, northern Japan. J. Veg. Sci. 2:301-6
Tsuyuzaki, S., F. Kanda, and K. Narita. 1994. Revegetation patterns on abandoned pasture in northern Japan. Acta Oecol. 15:461-7
Tsuyuzaki, T., S. Urano, and T. Tsujii. 1990. Vegetation of alpine marshland and its neighboring areas, northern part of Sichuan Province, China. Vegetatio 88:79-86
Tuomisto, H. 1998. What satellite imagery and large-scale field studies can tell about biodiversity patterns in Amazonian forests. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Gardens 85:48-62
Tuomisto, H., and A. D. Poulsen. 2000. Pteridophyte diversity and species compostion in four Amazonian rain forest. J. Veg. Sci. 11:383-96
Tuomisto, H., and K. Ruokolainen. 1994. Distribution of Pteridophyta and Melastomataceae along an edaphic gradient in an Amazonian rain forest. J. Veg. Sci. 5:25-34
Turner, I. M. 1996. Species loss in fragments of tropical rain forest: a review of the evidence. J. Appl. Ecol. 33:200-9
Turner, I. M. 1997. A tropical flora summarized - a statistical analysis of the vascular plant diversity of Malaya. Flora 192:157-63
Turner, I. M., Y. K. Wong, P. T. Chew, and A. B. Ibrahim. 1997. Tree species richness in primary and old secondary tropical forest in Singapore. Biodivers. Conserv. 6:537-43
Turner, J. R. G., and J. J. Lennon. 1989. Species richness and the energy theory - Turner and Lennon reply. Nature 340:351
Turner, J. R., C. M. Gatehouse, and C. A. Corey. 1987. Does solar energy control organic diversity?  Butterflies, moths and the British Climate. Oikos 48:195-205
Turner, M. G., R. V. O'Neill, R. H. Gardner, and B. T. Milne. 1989. Effects of changing spatial scale on the analysis of landscape pattern. Landscape Ecol. 3:153-62
Turner, M. G., W. H. Romme, R. H. Gardner, and W. W. Hargrove. 1997. Effects of fire size and pattern on early succession in Yellowstone National Park. Ecol. Mon. 67:411-34
Turner, T. 1985. Stability of rocky intertidal surfgrass beds: persistence, preemption, and recovery. Ecology 66:83-92
Turpie, J. K., L. E. Beckley, and S. M. Katua. 2000. Biogeography and the selection of priority areas for conservation of South African coastal fishes. Biol. Cons. 92:59-72
Tyler, T. 1998. En kvadratmil sk†nska mossor - f"rslag till en tidsbesparande inventeringsmetod. Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift 92:41-56
Tyndall, R. W. 1992. Herbaceous layer vegetation on Maryland serpentine. Castanea 57:267-72
Tyser, R. W. 1992. Vegetation associated with two alien plant species in a fescue grassland in Glacier National Park, Montana. Great Basin Nat. 52:189-93
Tyser, R. W., and C. A. Worley. 1992. Alien flora in grasslands adjacent to road and trail corridors in Glacier National Park, Montana (U.S.A.). Cons. Bio. 6:253-62
Ugarte, E. A.  1987.  The hill prairies of northeast Iowa.  Vegetation and dynamics. PhD Thesis. Iowa State University.
Ugland, K. I., and J. S. Gray. 1982. Lognormal distributions and the concept of community equilibrium. Oikos 39:171-8
Umbanhowar Jr, C. E. 1995. Revegetation of earthen mounds along a topographic-productivity gradient in a northern mixed prairie. J. Veg. Sci. 6:637-46
Umbanhower, C. E. 1992. Early patterns of revegetation of artificial earthen mounds in a northern mixed prairie. Can. J. Bot. 70:14-150
Underwood, A. J., and G. A. Skilleter. 1996. Effects of patch-size on the structure of assemblages in rock pools. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 197:63-90
Urbanska, K. M., and M. Fattorini. 2000. Seed rain in high-altitude restoration plots in Switzerland. Restor. Ecol. 8:74-9
Usher, M. B. 1992. Management and diversity of arthropods in Calluna Heathland. Biodivers. Conserv. 1:63-79
Usher, M. B., A. C. Brown, and S. E. Bedford. 1992. Plant species richness in farm woodlands. Forestr. 65:1-13
V"is"nen, R., and K. Heli"vaara. 1994. Hot-spots of insect diversity in northern Europe. Ann. Zool. Fennici. 31:71-81
Valencia, R., H. Balslev, and G. Paz Y Mi¤o C. 1994. High tree alpha-diversity in Amazonian Ecuador. Biodivers. Conserv. 3:21-8
Valentine, J. F.  1989.  Range Development and Improvements. Academic Press, San Diego.
Valiela, I.  1984.  Marine ecological processes. Springer-Verlag, New York.
Valkenburgh, B. V., and C. M. Janis.  1993.  Historical diversity patterns in North American large herbivores and carnivores. Pages 330-340 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Valone, T. J., and J. H. Browhn. 1995. Effects of competition, colonization, and extinction on rodent species diversity. Science 267:880-3
van Andel, J. 1998. Two approaches toward the relationship between plant species diversity and ecosystem functioning. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:9-14
Van Buskirk, J. 1985. Species-area relationship of birds on small islands at Isle Royale, Michigan. Wilson Bull. 97:566-9
van der Heijden, M. G. A., J. M. Klironomos, M. Ursic, P. Moutoglis, R. Streitwolf-Engel, T. Boller, A. Wiemken, and I. R. Sanders. 1999. "Sampling effect", a problem in biodiversity manipulation? A reply to David A. Wardle. Oikos 87:408-10
van der Maarel, E.  1988.  Species diversity in plant communities in relation to structure and dynamics. Pages 1-14 in H. J. During, M. J. A. Werger and J. H. Willems, editors. Diverstiy and pattern in plant communities. SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague.
van der Maarel, E. 1993. Some remarks on disturbance and its relations to diversity and stability. J. Veg. Sci. 4:733-6
van der Maarel, E., and M. T. Sykes. 1993. Small-scale plant species turnover in a limestone grassland: the carousel model and some comments on the niche concept. J. Veg. Sci. 4:179-88
van der Maarel, E., and M. T. Sykes. 1997. Rates of small-scale species mobility in alvar limestone grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 8:199-208
van der Maarel, E., and A. Titlyanova. 1989. Above-ground and below-ground biomass relations in steppes under different grazing conditions. Oikos 56:364-70
van der Maarel, E., V. Noest, and M. W. Palmer. 1995. Variation in species richness on small grassland quadrats: niche structure or small-scale plant mobility? J. Veg. Sci. 6:741-52
van der Merwe, J. P. A., and K. Kellmer. 1999. Soil disturbance and increase in species diversity during rehabilitation of degraded arid rangelands. J. Arid Envir. 41:323-33
Vandermmer, J., I. Granzow de la Cerda, D. Boucher, I. Perfecto, and J. Ruiz. 2000. Hurricane disturbance and tropical tree species diversity. Science 290:788
Vandermuelen, M. A., A. J. Hudson, and S. M. Scheiner. 2001. Three evolutionary hypotheses for the hump-shaped productivity-diversity curve. Evol. Ecol. Res. 3:379-92
Van der Putten, W. H., S. R. Mortimer, K. Hedlund, C. Van Dijk, V. K. Grown, J. Leps, C. Rodriguez-Barrueco, T. A. Diaz Len, D. Gormsen, G. W. Korthals, S. Lavorel, I. Santa Regina, and P. Smilauer. 2000. Plant species diversity as a driver of early succession in abandoned fields: a multi-site approach. Oecol. 124:91-9
van der Valk, A. G., L. Squires, and C. H. Welling. 1994. Assessing the impacts of an increase in water level on wetland vegetation. Ecol. Appl. 4:525-34
Vander Zanden, M. J., B. J. Shuter, N. Lester, and J. B. Rasmussen. 1999. Patterns of food chain length in lakes: a stable isotope study. Am. Nat. 154:406-16
Vane-Wright, R. I., C. J. Humphries, and P. H. Williams. 1991. What to protect?-Systematics and the Agony of Choice. Biol. Cons. 55:235-54
Vangsgaard, C., E. Gravesen, and S. Toft. 1990. The spider fauna of a marginal agricultural field. Ent. Meddr. 58:47-54
Vanhara, J. 1991. A floodplain forest mosquito community after man-made moisture changes (Culicidae, Diptera). Reg. Riv. Res. Manage. 6:341-8
van Heezik, Y., and P. J. Seddon. 1999. Effects of season and habitat on bird abundance and diversity in a steppe desert, northern Saudi Arabia. J. Arid Envir. 43:301-17
van Jaarsveld, A. S. 1998. Biodiversity assessment and conservation strategies. Science 279:2106
Vankat, J. L. 1991. Floristics of a chronosequence corresponding to old field-deciduous forest succession in southwestern Ohio. IV. Intra- and inter-stand comparisons and their implications for succession mechanisms. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 118:392-8
Vankat, J. L., and W. P. Carson. 1991. Floristics of a chronosequence corresponding to old field-deciduous forest succession in southwestern Ohio. III. Post-disturbance vegetation. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 118:385-91
Vankat, J. L., and G. W. Snyder. 1991. Floristics of a chronosequence corresponding to old field-deciduous forest succession in southwestern Ohio. I. Undisturbed vegetation. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 118:365-76
van Rensburg, B. J., M. A. McGeoch, W. Matthews, S. L. Chown, and A. S. van Jaarsveld. 2000. Testing generalities in the shape of patch occupancy frequency distributions. Ecology 81:3163-77
van Ruremonde, R. H. A. C., and J. T. R. Kalkhoven. 1991. Effects of woodlot isolation on the dispersion of plants with woody fruits. J. Veg. Sci. 2:377-84
Van Strien, A. J., J. Van der Linden, T. C. P. Melman, and M. A. W. Noordervliet. 1989. Factors affecting the vegetation of ditch banks in peat areas in the western Netherlands. J. Appl. Ecol. 26:989-1004
Van Strien, A. J., T. Van der Berg, W. J. Rip, and R. C. W. Strucker. 1991. Effects of mechanical ditch management on the vegetation of ditch banks in dutch peat areas. J. Appl. Ecol. 28:501-13
Van Wieren, S. E.  1991.  The management of populations of large mammals. Pages 103-128 in I. F. Spellerberg, F. B. Goldsmith and M. G. Morris, editors. The scientific management of temperate communities for conservation. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Vaughn, C. C., and C. M. Taylor. 1999. Impoundments and the decline of freshwater mussels: a case study of an extinction gradient. Cons. Bio. 13:912-20
Vazquez, J. A., and T. J. Givnish. 1998. Altitudinal gradients in tropical forest composition, structure, and diversity in the Sierra de Manantlan. J. Ecol. 86:999-1020
Veech, J. A. 2000a. Choice of species-area function affects identification of hotspots. Cons. Bio. 14:140-7
Veech, J. A. 2000b. A null model for detecting nonrandom patterns of species richness along spatial gradients. Ecology 81:1143-9
Ver Hoef, J. M., and N. Cressie.  1993.  Spatial statistics: analysis of field experiments. Pages 319-341 in S. M. Scheiner and J. Gurevitch, editors. Design and Analysis of Ecological Experiments. Chapman and Hall, New York.
Vermeer, J. G., and F. Berendse. 1983. The relationship between nutrient availability, shoot biomass and species richness in grassland and wetland communities. Vegetatio 53:121-6
Verner, J., and T. A. Larson. 1989. Richness of breeding bird species in mixed-conifer forests of the Sierra Nevada, California. Auk 106:447-63
Vetaas, O. R. 1992. Gradients in field-layer vegetation on an arid misty mountain plateau in the Sudan. J. Veg. Sci. 3:527-34
Vetaas, O. R. 1993. Effect of spatial arrangement of environmental variables on ordination results from a disturbed humidity gradient in Northeastern Sudan. Coenoses 8:27-37
Vetaas, O. R. 1997. The effect of canopy disturbance on species richness in a central Himalayan oak forest. Plant Ecol. 132:29-38
Vieira, V., and B. Pintureau. 1991. Diversit‚ compar‚e des l‚pidoptŠres (insecta) dans les Œles des A‡ores. Ciˆnc. Natur. 9:25-35
Vilenkin, B. Y., and V. I. Shikatunov. 1998. co-occurrence of species with various geographical ranges, and correlation between area size and number of species in geographical scale. J. Biogeogr. 25:275-84
Villa, F., O. Rossi, and F. Sartore. 1992. Understanding the role of chronic environmental disturbance in the context of island biogeography theory. Environ. Manage. 16:653-66
Vinton, M. A., D. C. Hartnett, E. J. Finck, and J. M. Briggs. 1993. Interactive effects of fire, bison (Bison bison) grazing and plant community composition in tallgrass prairie. Am. Midl. Nat. 129:10-8
Virkkala, R. 1989. Short-term fluctuations of bird communities and populations in virgin and managed forests in northern Finland. Ann. Zool. Fennici. 26:277-85
Virola, T., V. Kaitala, M. Kuitunen, A. Lammi, P. Siikamaki, J. Suhonen, and K. Virolainen. 1999. Species immigration, extinction and turnover of vascular plants in boreal lakes. Ecography 22:240-5
Virtanen, R., A. E. Johnston, M. J. Crawley, and G. R. Edwards. 2000. Bryophyte biomass and species richness on the Park Grass Exeriment, Rothamsted, UK. Plant Ecol. 151:129-41
Vitousek, P. M., C. M. D'Antonio, L. L. Loope, M. Rejm nek, and R. Westbrooks. 1997. Introduced species: a significant component of human-caused global change. N. Z. J. Ecol. 21:1-16
Vivian-Smith, G. 1997. Microtopographic heterogeneity and floristic diversity in experimental wetland communities. J. Ecol. 85:71-82
Voelz, M. J., and J. V. McArthur. 2000. An exploration of factors influencing lotic insect species richness. Biol. Cons. 9:1543-70
Wade, G. L. 1989. Grass competition and establishment of native species from forest soil seed banks. Landscape Urban Plan. 17:135-49
Wade, G. L. 1992. Formula relates species richness and area to restoration success. Rest. Man. Notes 9:124-5
Wade, G. L., and R. L. Thompson. 1991. The species-area curve and regional floras. Trans. Kent. Acad. Sci. 52:21-6
W"ngberg, S.-�. 1995. Effects of arsenate and copper on the algal communities in polluted lakes in the northern parts of Sweden assayed by PICT (Pollution-Induced Community Tolerance). Hydrobiol. 306:109-24
Wagner, H. H.  1999.  From m2 to km2: scaling of the plant species diversity of an agricultural landscape. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Z�rich.
Wagner, H. H., O. Wildi, and K. C. Ewald. 2000. Additive partitioning of plant species diversity in an agricultural mosaic landscape. Landscape Ecol. 15:219-27
Waide, R. B., M. R. Willig, C. F. Steiner, G. Mittelbach, L. Gough, S. I. Dodson, G. P. Juday, and R. Parmenter. 1999. The relationship between productivity and species richness. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 30:257-300
Wakeley, J. S., and T. H. Roberts. 1996. Bird distributions and forest zonation in a bottomland hardwood wetland. Wetlands 16:296-308
Walker, B. 1995. Conserving biological diversity through ecosystem resilience. Cons. Bio. 9:747-52
Walker, J. L., and R. K. Peet. 1983. Composition and species diversity of pine-wiregrass savannas of the Green Swamp, North Carolina. Vegetatio 55:163-79
Walker, L. R. 2000. Seedling and sapling dynamics of treefall pits in Puerto Rico. Biotropica 32:262-75
Wallace, A. R.  1878.  Tropical nature and other essays. MacMillan, London.
Walter, G. H.  1995.  Species concepts and the nature of ecological generalizations about diversity. Pages 191-224 in D. L. Lambert and H. G. Spencer, editors. Speciation and the recognition concept. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore.
Walter, G. H., and H. E. H. Paterson. 1994. The implications of palaeontological evidence for theories of ecological communities and species richness. Austral. J. Ecol. 19:241-50
Walther, B. A., P. Cotgreave, R. D. Price, R. D. Gregory, and D. H. Clayton. 1995. Sampling effort and parasite species richness. Parasitology Today 11:306-10
Wang, Z., and R. D. Nyland. 1993. Tree species richness increased by clearcutting of northern hardwoods in central New York. For. Ecol. Manage. 57:71-84
Ward, D., and L. Blaustein. 1994. The overriding influence of flash floods on species-area curves in ephemeral Negev Desert pools: a consideration of hte value of island biogeography theory. J. Biogeogr. 21:595-603
Ward, D., L. Olsvig-Whittaker, and M. Lawes. 1993. Vegetation-environment relationships in a Negev Desert erosion cirque. J. Veg. Sci. 4:83-94
Ward, T. J., M. A. Vanderklift, A. O. Nicholls, and R. A. Kenchington. 1999. Selecting marine reserves using habitats and species assemblages as surrogates for biological diversity. Ecol. Appl. 9:691-8
Wardle, D. A. 1999. Is "sampling effect" a problem for experiments investigating biodiversity-ecosystem function relationships? Oikos 87:403-7
Wardle, D. A., and G. M. Barker. 1997. Competition and herbivory in establishing grassland communities: implications for plant biomass, species diversity and soil microbial activity. Oikos 80:470-80
Wardle, D. A., K. I. Bonner, and K. S. Nicholson. 1997. Biodiversity and plant litter: experimental evidence which does not support the view that enhanced species richness improves ecosystem function. Oikos 79:247-58
Wardle, D. A., K. I. Bonner, G. M. Barker, G. W. Yeates, K. S. Nicholson, R. D. Bardgett, R. N. Watson, and A. Ghani. 1999. Plant removals in perennial grassland: vegetation dynamics, decomposers, soil biodiversity, and ecosystem properties. Ecol. Mon. 69:535-68
Wardle, D. A., K. I. Bonner, and G. M. Barker. 2000. Stability of ecosystem properties in response to above-ground functional group richness and compostion. Oikos 89:11-23
Warkentin, I. G., R. Greenberg, and J. S. Ortiz. 1995. Songbird use of gallery woodlands in recently cleared and older settled landscapes of the Selva Lacandona, Chiapas, Mexico. Cons. Bio. 9:1095-106
Warner, R. R., and P. L. Chesson. 1985. Coexistence mediated by recruitment fluctuations: a field guide to the storage effect. Am. Nat. 125:769-87
Warnock, N., S. M. Haig, and L. W. Oring. 1998. Monitoring species richness and abundance of shorebirds in the western Great Basin. Condor 100:589-600
Warr, S. J., M. Kent, and K. Thompson. 1994. Seed bank composition and variability in five woodlands in south-west England. J. Biogeogr. 21:151-68
Warren, S. D., K. T. Harper, and G. M. Booth. 1988. Elevational distribution of insect pollinators. Am. Midl. Nat. 120:325-30
Waser, N. M., and N. M. Price. 1981. Effect of grazing on diversity of annual plants in the Sonoran desert. Oecol. 50:407-11
Watkins, A. J., and J. B. Wilson. 1992. Fine-scale community structure of lawns. J. Ecol. 80:15-24
Watson, D. M., and A. T. Peterson. 1999. Determinants of diversity in a naturally fragmented landscape: humid montane forest avifaunas of Mesoamerica. Oikos 22:582-9
Watson, M. A. 1980. Patterns of habitat occupation in mosses-relevance to considerations of the niche. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 107:346-72
Watt, A. D. 1998. Measuring disturbance in tropical forests: a critique of the use of species-abundance models and indicator measures in general. J. Appl. Ecol. 35:467-9
Wayne, P. M., and F. A. Bazzaz. 1991. Assessing diversity in plant communities: the importance of within-species variation. Tr. Ecol. Evol. 6:400-4
Weaver, J. C. 1995. Indicator species and scale of observation. Cons. Bio. 9:939-42
Weaver, J. E., and F. W. Albertson. 1940. Deterioration of grassland from stability to denudation with decrease in soil moisture. Bot. Gaz. 101:598-624
Webb, C. O., and D. R. Peart. 1999. Seedling density dependence promotes coexistence of Bornean rain forest trees. Ecology 80:2006-17
Webb, E. L., and R. Peralta. 1998. Tree community diversity of lowland swamp forest in northeast Costa Rica, and changes associated with controlled selective logging. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:565-83
Webb, N. R., and J. A. Thomas.  1994.  Conserving insect habitats in heathland biotopes: a question of scale. Pages 129-151 in P. J. Edwards, R. M. May and N. R. Webb, editors. Large-scale ecology and conservation biology. Blackwell Scientific Publications, London.
Webb, S. L., and S. E. Scanga. 2001. Windstorm disturbance without patch dynamics: twelve years of change in a Minnesota forest. Ecology 82:893-7
Weiher, E. 1999. The combined effects of scale and productivity on species richness. J. Ecol. 87:1005-11
Weiher, E., and C. W. Boylen. 1994. Patterns and prediction of alpha and beta diversity of aquatic plants in Adirondack (New York) lakes. Can. J. Bot. 72:1797-804
Weiher, E., and P. A. Keddy. 1999. Relative abundance and evenness patterns along diversity and biomass gradients. Oikos 87:355-61
Welsh, D. A., and S. C. Lougheed. 1996. Relationships of bird community structure and species distributions to two environmental gradients in the northern boreal forest. Ecography 19:194-208
Weltzin, J. F., S. L. Dowhower, and R. K. Heitschmidt. 1997. Prairie dog effects on plant community structure in southern mixed-grass prairie. Southw. Nat. 42:251-8
Wesche, K. 1997. A classification of a tropical Shorea robusta forest stand in southern Nepal. Phytocoenologia 27:103-18
Wessels, K. J., A. S. van Jaarsveld, J. D. Grimbeek, and M. J. van der Linde. 1998. An evaluation of the gradsect biological survey method. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:1093-121
West, N. E. 1993. Biodiversity of Rangelands. J. Range Manage. 46:2-13
West, N. E., and G. A. Reese. 1991. Comparison of some methods for collecting and analyzing data on aboveground net production and diversity of herbaceous vegetation in a northern Utah subapline context. Vegetatio 96:145-63
Westfall, R. H., J. M. van Staden, and M. D. Panagos. 1987. Predictive species-area relations and determination of subsample size for vegetation sampling in the Transvaal Waterberg. S. Afr. Tydskr. Plantk. 53:44-8
Westman, W. E. 1981. Diversity relations and succession in Californian coastal sage scrub. Ecology 62:170-84
Westman, W. E. 1990. Managing for Biodiversity. BioSci. 40:26-33
Westoby, M.  1993.  Biodiversity in Australia compared with other continents. Pages 170-177 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities: historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Westoby, M. 1998. The relationship between local and regional diversity: comment. Ecology 79:1825-7
Wethey, D. S. 1985. Catastrophe, extinction, and species diversity: a rocky intertidal example. Ecology 66:445-56
Wheeler, B. D. 1988. Species richness, species rarity and conservation evaluation of rich-fen vegetation in lowland England and Wales. J. Appl. Ecol. 25:331-53
Wheeler, B. D. 1993. Botanical diversity in British mires. Biodivers. Conserv. 2:490-512
Wheeler, B. D., and K. E. Giller. 1982. Species richness of herbaceous fen vegetation in Broadland, Norfolk in relation to the quantity of above-ground plant material. J. Ecol. 70:179-200
Wheeler, B. D., and S. C. Shaw. 1991. Above-ground crop mass and species richness of the principal types of herbaceous rich-fen vegetation of lowland England and Wales. J. Ecol. 79:285-301
Whitaker, R. J., and R. Field. 2000. Tree species richness modelling: an approach of global applicability? Oikos 89:399-402
Whitaker, R. J., and S. H. Jones. 1994. The role of frugivorous bats and birds in the rebuilding of a tropical forest ecosystem, Krakatau, Indonesia. J. Biogeogr. 21:245-58
White, A. S., J. W. Witham, M. L. Hunter Jr, and A. J. Kimball. 1999. Relationship between plant species richness and biomass in a coastal Maine Quercus-Pinus forest. J. Veg. Sci. 10:755-62
White, P. S. 1983. Eastern Asian-Eastern North American floristic relations: the plant community level. Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 70:734-47
White, P. S., and R. I. Miller. 1988. Topographic models of vascular plant richness in the southern appalachian high peaks. J. Ecol. 76:192-9
White, P. S., and S. P. Bratton. 1980. After preservation: philosophical and practical problems of change. Biol. Cons. 18:241-55
Whitford, W. G. 1997. Desertification and animal biodiversity in the desert grasslands of North America. J. Arid Envir. 37:709-20
Whitmore, T. C., and J. A. Sayer, editors.  1992.  Tropical deforestation and species extinction. Chapman & Hall, London.
Whittaker, R. H. 1965. Dominance and diversity in land plant communities. Science 147:250-60
Whittaker, R. H. 1967. Gradient analysis of vegetation. Biol. Rev. 42:207-64
Whittaker, R. H. 1969. Evolution of diversity in plant communities. Brookhaven Symp. Biol. 22:178-95
Whittaker, R. H. 1972. Evolution and measurement of species diversity. Taxon 21:213-51
Whittaker, R. H.  1975.  Communities and Ecosystems, 2nd Edition. Macmillan, New York.
Whittaker, R. H. 1977. Evolution of species diversity in land communities. Evol. Biol. 10:1-66
Whittaker, R. J. 2000. Scale, succession and complexity in island biogeography: are we asking the right questions? Global Ecology and Biogeography 9:75-85
Wickham, J. D., J. Wu, and D. F. Bradford. 1997. A conceptual framework for selecting and analyzing stressor data to study species richness at large spatial scales. Environ. Manage. 21:247-57
Widdicombe, S., and M. C. Austen. 1999. Mesocosm investigation into the effects of bioturbation on the diversity and structure of a subtidal macrobenthic community. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 189:181-93
Wiens, J. A., T. O. Crist, R. H. Day, S. M. Murphy, and G. D. Hayward. 1996. Effects of the Exxon Valdez oil spill on marine bird communities in Prince William Sound, Alaska. Ecology 6:828-41
Wiggins, D. A. 1999. The peninsula effect on species diversity: a reassessment of the avifauna of Baja California. Ecography 22:542-7
Willems, J. H. 1983. Species composition and above ground phytomass in chalk grassland with different management. Vegetatio 52:171-80
Willems, J. H., and L. P. M. Bik. 1998. Restoration of high species density in calcareous grassland: the role of seed rain and soil seed bank. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:91-100
Willems, J. H., and R. Bobbink.  1990.  Spatial processes in the succession of chalk grassland on old fields in the Netherlands. Pages 237-249 in F. Krahulec, A. D. Q. Agnew, S. Agnew and H. J. Willems, editors. Spatial processes in plant communities. Academia, Prague.
Willems, J. H., and M. G. L. van Nieuwstadt. 1996. Long-term after effects of fertilization on above-ground phytomass and species diversity in calcareous grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 7:177-84
Willems, J. H., R. K. Peet, and L. Bik. 1993. Changes in chalk-grassland structure and species richness resulting from selective nutrient additions. J. Veg. Sci. 4:203-12
Williams, B. K. 1996. Assessment of accuracy in the mapping of vertebrate biodiversity. J. Env. Manage. 47:269-82
Williams, C. B.  1964.  Patterns in the Balance of Nature. Academic Press, New York.
Williams, D. C. 1943. Area and number of species. Nature 152:264-7
Williams, M. R. 1995. An extreme-value function model of the species incidence and species-area relations. Ecology 76:2607-16
Williams, M. R. 1996. Species-area curves: the need to include zeroes. Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. Lett. 5:91-3
Williams, P. H. 1996a. Mapping variations in the strength and breadth of biogeographic transition zones using species turnover. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 263:579-88
Williams, P. 1996b. Measuring biodiversity value. World Conservation 1:12-4
Williams, P., D. Gibbons, C. Margules, A. Rebelo, C. Humphries, and R. Pressey. 1996a. A comparison of richness hotspots, rarity hotspots, and complementary areas for conserving diversity of British birds. Cons. Bio. 10:155-74
Williams, P. H., G. T. Prance, C. J. Humphries, and K. S. Edwards. 1996b. Promise and problems in applying quantitative complementary areas for representing the diversity of some Neotropical plants (families Dichapetalaceae, Lecythidaceae, Caryocaraceae, Chrysobalanaceae and Proteaceae). Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 58:125-57
Williams, P. H., H. M. de Klerk, and T. M. Crowe. 1999. Interpreting biogeographical boundaries among Afrotropical birds: spatial patterns in richness gradients and species replacement. J. Biogeogr. 26:459-74
Williams, R. J. 1992. Gap dynamics in subalpine heathland and grassland vegetation in south-eastern Australia. J. Ecol. 80:343-52
Williams, R. J., G. A. Duff, D. Bowman, and G. D. Cook. 1996. Variation in the composition and structure of tropical savannas as a funciton of rainfall and soil texture along a large-scale climatic gradient in the North Territory, Australia. J. Biogeogr. 23:747-56
Williams, R. N., J. L. Blackmer, D. S. Richmond, and M. S. Ellis. 1992. Nitidulidae (Coleoptera) diversity in three natural preserves in Portage County, Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 92:82-7
Williamson, M.  1981.  Island populations. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Williamson, M.  1988.  Relationship of species number to area, distance and other variables. Pages 91-115 in A. A. Myers and P. S. Giller, editors. Analytical Biogeography. Chapman and Hall, New York.
Willig, M. R., and K. W. Selcer. 1989. Bat species density gradients in the New World: A statistical assessment. J. Biogeogr. 16:189-95
Willott, S. J., D. C. Lim, S. G. Compton, and S. L. Sutton. 2000. Effects of selective logging on the butterflies of a Bornean rainforest. Cons. Bio. 14:1055-65
Willson, M. F., T. L. De Santo, C. Sabag, and J. J. Armesto. 1994. Avian communities of fragmented south-temperate rainforests in Chile. Cons. Bio. 8:508-20
Wilsey, B. J., and C. Potvin. 2000. Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning: importance of species evenness in an old field. Ecology 81:887-92
Wilson, C. J., R. S. Reid, N. L. Stanton, and B. D. Perry. 1997. Effects of land-use and tsetse fly control on bird species richness in southwestern Ethiopia. Cons. Bio. 11:435-47
Wilson, D. S. 1992. Complex interactions in metacommunities, with implications for biodiversity and higher levels of selection. Ecology 73:1984-2000
Wilson, E. O. 1969. The species equilibrium. in C.M. Woodwell and H.H. Smith, eds. Diversity and Stability in Ecological Systems. Brookhaven Symp. Biol. 22:38-47
Wilson, E. O., editor.  1988.  Biodiversity. National Academy Press, Washington, DC.
Wilson, E. O., and D. S. Simberloff. 1969. Experimental zoogeography of islands: defaunation and monitoring techniques. Ecology 50:267-78
Wilson, J. B. 1990. Mechanisms of species coexistence: twelve explanations for Hutchinson's 'paradox of the plankton: evidence from New Zealand plant communities. N. Z. J. Ecol. 13:17-42
Wilson, J. B. 1991. Methods for fitting dominance/diversity curves. J. Veg. Sci. 2:35-46
Wilson, J. B. 1995. Variance in species richness, niche limitation, and vindication of patch models. Oikos 73:277-9
Wilson, J. B., and A. Chiarucci. 2000. Do plant communities exist? Evidence from scaling-up local species-area relationships to the regional level. J. Veg. Sci. 11:773-5
Wilson, J. B., and S. H. Roxburgh. 1992. Application of community matrix theory to plant competition data. Oikos 65:2
Wilson, J. B., and M. T. Sykes. 1988. Some tests for niche limitation by examination of species diversity in the Dunedin area, New Zealand. N. Z. J. Bot. 26:237-44
Wilson, J. B., and A. J. Watkins. 1994. Guilds and assembly rules in lawn communities. J. Veg. Sci. 5:591-600
Wilson, J. B., H. Gitay, and A. D. Q. Agnew. 1987. Does niche limitation exist? Funct. Ecol. 1:391-7
Wilson, J. B., W. G. Lee, and A. F. Mark. 1990. Species diversity in relation to ultramafic substrate and to altitude in southwestern New Zealand. Vegetatio 86:15-20
Wilson, J. B., S. H. Roxburgh, and A. J. Watkins. 1992. Limitation to plant species coexistence at a point: a study in a New Zealand lawn. J. Veg. Sci. 3:711-4
Wilson, J. B., R. K. Peet, and M. T. Sykes. 1995a. What constitutes evidence of community structure?  A reply to van der Maarel, Noest & Palmer. J. Veg. Sci. 6:753-8
Wilson, J. B., M. T. Sykes, and R. K. Peet. 1995b. Time and space in the community structure of a species-rich limestone grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 6:729-40
Wilson, J. B., M. J. Crawley, M. E. Dodd, and J. Silvertown. 1996. Evidence for constraint on species coexistence in vegetation of the Park Grass experiment. Vegetatio 124:183-90
Wilson, J. B., W. G. Lee, and M. Fenner. 1997. A comparative study of the distribution of genus size in twenty angiosperm floras. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 67:225-37
Wilson, J. B., H. Gitay, J. B. Steel, and W. M. King. 1998. Relative abundance distributions in plant communities: effects of species richness and of spatial scale. J. Veg. Sci. 9:213-20
Wilson, J. B., J. B. Steel, J. E. Newman, and W. M. King. 2000. Quantitative aspects of community structure examined in a semi-arid grassland. J. Ecol. 88:749-56
Wilson, S. D. 1994. The contribution of grazing to plant diversity in alpine grassland and heath. Austral. J. Ecol. 19:137-40
Wilson, S. D., and J. W. Belcher. 1989. Plant and bird communities of native prairie and introduced Eurasian vegetation in Manitoba, Canada. Cons. Bio. 3:39-44
Wilson, S. D., and P. A. Keddy. 1988. Species richness, survivorship, and biomass accumulation along an environmental gradient. Oikos 53:375-80
Winemiller, K. O. 1989. Must connectance decrease with species richness? Am. Nat. 134:960-8
Wing, S. L., and W. A. Dimichele. 1995. Conflict between local and global changes in plant diversity through geological time. Palaios 10:551-64
Winklehner, R., H. Winkler, and C. Kampichler. 1997. Estimating local species richness of epigeic Collembola in temperate dry grassland. Pedobiol. 41:151-8
Winkler, H., and C. Kampichler. 2000. Local and regional species richness in communities of surface-dwelling grassland Collembola: indication of species saturation. Ecography 23:385-92
Wiser, S. K., R. B. Allen, P. W. Clinton, and K. H. Platt. 1998. Community structure and forest invasion by an exotic herb over 23 years. Ecology 79:2071-81
Wisheu, I. C. 1996. Three competing models for predicting the size of species pools: a test using eastern North American wetlands. Oikos 76:253-8
Wisheu, I. C., and P. A. Keddy. 1989. Species richness - standing crop relationships along four lakeshore gradients: constraints on the general model. Can. J. Bot. 67:1609-17
Wisheu, I. C., and P. A. Keddy. 1992. Competition and centrifugal organization of plant communities: theory and tests. J. Veg. Sci. 4:147-56
Wisheu, I. C., M. L. Rosenzweig, L. Olsvig-Whittaker, and A. Shmida. 2000. What makes nutrient-poor mediterranean heathlands so rich in plant diversity? Evol. Ecol. Res. 2:935-55
With, K. A. 1997. The application of neutral landscape models in conservation biology. Cons. Bio. 11:1069-80
Withers, M. A., M. W. Palmer, G. L. Wade, P. S. White, and P. R. Neal.  1998.  Changing patterns in the number of species in North American floras. Pages 23-32 in T. D. Sisk, editor. Perspectives on the Land-Use History of North America: A Context for Understanding our Changing Environment. USGS, Biological Resources Division, BSR/BDR-1998-0003.
Wohlgemuth, T. 1993. Der Verbreitungsatlas der Farn- und Bl�tenpflanzen der Schweiz (Welten und Sutter 1982) auf EDV: Die Artenzahlen und ihre Abh"ngigkeit von verschiedenen Faktornen. Botanica Helvetica 103:55-71
Wohlgemuth, T. M.  1996a.  Biogeographie und Biodiversit"t der Schweizer Flora - Regionalisierungen durch statistische Auswertungen landesweiter Verbreitungsdaten. Ph.D. Thesis. Geobotanishces Institut der Universit"t Bern.
Wohlgemuth, T. 1996b. Ein floristischer Ansatz zur biogeographischen Gliederung der Schweiz. Botanica Helvetica 106:227-60
Wohlgemuth, T. M. 1998. Modelling floristic richness on a regional scale: a case study in Switzerland. Biodivers. Conserv. 7:159-72
Wohlgemuth, T., and P. Kull. 1995. Ist die Eibe am šetliberg h"ufig? - Stichprobenerhebung als Erg"nzung floristischer Inventare. Informationsblatt des Forschungsbereiches Landschafts"kologie 26:1-2
Woinarski, J. C. Z., C. Palmer, A. Fisher, R. Southgate, P. Masters, and K. Brennan. 1999. Distributional patterning of mammals on the Wessel and English Company Islands, Arnhem Land, Northern Territory, Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 47:87-111
Wolda, H. 1992. Trends in the abundance of tropical forest insects. Oecol. 89:47-52
Wolf, E. C.  1987.  Worldwatch paper, # 78: On the brink of extinction: conserving the diversity of life. Worldwatch Institute, Washington, DC.
Wolfe, A. P. 1991. Mid and late holocene diatoms from 'Water Supply Lake', Baffin Island, N.W.T., Canada. J. Paleolimn. 6:199-204
Woods, K. D. 1993. Effects of invasion by Lonicera tatarica L. on herbs and tree seedlings in four New England forests. Am. Midl. Nat. 130:62-74
Woods, K. D., and C. V. Cogbill. 1994. Upland old-growth forests in Adirondack park, New York, USA. Nat. Areas J. 14:241-57
Woolhouse, M. E. J. 1987. On species richness and nature reserve design: an empirical study of UK woodland avifauna. Biol. Cons. 40:167-78
Wootton, J. T. 1998. Effects of disturbance on species diversity: a multitrophic perspective. Am. Nat. 152:803-25
Worthen, W. B. 1996. Community composition and nested-subset analyses: basic descriptors for community ecology. Oikos 76:417-26
Worthen, W. B., M. L. Carswell, and K. A. Kelly. 1996. Nested subset structure of larval mycophagous fly assemblages: nestedness in a non-island system. Oecol. 107:257-64
Wright, D. D., J. H. Jessen, P. Burke, and H. Gomez de Silva Garza. 1997. Tree and liana enumeration and diversity on a one-hectare plot in Papua New Guinea. Biotropica 29:250-60
Wright, D. H. 1983. Species-energy theory: an extension of species-area theory. Oikos 41:496-506
Wright, D. H. 1987. Estimating human effects on global extinction. Int. J. Biometeor. 31:293-9
Wright, D. H., and J. H. Reeves. 1992. On the meaning and measurement of nestedness of species assemblages. Oecol. 92:416-28
Wright, D. H., D. J. Currie, and B. A. Maurer.  1993.  Energy supply and patterns of species richness on local and regional scales. Pages 66-74 in R. E. Ricklefs and D. Schluter, editors. Species diversity in ecological communities:historical and geographical perspectives. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Wright, S. J. 1981. Intra-archipelago vertebrate distributions: the slope of the species-area relation. Am. Nat. 118:726-48
Wright, S. J. 1988. Patterns of abundance and the form of the species-area relation. Am. Nat. 131:401-11
Wu, J., and J. L. Vankat. 1991a. An area-based model of species richness dynamics of forest islands. Ecol. Mod. 58:249-71
Wu, J., and J. L. Vankat. 1991b. A system dynamics model of island biogeography. Bull. Math. Biol. 53:911-40
Wylie, J. L., and D. J. Currie. 1993. Species-energy theory and patterns of species richness. Biol. Cons. 63:137-48
Xiong, S. J., and C. Nilsson. 1999. The effects of plant litter on vegetation: a meta-analysis. J. Ecol. 87:984-94
Yachi, S., and M. Loreau. 1999. Biodiversity and ecosystem productivity in a fluctuating environment: the insurance hypothesis. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 96:1463-8
Yager, L. Y., and F. E. Smeins. 1999. Ashe juniper (Juniperus ashei: Cupressaceae) canopy and litter effects on understory vegetation in a juniper-oak savanna. Southw. Nat. 44:6-16
Yahner, R. H. 1988. Changes in wildlife communities near edges. Cons. Bio. 2:333-9
Yahner, R. H. 1992. Dynamics of a small mammal community in a fragmented forest. Am. Midl. Nat. 127:381-91
ídegaard, f, O. H. Diserud, S. Engen, and K. Aagaard. 2000. The magnitude of local host specificity for phytophagous insects and its implications for estimates of global species richness. Cons. Bio. 14:1182-6
Yeakley, J. A., and J. F. Weishampel. 2000. Multiple source pools and dispersal barriers for Gal pagos plant species distribuiton. Ecology 81:893-8
íkland, b, A. Bakke, S. H†gvar, and T. Kvamme. 1996. What factors influence the diversity of saproxylic beetles? A multiscaled study from a spruce forest in southern Norway. Biodivers. Conserv. 5:75-100
íkland, R. H. 1990. Vegetation ecology: theory, methods and applications with reference to Fennoscandia. Sommerfeltia Supplement 1:1-233
íkland, R. H. 1994. Patterns of bryophyte associations at different scales in a Norwegian boreal spruce forest. J. Veg. Sci. 5:127-38
íkland, R. H., and O. Eilertsen. 1996. Dynamics of understory vegetation in an old-growth boreal coniferous forest, 1988-1993. J. Veg. Sci. 7:747-62
Yoon, C. K. 1993. Counting creatures great and small. Science 260:620-2
Yorks, T. E., and S. Dabydeen. 1998. Modification of the Whittaker sampling technique to assess plant diversity in forested natural area. Nat. Areas J. 18:185-9
Young, K. R. 1991. Floristic diversity on the eastern slopes of the Peruvian Andes. Candollea 46:125-43
Young, R. J., and G. L. Mackie. 1991. Effect of oil pipeline construction on the benthic invertebrate community structure of Hodgson Creek, Northwest Territories. Can. J. Zool. 69:2154-60
ìru§tek, M. 1993. Distribution of the stands with Urtica dioica L. along the Luznice River floodplain on the border between Austria and Czechoslovakia and land management. Vegetatio 106:73-87
Zabel, J., and T. Tscharntke. 1998. Does fragmentation of Urtica habitats affect phytophagous and predatory insects differentially? Oecol. 116:419-25
Zacharias, D., and D. Brandes. 1990. Species area-relationships and frequency - floristical data analysis of 44 isolated woods in northwestern Germany. Vegetatio 88:21-9
Zamfir, M., and D. E. Goldberg. 2000. The effect of initial density on interactions between bryophytes at individual and community levels. J. Ecol. 88:243-55
Zartman, C. E., and J. D. Pittillo. 1998. Spray cliff communities of the Chattooga Basin. Castanea 63:217-40
Zhang, D.-J.  1990.  The effects of grassland fragmentation on species richness and composition. PhD Thesis. Oklahoma State University.
Zhang, D.-Y., and K. Lin. 1997. The effects of competitive asymmetry on the rate of competitive displacement: how robust is Hubbell's community drift model? J. Theor. Biol. 188:361-7
Zimmerman, J. C., L. E. DeWald, and P. G. Rowlands. 1999. Vegetation diversity in an interconnected ephemeral riparian system of north-central Arizona, USA. Biol. Cons. 90:217-28
Zimmerman, J. K., and I. C. Olmsted. 1992. Host tree utilization by vascular epiphytes in a seasonally inundated forest (Tintal) in Mexico. Biotropica 24:402-7
Zimmerman, J. L. 1992. Density-independent factors affecting the avian diversity of the tallgrass prairie community. Wilson Bull. 104:85-94
Ziv, Y. 1998. The effect of habitat heterogeneity on species diversity patterns: a community-level approach using an object-oriented landscape simulation model (SHALOM). Ecol. Mon. 11:135-70
Zobel, D. B., and J. A. Antos. 1992. Survival of plants buried for eight growing seasons by volcanic tephra. Ecology 73:698-701
Zobel, D. B., and J. A. Antos. 1997. A decade of recovery of understory vegetation buried by volcanic tephra from Mount St. Helens. Ecol. Mon. 67:317-44
Zobel, K., and J. Liira. 1997. A scale-independent approach to the richness vs. biomass relationship in ground-layer plant communities. Oikos 80:325-32
Zobel, K., and M. Zobel. 1988. A new null hypothesis for measuring the degree of plant community organization. Vegetatio 75:17-25
Zobel, K., M. Zobel, and R. K. Peet. 1993. Changes in pattern diversity during secondary forest succession in Estonian forests. J. Veg. Sci. 4:489-98
Zobel, M. 1992. Plant species coexistence - the role of historical, evolutionary and ecological factors. Oikos 65:314-20
Zobel, M. 1997. The relative role of species pools in determining plant species richness: an alternative explanation of species coexistence? Tr. Ecol. Evol. 12:266-9
Zobel, M., and M. Moora. 1997. Plant coexistence in the interactive environment: arbuscular mycorrhiza should not be out of mind. Oikos 78:202-8
Zobel, M., M. W. Palmer, K. Kull, and T. Herben, editors.  1994.  Special Features in Vegetation Science, 5: Vegetation structure and species coexistence. Opulus Press, Uppsala, Sweden.
Zobel, M., M. Suurkask, E. Ros‚n, and M. P"rtel. 1996. The dynamics of species richness in an experimentally restored calcareous grassland. J. Veg. Sci. 7:203-10
Zobel, M., E. van der Maarel, and C. Dupr‚. 1998. Species pool: the concept, its determination and significance for community restoration. Appl. Veg. Sci. 1:55-66
Zobel, M., M. Otsus, J. Liira, M. Moora, and T. M"ls. 2000. Is small-scale species richness limited by seed availability or microsite availability? Ecology 81:3274-82
Zwick, P. 1992. Stream habitat fragmentation - a threat to biodiversity. Biodivers. Conserv. 1:80-97